stgreetsaet Ritibastatt ites 7. ie ; Stat sts oie rac Pipissegs MME Sesto phy obs. Bee: E THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING : ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ MAGAZINE OF BOTANY AND ZOOLOGY, AND OF LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. ) 4 CONDUCTED BY : ; P. J. SELBY, Esq., F.L.S., GEORGE JOHNSTON, M_D., . CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Ese., M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., eT J. H. BALFOUR, M_LD., Prof. Bot. Edinburgh, AND 3 VOL. VII.—SECOND SERIES. LONDON: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY RICHARD TAYLOR. “SOLD BY S. HIGHLEY; SIMPKIN AND MARSHALL; SHERWOOD AND CO.; W. WOOD, TAVISTOCK STREET ; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS: LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH : CURRY, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN, 1851. “‘Omnes res create sunt divine sapientiz et potenti testes, divitiz felicitatis humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini; ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibirelictis semper zstimata; a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”— LINNZUS. : ‘* Quelque soit le principe de la vie animale, if ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rapportent toutes ses opérations.” BRUCKNER, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden, 1767- cee ee oe © ee + © © The sylvan powers Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. TAYLOR, Norwich, 1818. a CONTENTS OF VOL. VIL. [SECOND SERIES.] NUMBER XXXVII. I. Notes on the Diatomacee; with descriptions of British species included in the genera Campylodiscus, Surirella and Cymatopleura, By the Rev. Wituiam Smit, F.L.S. (With three Plates.) ......... 1 II. A Stratigraphical Account of the Section from Round Tower Point to Alum Bay, on the North-west Coast of the Isle of aa By THOMAS WRIGHT, MOD: weneuascccicsseccessnncrecessavsencicens demise caceap eta III. Note on the Chemnitzia Gulsone of Clark. By J. Gwyn JEFFREYS, Esq., F.R.S. .eeeceecceeeeeees SUP STDs Pea aka hess Ue Sesabewasie 27 IV. Descriptions of some new species of Exotic Hymenoptera in the British Museum and other Collections. By FrepERicK SMITH, Assistant in the Zoological Department of the British Museum ...... 28 V. A few remarks on the Menispermacee. By Joun Miers, Esq., Bee. BLU... cosaseatascenteys 35 . dhogoadabo uae bagtaneennigee pede cr chPenee ireioe 33 VI. On some new Silurian Mollusca. By FrepEricxk M‘Coy, Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in Queen’s College, Belfast ... 45 VII. On two new genera of Mollusca. By Henry and ARTHUR ADAMS, Esqrs. ..s..ccercecees He EMRE dante Rog daa vudistiaas abc eigeneeenes ioe eis Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Botanical Society of Edin- arent! 20s rae tee ecneeas Soon cadenagehe-abpnatonepbern MeneR eed we. 64—74 Resuscitation of Frozen Fish ; Notice respecting the Moa; Notice of Trilobites ; Meteorological Observations and Table ......... see 76—80 NUMBER XXXVIII. VIII. Notices of three undescribed species of Polyzoa. By GEORGE Busk, F.R.S.. (With two Plates.) ...........cccsccccsescceceveeveseneess ose OL IX. Remarks on the Dentition of British Pulmonifera. By Wi1- LIAM THOMSON, King’s College, London. (With a Plate.) ......... 86 Page iv CONTENTS. Page X. Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY, M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Brooms, Esq. (With three Plates.) «.....sse+++++- 95 XI. Descriptions of five new species of Helix from the Cape of Good Hope, with remarks on the known South African species, and a notice of several Cape Limaces. By W. H. Benson, Esq. ....++.++++++++s mses OE XII. On the Muricide. By Witxi1am Cxark, Esq. ---+..eeeereees 108 XIII. Descriptions of some new genera and species of Spatangide in the British Museum. By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., P.BS. &e.... 130 New Books :—The Dynamical Theory of the Earth, by Archibald . Tucker Ritchie ......eseccseeeseereuee Sehep Gacron yaa tcns sec ines see meee 134 Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edin- Durgh ..cccccccscesccscnseseesceeeesceeseessoeeeesesceseeceeeneeseseeees 138—156 Thalassema Neptuni; Victoria Regia; List of Spiders captured by F. Walker, Esq. ; On the Circulation and Digestion in the lower Animals, by Prof. Agassiz; Meteorological Observations and aMle bes ecutedacarctrdtatictitecetccrsicterctecests.nsseryoes aera 156—160 NUMBER XXXIX. XIV. Note on some Bones and Eggs found at Madagascar, in recent Alluvia, belonging to a gigantic Bird. By M. Istipore Greorrroy- VRIES ERISA VIEL: Melos ce tennysctec 2 The Rev. W. Smith on the Diatomacez. and the important questions involved in their nature and func- tions demand from the physiologist. Without attempting authoritatively to determine these ques- tions, I shall accompany the descriptions I shall give with such notes on the structure, mode of growth, and general physiology of these minute organisms, as have been suggested by the re- peated and careful examinations to which I have submitted them, and may seem to have a bearing on the discussions respecting their nature, as belonging to the animal or vegetable kingdoms. This latter point is still a subject of controversy with the most distinguished writers upon the subject, and it is therefore im- portant that the facts noted by independent observers should be carefully recorded, as it is only from the study and comparison of these facts that a theory can be established which shall meet the varied conditions in the life of these singular and beautiful structures, and secure the general assent of naturalists familiar with their forms. The discoveries of Mr. Thwaites respecting the conjugation of the Diatomacee, as recorded in the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ (vol. xx. pp. 9 & 343, also Second Series, vol. i. p. 16), seem to place the vegetable nature of these forms almost beyond a doubt, The process detailed and figured by Mr. Thwaites is perfectly analogous to the formation of the sporangium in the Desmidiee and many of the filamentous Algz, and may be considered as essentially the same as that which takes place in the higher tribes of plants, the contents of the pollen-tube conjugating with the contents of the ovule to form the embryo of the future seed. It is of importance that the facts noticed by Mr. Thwaites should be shown to be of general occurrence, and that their existence be borne out by the concurrent experience of other observers. I have great pleasure in confirming nearly all the instances of conjugation in the Diatomacee mentioned by my acute friend, and shall have the opportunity in the course of these papers of recording ‘several additional cases of the same process. It is well known to the student of the Diatomacee, that in- crease by fissiparous or self-division is universal in the tribe. This mode of growth—for such a method of increase is strictly an extension of the individual and not a reproduction of the spe- “cies—has also an important bearing on the question of the ani- mal or vegetable nature of these organisms. It seems to be a law of vegetable growth, that all increase in the plant, from the multiplication of the separated cells of the Palmellee and Desmidiee, through the cells of the filamentous Algze adherent only at their extremities, to the complex cellular and vascular tissues of the higher tribes, shall take place by a method analogous to fissiparous division, that is, shall com- As a ee ee ’ The Rev. W. Smith on the Diatomaceze. 3 mence at a single parent cell, and go on by successive self-divi- sion of the cells formed from it. The invariable occurrence of this mode of growth in a tribe so extensive as the Diatomacee and embracing forms so varied, is surely a presumptive proof that these organisms belong rather to the vegetable than the animal kingdom. The process of fissiparous or self-division in the Diatomacee is far more frequently to be seen than that of conjugation, and may indeed be detected on almost every occasion that these forms present themselves to our notice. Besides its bearing upon the question above alluded to, a clear understanding of this process is important as making us in some degree acquainted with the internal structure of the Diatomaceous frustule, and supplying an easy mode of distinguishing its different portions and aspects. I shall therefore give a concise description of the process of self-division, as it has appeared to me to take place in every instance which has fallen under my notice. This descrip- tion will in some respects differ from that given by other ob- servers, and involve views of the structure of these organisms not hitherto maintained ; it is therefore right that I should state that its authority rests solely on personal observation. A Diatomaceous frustule consists of a cell, the membrane of whose wall possesses the vital power of secreting an external coat- ing of silex ; this silex being deposited in two plates or valves, of varied form in the different species, and decorated with the most beautiful and diversified sculpturing, produced by the arrange- ment and relative position of series of lines, dots, depressions, furrows or ribs. In stating that the siliceous valves are deposited exterior to a cell-membrane, I am at variance with the opinion held by most writers upon the subject, the general idea being, that the silex of the Diatomacee exists in intimate union with the membrane of the cell; whose wall is believed to consist of “ cellulose penetrated with silica.” Such is the view advocated by Meneghini in his treatise ‘ Sulla Animalita della Diatomee,’ p. 20, a translation of which has been kindly furnished to me by Chr. Johnson, Esq., of Lancaster. In the same passage Meneghini alludes to the views of Nageli, who, he alleges, contends that the silex is depo- sited exterior to an organic membrane. I have no means of ascertaining on what grounds Nageli rests his opinion, which seems to coincide with the view I have adopted; but I am able to supply one important fact in its support, having in my pos- session numerous specimens of a Stauroneis (probably the S. as- pera, Kiitz.), in which the valves, after a slight maceration of the frustules in acid, have in part or wholly become detached from the cell-membrane, leaving a scar on its walls bearing the distinct 1* A The Rev. W. Smith on the Diatomacez. impression of the numerous and prominent valvular markings of this beautiful species. But to proceed with the process of self-division. At first the siliceous valves are in close contact at their suture, as may be seen in Pl. II. fig. 1 4, and Pl. ITI. fig. 2 c, but their adherence is speedily disturbed by the dividing process which these minute organisms are constantly undergoing. The first step in this process is the gradual separation of the valves, an effect ap- parently produced by the expansion of the ternal membrane. Pari passu with the retrocession of the valves, the cell-wall exposed between their edges is being covered with a deposit of silex, and the frustule now consists of two symmetrical valves, united by a plate of silex (Pl. II. fig. 1c), which either forms a continuous ring (PI. II. fig. 1) or consists of two portions united at the extremities of the valves. This plate with the underlying cell-wall, may for the sake of distinctness and future reference be termed the connecting membrane. When the connecting membrane has been formed of sufficient width, the original cell, probably by the doubling in of its wall, becomes divided into two, and immediately secretes, at the line of division, two new siliceous valves, symmetrical with and closely applied by their edges to the original halves, and thus the self- division is complete, and two perfect frustules have been the result (Pl. II. fig. 1A, & Pl. III. fig. 2 c). In some cases, by the new or rather semi-new frustules imme- diately proceeding to repeat the process, the connecting mem- brane is thrown off and disappears ; in others it remains for some time linking the frustules in pairs, as in Melosira and Gdontella ; and. sometimes it is only partially torn away or absorbed, and unites the frustules successively formed in a zigzag chain by por- tions remaining attached to their angles, examples of which we find in Diatoma and Isthmia, &c. Late writers have found in the process of self-division cireum- stances to fix the terminology applied to the Diatomaceous frus- tule, and use the words “ primary sides” when speaking of those portions where the interposition of the new half-frustules occurs ; the term “ secondary sides” being applied to the ge- neral surfaces of the valves: others employ the words “ front” and “lateral view ”’ in corresponding senses. I shall adopt the latter terms, as more generally applicable ; the “ primary side,” as employed by the writers alluded to, frequently including portions of the frustule which belong to the secondary sur- faces, brought into view by the convexity of the valves. In truth, it is difficult to fix upon terms always applicable to forms so varied ; J trust however ambiguity will be avoided by my adopting in the following descriptions the language hitherto 4 . The Rev. W. Smith on the Diatomacez. 5 employed by Mr. Ralfs and other English writers, and using the term “front view” to denote the aspect of the frustule when the connecting membrane and valvular suture are turned towards the observer, the words “lateral” or “side view” beg employed when the general surface of one of the valves is directed to the eye. I have employed in my investigations a microscope constructed by Messrs. Smith and Beck, with a }-inch object-glass, and eye- piece, giving together a power of 400 diameters. In some cases I have availed myself of an excellent 3th object-glass manufactured by Mr. A. Ross, giving with the above eye-piece a power of 880 diameters ; and I have latterly employed Wenham’s Parabolic Reflector, a new and ingenious instrument for securing a very oblique illumination of the object, supplied by Messrs. Smith and Beck, and which has revealed markings and aided in the deter- mination of forms respecting which I should otherwise have felt a doubt ; but when I have employed either of the latter means of investigation I have not failed to mention the fact, and the de- scriptions are otherwise to be regarded as depending upon a power of 400 diameters, the figures given being all drawn to this scale.. The frustules examined have been prepared either by exposure to a strong heat on tale, or by maceration in nitric acid. It is only after such preparation that the form and markings of the siliceous valves can be accurately determined, or the frustules satisfactorily mounted in Canada balsam for permanent observa- tion. I have however noted by the letters v. v. appended to the specific descriptions, the cireumstance of my having examined the frustules in a living state, and by v. s. when I have seen only the desiccated or prepared valves. The first genus, the British species of which I proceed. to de- scribe, may be defined as follows :— Campytopiscus, Ehr. Valves equidistant (not concave). Frustules free, solitary, or when undergomg self-division, in pairs, disciform, saddle- shaped. . The species included under this genus may all be recognized by the characteristic bend or contortion of their surfaces, which gives to the frustule under certain aspects the semblance of a miniature saddle. Kiitzing has indeed removed from Campylo- discus and placed in Surirella, several species possessing this cha- racter, apparently for no other reasons than that the striz or costz are confined to the margins of the valves and are parallel, not radiate. When we consider that the striz are often exceedingly difficult of detection, and that their direction merely cannot be 6 The Rev. W. Smith on the Diatomacez. regarded as necessarily implying an important difference in in- ternal structure, the circumstances alluded to do not seem a sufficient ground of exclusion, and it would perhaps be as well to allow Campylodiscus to include all those species with equidistant valves to which its very significant name can with propriety be applied. - Campylodiscus costatus, mihi. Valves orbicular, coste distinct, radiate, about 44, centre of the dise smooth or minutely punc- tate. Average diameter of valve 34, of an inch (v. v.). A freshwater species. Living: river Froome near Dorchester, “May 28, 1849. Bramley spring near Guildford, J. R. Capron, Esq. ! Fossil, in deposit from Lough Mourne, co. Antrim, Ireland, deseribed in ‘Ann. Nat. Hist.’ for February 1850. In deposit at Peterhead, Aberdeenshire, described by Dr. Dickie in ‘Ann. Nat. Hist.’ for August 1848 ! This species approaches C. radiosus, Ehr., figured by Kiitzing in his ‘ Bacillarien,’ tab. 28. fig. 12, but differs from it in the number of its coste, which in C. radiosus reach seventy. The coste in the latter are also, according to Kiitzing’s figure, much shorter than in the present species. In my paper on the Lough Mourne deposit I have named this species C. noricus, Ehr., and it may possibly be identical with that species ; but in the absence of any figure I am unwilling to decide positively, and shall on this and other occasions prefer giving a new specific name rather than run the risk of creating confusion by trusting to a verbal description merely. Puate I. fig. 1 a. C. costatus with the dise of valve turned towards the eye ; 6, view showing the edge of frustule and connecting membrane. Campylodiscus spiralis, mihi. Valves elliptical. Frustule twisted so as to present a spiral outline; coste distinct, about sixty, parallel or slightly radiate; centre of the dise smooth or mi- nutely punctate. Average length of valve ;+5 of an inch, average breadth of ditto 435 (v. v.). Surirella spiralis, Kitz.? Bacill. p. 60. tab. 3. fig. 64; Species Al- garum, p. 34. Ina spring near Bramley, Guildford, mixed with Navicula attenuata and other Diatomacez, J. R. Capron, Esq.! This beautiful species so closely resembles the figure of Suri- rella spiralis given by Kiitzing, that I have ventured to adopt his specific name. The frustule ordmarily presents an outline exactly resembling the figure 8 with flattened ends; this arises from the twist or contortion of the valves being so considerable that the edge of the frustule is found on the widest part, and is ; i 4 4 The Rev. W. Smith on the Diatomaceze. 7 therefore by gravity directed towards the surface of the glass and the eye of the observer. When the connection of the parts is dissolved by an acid, a single valve may often be detected with its disc uppermost, when the character of the coste and the smooth portion in the centre of the valye may be readily de- tected. I am indebted to the discoverer of this species in this country for numerous specimens gathered by him in 1848, and again in 1850. Puate I. fig. 2a. C. spiralis in its ordinary position ; 5, a detached valve. Campylodiscus cribrosus, mihi. Valves orbicular ; disc marked with radiating lines of minute perforations, crowded towards the margin. Average diameter of valve 74, of an inch (2. 2.). In brackish water, shores of Poole Bay, 1848. This is probably identical with C. Echeneis, Ehr., but I am without a figure to assis? in its identification ; and the words of the ‘Species Algarum,’ “ disco medio levi solido,” do not apply to the present species, the perforations in ours extending over the entire surface, though more distant and somewhat scattered in the middle. Puate I. fig. 3. C. eribrosus: 4, surface of valve; b, view showing con- necting membrane. Campylodiscus parvulus, mihi. Valves orbicular; dise traversed by two parallel ridges ; strie about twelve, nearly parallel. Average diameter 51, of an inch (v. v.). Poole Bay, 1848. This species is readily distinguished by its minute size and the ridges on its valves, which are very prominent in certain positions of the frustule. It does not appear to have been noticed either by Kiitzing or Ehrenberg. Puarte I. fig. 4. C. parvulus: a, dise of valve; 6, view presenting the connecting membrane and valvular ridges. ; Surirewia, Turp. Valves concave, with a longitudinal central line and margins - produced beyond the suture (winged). Frustules free, solitary, or when undergoing self-division, in pairs. The concavity of the valves, their winged margins, and the longitudinal central line, which wants the central depression so conspicuous in the Naviculee, are characters which sufficiently distinguish Surirella from all other genera. I believe a careful examination of the lorice, when deprived of their coloured con- tents, would detect the presence of ale in all the species. I have certainly recognized them in six, viz. S. biseriata, splen- dida, striatula, gemma, fastuosa and craticula, and I think there 8 The Rev. W. Smith on the Diatomaceze. are indications in the front view of the other three species I have figured to warrant the conclusion that these valvular ap- pendages are more or less perfectly developed in their cases, though the minuteness of their frustules prevents their certain recognition. It is only on an end view of the valve that the alz can be clearly seen ; this is not often obtained ; but I have several specimens of S. biseriata mounted in balsam showing the end view as figured in Pl. II. fig. 1d, where these remarkable pro- longations of the valves are singularly conspicuous. The section given in same plate, fig. 1 e, shows that the position of the wings is such, that they cannot be detected on a lateral view, as they stand up nearly at right angles to the plane of the valve. The costz so conspicuous in several species, as well as in Cam- pylodiscus costatus and spiralis, appear to be caused by canals or tubes passing between the siliceous valves and the inner mem- brane of the cell ; these canals communicate with the exterior by a series of perforations (Pl. II. fig. 1g) along the suture or line where the connecting membrane unites with the valves. Accept- ing the Diatom as a vegetable organism, these tubes will be re- garded as analogous to the intercellular passages, and the exterior perforations will perform the office of the stomates of the leaf. In S. biseriata and splendida the coste or undulations caused by these tubes are continued to the margins of the ale, and give a singularly beautiful appearance to the front view of the frustule, as seen in Pl. II. fig. 1b & fig. 2 6. Surirella biseriata, De Bréb. Frustule on front view linear ob- long, extremities rounded ; on side view elliptico-lanceolate, . extremities acute; ale large, coste conspicuous. Average length of valve ;4, of an inch, greatest breadth of ditto z35 of an inch (v. v.). Navicula bifrons, Ehr. Infus. 1838. Surirella bifrons, Ehr. 1848 ; Kitz. Bacill. p. 61. tab. 7. fig. 10, tab. 28. fig. 29; Phy. Ger. p-. 71. Surirella biseriata, De Bréb. Alg. Falaise, 1835 ; Hassall, Brit. Freshwater Alge, p.438. pl. 102. fig. 1; Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 37. Freshwater. Living: Wareham, 1847. Lewes, 1850. Fossil: Lough Mourne deposit, described in ‘Ann. Nat. Hist.’ Feb. 1850. Peterhead, Aberdeenshire, described by Dr. Dickie, ‘ Ann. Nat. Hist.’ August 1848! Inearth from Dolgelly, N.W., sent me by Chr. John- son, Esq.! This species is frequently to be met with in ditches and ponds mixed with Oscillatoriee, &c.; when occurring alone it forms a brown stratum at the bottom of boggy pools. It is one of the most beautiful of the Diatomacee. Its elaborate form would seem to imply a structure more complex than that of a single cell, yet its mode of self-division is perfectly similar to that of the simplest of the tribe. In living specimens I have ee ee a . = ’ A iy =f The Rev. W. Smith on the Diatomacez. 9 also noticed a circulation of the granular contents analogous to that which is seen in many of the Desmidiee, and in the cells of the higher orders of water-plants, a further proof that it is a single cell, and a presumptive evidence of its vegetable nature. With the aid of the parabolic reflector, famt striz may be de- tected on the surface of the valves. Puate II. fig. 1. S. biseriata: a, side view of frustule; 6, front view of ditto; c, connecting membrane ; d, end view of frustule a; e, transverse section of empty frustule ; f, silex of connecting membrane after mace- ration in acid; g, apertures of costal canals seen in front; h, view of the frustules on the completion of self-division. Surirella splendida, Kitz. Frustule on front view oblong-ovate with rounded ends ; side view ovate, with one end rounded and the other somewhat acute ; ale large, costz distinct. Average length of valve ;1, of an inch, greatest breadth of ditto 4, of an inch (v. v.). Navicula splendida, Ehr. Infus. tab. 14. fig. 1. Surirella splendida, . Kiitz. Bacill. p. 62. tab. 7. fig. 9; Phy. Ger. p. 72 ; Sp. Alg. p.39. Freshwater. Living. ‘“ Brooks” near Lewes; Ashdown Forest, Sussex. Fossil: Lough Mourne deposit, very abundant ; Dolgelly earth, plentiful. Nearly the same in size as S. biseriata, but easily distinguished from that species by its ovate form both on the front and lateral view. The specimens from the Lough Mourne and Dolgelly deposits are so much larger that they might be taken for a dif- ferent species, but intermediate forms are so often found, that I conclude the larger frustules are merely older and more developed examples ; it is remarkable that in many of these latter the costal canals do not appear to reach the central line. Puate II. fig. 2. S. splendida : a. lateral view of frustule ; 6, front view of ditto; fig. 3. valve from Lough Mourne deposit*. * Since this article has been in the printers’ hands, I have met with the following species which appears to be undescribed :— Surirella constricta, mihi. Frustule on front view oblong with rounded ends; outline on side view elliptico-lanceolate, each margin having a central sinus; alz distinct; costz numerous, delicate ; medial line inflated - in the centre. Average length of valve 335 of an imch, breadth at con- striction about 53> of an inch (v. v.). Tn brackish water near Lewes, 1850. 3 The front view of this species bears a close resemblance to the same aspect in S. biseriata, differmg only in the appearance of the costz, which in the present assume the character of striz rather than ribs. On the side view the constriction of the margins, the inflation of the central furrow, and line-like appearance of the costz, afford sufficiently distinctive characters. The superficial observer, regarding the side view only, might indeed con- found this species with immature specimens of Cymatopleura solea, but a slight examination shows that the resemblance is one of outline merely. > s 10 The Rey. W. Smith on the Diatomacez. Surirella striatula, Torp. Frustule on front view wedge-shaped with rounded extremities ; side view broadly ovate ; alee small ; costee few, about fourteen, conspicuous. Average length of valve 51, of an inch, greatest breadth of ditto 335 of an inch (v. v.). Navicula striatula, Ehr. Infus. tab. 21. fig. 15. Surirella striatula, Kiitz. Bacill. p. 62. tab. 7. fig. 6; Phy. Ger. p. 72 ; Sp. Alg. p. 39. In the sea or brackish ditches. Poole Bay, 1848 ; near Pevensey, Sussex ; near Hull, Mr. R. Harrison! Rye, Mr. Jenner! I have not been able to insert a front view of this species without excluding from the plate other more important figures ; this aspect of the present species however presents no feature of importance, and the lateral view is sufficient to distinguish it from our other native forms. Puate III. fig. 1. S. striatula, lateral aspect of the valve. Surirella craticula, Ehr. Frustule on front view oblong with centre slightly inflated ; side view lanceolate with acute ends ; ale large; coste few, distinct, divergent. Average length of valve 71, of an inch, greatest breadth of ditto 335 of an inch RES ; Kiitz. Bacill. p. 61. tab. 28. fig. 22; Phy. Ger. p. 71; Sp. Alg. p. 35. Freshwater. Bramley near Guildford, J. R. Capron, Esq.! Ina slide labelled “ River Bann, Ireland,” sent me by Mr. Cocken! Approaches S. biseriata in its lateral aspect, and the regular development of its connecting membrane, but well distinguished from that species by its smaller size, fewer cost, about twenty on each side of the central line, and by the absence of these from the middle part of the valve. The divergence of the costz is also a peculiarity not found in the former species. Puate III. fig. 4. S. eraticula: a, front view of the frustule ; 6, side view of ditto. Surirella fastuosa, Ehr. Frustule on front view slightly wedge- shaped with rounded ends ; side view ovate ; alze small ; costz few, apertures of the costal tubes large; medial line inflated in the centre. Average length of valve z1, of an inch, greatest breadth of ditto ;4, of an inch (v. v.). Kiitz. Bacill. p. 62. tab. 28. fig. 19; Sp. Alg. p. 38. Poole Bay, 1848. Coast of Sussex, 1850. The large round openings of the costal canals, and the smooth central portion of the valve, give to this little species a peculiar and beautiful appearance. The valves are deeply concave. Puate III. fig. 3. S. fastuosa: a, lateral view of the frustule ; b, front view of ditto. ; The Rev. W. Smith on the Diatomacez. ll Surirella gemma, Eby. Frustule on front view wedge-shaped with rounded ends; side view ovato-elliptical ; alee large ; costz small, unequally distant ; surface of valve distinctly striated. Average length of valve 51, of an inch, greatest breadth of ditto =3, of an inch (v. v.). Kitz. Bacill. p. 62. tab. 7. fig. 9; Phy. Ger. p. 72 ; Sp. Alg. p. 38. Common on the mud of tidal harbours, &c. Poole Bay, 1847. Belfast Bay, 1849. Shoreham, Seaford, and other places on the Sussex coast, 1850. Rye, Mr. Jenner! Shirehampton, near Bristol, Mr. Thwaites! Hull, Mr. R. Harrison! _ The cost, which in this species assume the appearance of lines, at once distinguish it from those preceding ; the greater size of the frustule, the irregular disposition of the costz, and their reaching to the central line, separate it from those which follow. The strize may be made out without difficulty on the dry valve after burning or maceration in acid : with the parabolic reflector they are very conspicuous, and add much to the beauty of the object. Tt was in connection with this species that Ehrenberg records the presence of cilia, extending from the apertures of the costz, vibrating with rapidity and being extended or retracted at inter- vals! The presence of delicate hairs, apparently on all parts of the frustule, may often be detected, and I have noticed them on nearly every occasion when I have gathered this species, but in no case have I been able to perceive any motion in such hairs, and concluded, before meeting with Ehrenberg’s remark, that they were merely a parasitic growth, the mycelium of some other Alge. I have noticed similar appendages to other Diatomacee, but in every case devoid of motion. Puate III. fig. 2. S. gemma: a, front view of the frustule; 6, side view of ditto ; c, frustules in which self-division is just completed. Surirella ovalis, De Bréb. Frustule on front view oblong, some- what cuneate, with truncated extremities; side view ovate, slightly attenuated at the ends; ale obsolete or very minute ; costz only visible at the margin of the valves. Average length of valve =, of an inch, greatest breadth of ditto ,,155 of an inch (v. v.). Kitz. Bacill. p. 64. tab. 30. fig. 64; Sp. Alg. p. 38. A freshwater species. Near Bristol, G.K. Thwaites, Esq.! “Brooks” near Lewes, 1850. Surirella minuta, De Bréb. Frustule on front view wedge-shaped on side view elliptical or slightly ovate, with ends more or less 12 The Rev. W. Smith on the Diatomacee. rounded ; cost marginal. Average length of valve z2'55 of . . . 2 an inch, greatest breadth of ditto 7,455 of an inch (v. v.). S. ovata, Kiitz. Bacill. p. 62. tab. 7. figs. 1, 2, 3, 4. In streams. Near Corfe Castle, Dec. 1849. Lewes, 1850. Surirella salina, mihi. Frustule on front view wedge-shaped, on side view ovate ; the larger end rounded and the smaller more or less pointed ; cost marginal. Average length of valve 535 of an inch, greatest breadth of ditto ~,155 of an inch (v. v.). In salt-water ditches. Poole Bay, 1847. The three preceding species are closely allied, and have little to distinguish them except their size and habitats. The first two are found in fresh water, and of these S. ovalis is much the larger, has the extremities of the valves less distinctly rounded, and presents a stouter and more oblong aspect on the front view. The last, S. salina, is a salt-water species, in form closely resem- bling S. minuta, but usually larger, more distinctly ovate, and with the smaller extremity of the valve in most of the frustules somewhat attenuated. Prats III. fig. 5. Front and lateral view of S. minuta; fig. 6. front and lateral view of S. salina; fig. 7. front and lateral view of S. ovalis. CyMATOPLEURA (nov. gen.), mihi. Valves undulated, margins not produced into ale. Frustules free, solitary, or when undergoing self-division, in pairs. I find it impossible to refer the species I am about to describe to Surirella, with which genus the two first have been united by Kiitzing and others. The undulated surface of the valves seems to indicate a peculiarity of structure sufficient to constitute a generic difference, and the absence of alze and cost implies a further diversity in the internal character which cannot be re- garded as unimportant. I should have been glad to have adopted Mr. Hassall’s genus “ Sphinctocystis,” but as this term refers merely to a peculiarity in the external form of one of the species, I am obliged to reject it also. Cymatopleura solea, mihi. Frustule on front view oblong, linear ; side view fiddle-shaped, symmetrically divided by a central sinus on each margin ; surface of the valve with about six un- dulations, striated, with a smooth central line. Length of valve from ;4,, to x4, of an inch, breadth of valve in older specimens about 4/,th of the length (v. 2). Navicula librilis, Ehr. Surirella solea, Kiitz. Bacill. p. 60. tab. 3. fig. 61 ; Phy. Ger. p. 71; Sp. Alg. p. 34. Sphinctocystis librilis, Hassall, Brit. Freshwater Algee, p. 436. pl. 102. fig. 3. Common in ditches and ponds generally mixed with Oscillatoriee. The Rev. W. Smith on the Diatomacez. 13 This species varies very much in size, and in the form of the extremities of the valves, which are either attenuated, rounded and obtuse, or furnished with apiculi, as in Pl. III. fig. 8; the latter appendages however generally occur in the younger or at least smaller specimens. Puate III. fig. 9. C. solea, front and lateral view of a mature frustule ; fig. 8. front and lateral view of a young (?) frustule. Cymatopleura elliptica, mihi. Frustule on front view oblong, linear, on side view broadly elliptical ; surface of the valve with about four undulations, obscurely striated. Length of valve from 34, to 33,5 of an inch, breadth of ditto about half the length (v. v.). Surirella elliptica, Kitz. Bacill. p. 61. tab. 28. fig. 28; Sp. Alg. p: 37. Widely but sparingly distributed in slow streams or ponds mixed with Oscillatoriee. Living: river Froome near Dorchester. “Brooks” near Lewes. Bramley near Guildford, J. R. Capron, Esq.! Fossil : in Peterhead deposit, Dr. Dickie! Lough Mourne deposit ; Dolgelly earth ! Very variable in size, the fossil specimens being usually twice as large as the recent frustules, but imtermediate forms fre- quently occur. In Kiitzing’s description and figure of S. elliptica, one extremity is represented as larger and rounder than the other ; I have not been able to verify this peculiarity, but observe in the larger forms, and occasionally in the smaller, that both extre- mities of the valves are somewhat pointed. , Prats III. figs. 10 & 11. C. elliptica, front and lateral views of fossil and recent frustules. Cymatopleura Hibernica, mihi. Frustule on side view orbicular, with prominent, somewhat pointed extremities ; surface of the valve with about three undulations, obscurely striated. Length of valve from 54+, to 335 of an inch, breadth about rds of the length (v. s.). Tn a slide labelled ‘‘ River Bann, Ireland,’ from Mz. Cocken of Brighton ! Unfortunately none of the frustules occurring in the slide above mentioned present a front view of this interesting species. The single valves, which are numerous, are however so distinctly allied to the last species, that I do not hesitate to place them » under the present genus. Puate III. fig. 12. C. Hibernica, side view of a valve. The above must not be regarded as a complete monograph of the British species of the genera described, but be taken as a 14 Dr. Wright on the Geology of the record of individual research merely. If these imperfect notices should serve to draw the attention of microscopists to the study of the objects I have described, many additional species would no doubt be speedily added to the list. Lewes, November 1850. Il.—A Stratigraphical Account of the Section from Round Tower Point to Alum Bay, on the North-west coast of the Isle of Wight. By Tuomas Wricut, M.D.* Tae publication of Cuvier and Brongniart’s celebrated ‘ Descrip- tion Géologique des Environs de Paris’ formed an important epoch in the history of geology in general, and of the tertiary system of the Isle of Wight in particular. The appearance of this work induced the late Mr. Thomas Webster, Secretary to the Geological Society of London, to make in 1813 a minute exami- nation of the structure of the island, with the view of comparing the beds at Headon Hill with those described by the French naturalists in the environs of Paris. He adopted the classifica- tion of these authors, and divided the coast section at Alum Bay in a descending order into— 5. Upper freshwater formation. 4. Upper marine formation. 3. Lower freshwater formation. 2. London clay. 1. Sands and plastic clay. In 1816 Sir Henry Englefield published his splendid work on the Isle of Wight, which contains numerous coast sections most accurately drawn by Mr. Webster, together with a series of letters by the same accurate observer written from the island whilst on a tour made expressly for collecting materials for Sir Henry’s work. In 1821 Mr. G. B. Sowerby visited Headon Hill, to collect fossil freshwater shells for the illustration of Férussac’s great work on ‘ Land and Freshwater Mollusca,’ and to obtain a re- gular series of the strata above the chalk. He published a eri- ticism t on Mr. Webster’s paper, in which he dissented from many of that author’s descriptions, but especially from that part which related to the upper marine formation. He described what he supposed to be a mixture of shells belonging to freshwater and marine genera in this bed, and inferred therefrom its estuary and not its marine origin as stated by Webster. He pointed out * Read to the Cotswold Naturalists’ Club, Sept. 17, 1850. + Annals of Philosophy, vol. ii. 1821, p. 216. r x 4 a : ‘ > “nM Em North-west Coast of the Isle of Wight. 15 the existence of fossil shells and Septaria in the brown clay be- neath the coloured strata. In 1822 Prof. Sedgwick published * a paper on the geology of the Isle of Wight, in which he confirmed the general correct- ness of Mr. Webster’s descriptions. He noticed that the fossils in the brown clay differed from those figured in Brander’s ‘ Fos- silia Hantoniensia.’ He described the tertiary strata on the north side of the island, which he stated belonged to the lower fresh- water formation, and gave a sketch of the beds from Studland Bay to Hordle on the coast of Hampshire, which he compared with beds in the Isle of Wight. In 1888 Mr. Bowerbank published a paper + on the section-at Alum and White Cliff Bays, and gave measurements of the dif- ferent beds exposed in these coast sections. He likewise showed that the rich shelly sands of Bracklesham Bay had their equiva- lents in the White Cliff Bay section. In 1846 Mr. Prestwich published { his valuable paper on the tertiary formations of the Isle of Wight, in which be drew a com- parison between the beds at White Cliff and Alum Bays, and compared the relative ages of the English beds with those of the French tertiary system. None of the works above cited contain an account of the sec- tion which forms the subject of our paper. This appears to be the more remarkable, as the analysis of the different beds com- posing it affords the best key to a knowledge of the true relations of the lacustrine series with the intercalated fossiliferous zones of estuary and marine shells. Indeed I cannot understand how a correct knowledge of these beds can be obtained in any other way. The fact that they have hitherto been studied at Headon Hill alone, is to my mind a sufficient reason why such a variety of opinions prevail regarding them. With the view of settling to my own satisfaction the question “whether an upper marine formation actually existed,” as the fact appeared doubtful from the way in which it had been alluded to by previous observers, I determined to study the beautiful coast section from Round Tower Point to Alum Bay, and take each bed in succession as it rose from the shore, measure its thickness and note its contents. By this means I hoped to ascertain the genera of shells that were naturally associated together in each of the beds, and thereby to arrive at a true so- lution of the problem. In this investigation I experienced much difficulty, from the extensive founders (or falls) that have taken place in different parts of the section, as well as from the varia- * Annals of Philosophy, vol. iii. 1822, p. 329. + Trans. of the Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. vi. Second Series, p. 169. { Quart. Jown. of Geol. Soe. vol. i. p. 223. 16 Dr. Wright on the Geology of the tions in the thickness of the beds in different parts of their course. This fact of local activity during the deposition of these strata forms an interesting feature of our English tertiary system. It admits of demonstration in several of the minor groups, but becomes strikingly evident when we compare the section at White Cliff with that at Alum Bay, where the difference in thickness amounts to upwards of 300 feet in the entire series. This fact accounts for the difficulty experienced in making measurements of the same beds tally at different points, and therefore our figures must be received only as approximations to the truth. During the accumulation of these strata, irregular local action was going. on at very short distances apart, as proved by the di- versity which exists between our section and the equivalent beds in the Hampshire basin, and shows how necessary it is, in the study of our tertiary system, to multiply observations upon the individual beds in different parts of their course, and not to confine our observations to one section alone. The beds may be classified into— 1. Lacustrine. a. Upper freshwater. b. Lower freshwater. 2. Estuary. Intercalated with the above. 3. Upper marine. 4. Lower marine, divisible into— a. Barton series. b. Coloured sands and clays. c. Bognor series. The lacustrine strata contain the genera Paludina, Lymnaea, Planorbis, Melania, Melanopsis, Cyclas, Potamomya, Unio. The estuary strata contam Potamides, Melanopsis, Melania, Natica, Nerita, Neritina, Cyrena, Mytilus, Ostrea, and Serpule. The marine strata contain Ancillaria*, Voluta*, Natica, Bulla*, Murex*, Cancellaria*, Rostellaria*, Fusus, Cytherea*, Psammo- bia*, Mactra*, Mytilus, Ostrea, Balanus*, Serpule*. I rarely found estuary shells mixed with the true lacustrine genera, but occasionally a few Lymnee or Paludine were found in an estuary bed. Cyrena and Potamides seem to have been common to beds of estuary and marine origin ; the true marine genera marked (*) are limited to the marine formations. If the premises upon which the argument is based be correct, it follows that many changes of condition took place during the deposition of the lacustrine series, as there are several interca- lations of estuary genera between the true lacustrine beds both in the upper and lower formations. Dr. Wright on the Geology of the Isle of Wight. 17 The transition from the lower freshwater to the upper marine is made by a series of beds containing estuary species, and the passage from the marine to the upper freshwater is in like man- ner made by several zones of estuary shells. The association of the genera in the manner described is very decided. I feel satis- fied that the contrary opinion has arisen from observers having collected specimens from the foundered beds on the shore instead of from the strata in situ. The beds rise very uniformly at angles varying from 1° to 5° to the horizon, and incline to the east. Their continuity is inter- rupted by four chines and one ravine: commencing from the north and proceeding southwards are the following chines, Lyn- chen, Bramble, Colwell, and Weston. ‘The ravine separates the Barton series at Alum Bay from the lower freshwater beds ; down this gorge a pathway leads from the rabbit warren to the shore. The chines are formed by streamlets whose waters in their course to the sea have cut down the clays and marls to the beach. The observer is supposed to walk from Sconce to Colwell and Tollands Bays along the shore, thence round Headon Hill to Alum Bay, and to study the beds as they rise from the shore and ascend into the cliff. The strata appertaining to the upper freshwater formation around Sconce Point have experienced much disturbance and are in a state of ruin. The hill forms an uneven slope, and is much rent by the breaking up of the clays and marls of which it is 7 composed ; it is covered with grass and foliage almost to the : water’s edge. From some blocks of limestone near the shore I obtained Bu- - limus ellipticus, Paludina angulosa, and Planorbis. 4 These fossils are denuded of their shell. The clays and marls 2 that form the upper part of the hull above the Coast-guard sta- tion at Sconce Point contain freshwater shells in a fragmentary state. No. 1. The first bed in situ is a band of blue clay which rises on the shore at a point nearly opposite to Hurst Castle, and where Worsley’s Tower formerly stood. It exhibits many shelly lamine. Potamomya plana is in great profusion in this bed. It rests upon slate-brown, rusty, and variously coloured clays, in which Paludina, Cyclas, Potamomya lie in zones. It is inclined at an angle of about 2°, and measures about 15 feet. The line of elevation has been much disturbed, and the angles which the bed makes are various at different points ; it disappears south of Cliff End. ; g No. 2. I regard as a brackish water series. It consists of Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. vil. 18 Dr. Wright on the Geology of the Isle of Wight. bands of bluish or slate-coloured clays with zones of Cyrena ob- ovata of large size; C. cycladiformis, Potamides margaritaceus in great profusion and perfection. It rises on the shore north of Cliff End, at a short distance from No. 1; its line of demarcation from that bed is well defined by the thick fossiliferous band of Cyrena obovata. 1 observed in this bed a few Cytherea incrassata. It ascends at angles from 5° to 10°, and runs out on the cliff north of Lynchen Chine; it measures upwards of 21 feet, -and contains Melanopsis fusiformis, small Serpule, and a small- ribbed Modiola of the same species as that found at Hordle. No. 3. Lymnean limestone (No. 1); this rock contains hard nodules which fall out on the shore, and much oxide of iron. It is full of Lymnea and Planorbis. A ledge formed of this bed stretches across the Solent towards ‘Hurst Castle. It rises on the shore at Cliff End, and blocks of it are seen along the strand, from which good specimens with their shells may be obtained. It measures about 3 feet, and is interstratified with bands of blue clay. No. 4. Yellow sand rises at the south of Cliff End: its ori- gin is concealed by the debris of the brackish series above. This bed is well seen in the cliff between Lynchen and Bramble Chines, and again at Warden Point. It contains few shells, and measures under Long’s House 24 feet. It attains its greatest development at Headon Hill, where it passes into a light-coloured calcareous rock, richly fos- siliferous, with Lymnea and Planorbis above, and small univalves and Melania below. No. 5. Laminated sandy clays, with sandy seams between the layers of a slate colour, and containing much iron which stains the surface of the bed. They rise to the south of Lynchen Chine and pass out beyond Warden Point, underlying the yellow sand, and contain several fossiliferous seams. The following section is taken at Warden Point :— Gray clay striped with fawn andred . . . . . 4& feet. Or rity, SHG ale ae ate tao ye alot elas Seuss . 1 foot. Sand striped gray, blueandred . . .. . . 4& feet. Slate-coloured clay, with a band of Cyrena obovata . 6 inches. Potamomya plana is found in great abundance and perfection in this bed. The fossiliferous seams are confined to the upper and lower lamine. The lower strata contain many shells, and form a well-marked band between this bed and No. 6. As it passes through the cliff between Lynchen and Bramble Chines, it inclines at an angle of 1°. Between Bramble and Warden Point the angle increases to about 3°. Dr. Wright on the Geology of the Isle of Wight. 19 At Headon Hill this bed is very fossiliferous, and contains there Cyrena obovata in great profusion in a black clayey matrix with lignite and much vegetable debris. From the sandy seams at Bramble Chine I collected many hazel-nuts in a good state of preservation. No. 6. Underlying the Potamomya bed is a band of firm bluish green sand, tolerably compact. This appears to form the transition bed to the estuary series below it. It rises on the shore 1620 feet north of Bramble Chine, forms a prominent belt in the cliff, and in some places a ledge, by the foundering of the superincumbent clays and sands: measures about 3 feet, and is overlaid by laminated clay rich in Potamomya. No. 7. Blue clay with few fossils, 3 feet. No. 8. Bands of nodular ironstone resting on blue sandy clays ; rises 55 paces south of No. 6, and runs out at Warden Point. Beautiful slabs of this bed from 4 to 5 inches thick lie along the shore, and in most of the cottages household specimens may be seen. The clays and nodules contain Cyrena obovata, C. cycla- diformis, Potamides margaritaceus, P. cinctus, Cytherea incras- sata ; Melanopsis, Nematura, as in the Neritina bed. This fer- ruginous bed measures about 20 inches. No. 9. Gray mottled sands, without shells, 18 inches. No. 10. Dark stiff tenacious clay. This is a very rich bed, and many of the shells which are of estuary origin are beautifully preserved. It rises on the shore about 100 paces to the north of Lynchen Chine, is nearly horizontal for a considerable distance, and is much covered by debris, but is seen in situ beyond Bramble Chine. It is lost at Colwell and reappears in the cliff at Warden Point, passing out a short distance beyond. I collected from this bed Cyrena obovata, C. cycladiformis; My- tilus affinis, in great abundance ; Ostrea, two species ; Cytherea in- crassata, Potamides margaritaceus, Melania muricata, M. fasciata, M. costata, Melanopsis fusiformis, Fusus labiatus, Nerita aperta, very few of Neritina concava, and Natica depressa. It measures about 3 feet. No. 11. A dark-coloured stiff clay, without shells ; measures 18 inches, with a shelly band of blue clay 6 inches in thickness, - containing the same genera and species as No. 10, with nodules of ironstone in some parts of its course. These two beds indi- cate an estuary condition during the period of their deposition. No. 12. “ The Ostrea bed” rises on the shore at the south side of Lynchen Chine, is much foundered at its origin, but is well seen in situ in the walls of Bramble Chine, in the escarp- ment south of that gorge, in the cliff at Warden Point, and at Alum Bay, high up on Headon Hill., Ox 20 Dr. Wright on the Geology of the Isle of Wight. In Colwell Bay the foundering of this bed has produced three great masses of oyster-shells which project from the side of the chff. At first sight they give the observer the idea that they were oyster beds wedged in between the Venus bed which they entirely obscure; but it is not so; they are in fact produced by the falling of the oyster band over the inclined face of the lower beds ; the sandy matrix with the oyster-shells having fallen over in a semifluid state. The Ostrea bed measures from 18 inches to 2 feet in thickness. The shells are so closely packed together that perfect specimens are obtained with much difficulty. Besides Ostree of two new species in great abundance, I col- lected here Mytilus affinis, Potamides margaritaceus, P. cinctus, Fusus labiatus, Balanus, and Serpule. No. 18. Laminated blue clay mottled with red, non-fossilife- rous : 18 inches. No. 14. “The Venus bed” rises on the shore 484 feet south of Lynchen Chine, and runs out on the cliff at Tollands Bay near the Coast-guard station. Between Weston Chine and the lower flank of the north side of Headon Hill, there has been extensive denudation. The Lymnzan limestone and the upper marine have been entirely removed. These beds reappear in Headon, and the Lymnzan limestone with its underlying beds form a fine bold mural wall, which stands out from amongst the ruins of the softer strata on the north side of that hill. The Venus bed re- appears near the summit of the south-western escarpment of Headon Hill. This interesting bed ought to be studied in Colwell Bay, where it is best developed, and from whence the finest specimens of its beautiful fossils are obtamed. At the base of the Venus bed is a thin band of clay, containing Psammobia compressa in great per- fection. The finest specimens are obtained at low-water mark, when a ground sea has removed the sand. Here likewise we find Ostrea, two species undescribed, in considerable abundance. Above the clay-band is the true upper marine or Venus bed ; it consists of a slate-coloured siliceous sand mixed with clay. The shells, which are very abundant, lie for the most part on their sides, but I have found them inclined in all directions, This bed appears to have been a slow and tranquil deposit from sea water along a sandy shore. The shells are as perfect in all their parts as recent specimens, and the peculiar nature of the matrix has so preserved their colours, that one almost doubts the fact of | their being fossil shells. I collected from this bed the following shells :— Actzon. Balanus reflexus, Sow. Ancillaria subulata, Lam. unguiformis, Sow. Buccinum desertum, Brand, Cancellaria muricata, Wood. ine ‘ Dr. Wright on the Geology of the Isle of Wiyht. 21 Cancellaria elongata, Wood. Nucula, new species. Cerithium ——. Oliva, new species. Corbula cuspidata, Sow. Ostrea, two new species. Cyrena cycladiformis, Desh. Panopea corrugata, Edwards. obovata, Sow. Pleurotoma semicolon, Sow. Cytherea incrassata, Desh. ——, two new species. obliqua, Desh. Psammobia compressa, Sow. Fusus labiatus, Sow. solida. Lucina Serpula corrugata, Sow. Mactra, new species. ——, new species. Melania fasciata. Rostellaria rimosa, Brand. muricata. Voluta spinosa? Sow. Melanopsis ancillaroides. ——, new species, like V. harpa, fusiformis. Desh. Mya angustata, Sow. Pp Natica depressa, Sow. LS CRS epiglottina, Lam. Teeth of Squalus. labellata, Lam. Teeth of Myliobatis. Nucula similis, Sow. The Venus bed measures from 7 to 8 feet in thickness: the lower half is a slate-coloured sand ; the upper half in some parts of its course is ferruginous. It is from the lower zone that all the fine shells are obtained; those found in the upper zone are brittle and colourless. h The term “ upper marine formation ” is only strictly applicable to the oyster and Venus beds with the intercalated band of non- fossiliferous clay. No, 15. The next series of beds are of estuary origin. They consist of alternations of sand and clay, with seams of Potamides, Neritina, Melanopsis, Natica, Cyrena, Mytilus and Ostrea. The following section gives the order of these deposits, which are well exposed in a break in the cliff beyond Long’s Cottage: —Pea-green coloured sands with a thin band of Cyrena obovata, about 8 ft, Shelly band in a dark clayey matrix, containing Cyrena obovata, Potamides margaritaceus, Melania muricata, and M. fasciata, Ainches. Gray, green, and yellow sands, no shells, 2 feet 4 inches, Shelly band in a dark clay containing Cyrena obovata, Potamides and Ostrea, 4 inches. Sandy clay striped gray, green and ochre, no shells, 2 feet 9 inches. Shelly band with a seam of lignite at the base and Cyrena obovata piled upon each other, 6 inches. The origin of these beds on the shore is seen south of Bramble Chine, but it is much concealed by the ruin which has fallen upon them. The upper marine in Colwell Bay forms an undercliff, the wall of which is the Venus and oyster bed and upper estuary series, and its terrace, the ledge of Lymnzean limestone hereafter to be described. These fossiliferous bands have foundered much at Warden Cliff, where they run out. They reappear in situ in Headon Hill, and pass round into Alum Bay. I traced them into the western escarpment of Headon; the beds here are 22 Dr. Wright on the Geology of the Isle of Wight. very fossiliferous, and contain immense numbers of Potamides ventricosus and Cyrena obovata. The shelly blocks on the shore containing these elegant shells are derived from the debris of these beds. : No. 16. “The Neritina bed.” The origin of this bed on the shore is concealed by debris; it is seen however at low-water mark below Bramble Chine when a ground sea has cleared away the sand. This bed is seen well in situ beneath the flagstaff at Cliff Cot- tage reposing upon the fossiliferous bands of No. 15. It inclines at an angle of about 2°. Here it isa rich fossiliferous seam about 18 inches in thickness, divisible into three shelly zones. The inferior zone contains Potamides margaritaceus, P. cinctus, Me- lania muricata, Melanopsis minuta, M. fusiformis, and myriads of Nematura of a new species. ; The middle zone contains Neritina concava in great abundance, and in a high state of preservation, with all their delicate- coloured pencillings, like recent shells: along with these which characterize the bed, are, Potamides margaritaceus, P. cinctus ; Nematura,; Melanopsis fusiformis, Serpula tenuis, Cyrena cycladt- formis; vegetable impressions and seeds of Chara medicaginula, and C. tuberculata (Gyrogonites). The upper zone contains Natica depressa, Mytilus affinis, Os- trea, new species, and a profusion of Cyrena obovata. The Neritina bed at Headon Hill is charged with lignite, black clay and vegetable remains, but I collected its characteristic fossils at the western escarpment. No. 17. Blue sandy clay measuring from 4:to 9 feet ? in thick- ness in different parts of its course, and containing fossiliferous seams in its upper and lower laminz ? The upper shelly band contains Cyrena obovata and Potamides margaritaceus. In the lower layers, Lymnea longiscata was ob- served to occur in a crushed state sparingly. No. 18. Lymnzan limestone (No. 2) forms a conspicuous bed in this section. It rises on the shore about 390 feet north of Colwell Chine, and inclines at an angle of about 3°. It runs out on the cliff near the flagstaff of the Coast-guard station beyond Warden Point. It has been denuded from the cliff in the centre of Tollands Bay. It appears in sifu at the north side of Headon, and with the underlying clays and sands forms the promi- nent mural band which runs nearly horizontal through the northern slope of that hill. At its southern escarpment, where it overlooks Alum Bay, it forms a well-defined bed. Its inclina- tion here increases, and it is suddenly curved up together with the under- and the overlying beds to an angle of 20°, and soon after abruptly ceases. Dr. Wright on the Geology of the Isle of Wight. 23 This limestone band is not uniform in structure throughout its course. It is of a pale yellow cream colour in some places, dense and compact or light and porous in others. It varies in thickness from 3 to 6 feet, and its compact varieties are used for building purposes. How Ledge is formed by this bed stretching under the Solent ; and the rocks at Warden and Alum Point are foundered blocks of Lymnzan limestone. It is very fossiliferous throughout its entire course. The shells are beautifully preserved: as they drop out of the rock they leave cellular cavities ; the interior of _the shell being filled for the most part with a more spongy material than that which connects the individual fossils with one another. . It is impossible to describe the beauty of some of the rocks lying at Warden Point, which appear to be little else than a mass of freshwater shells cemented together by a calcareous matrix. The elegant forms of the snow-white shells make a chaste contrast with the yellow rock in which they are imbedded. With a chisel and a light hammer the following specimens may be ob- tained in great perfection :— Lymnza longiscata. Planorbis euomphalus. fusiformis. —— lens. columellaris. rotundatus. —— pyramidalis. obtusus. minima. Bulmnus ellipticus. —— maxima. I regard this bed as the uppermost of the lower freshwater formation. No. 19. Fawn-coloured sandy clay, with bands of Paludina unicolor in the upper layers; the lower layers are not so fos- siliferous ; measures 6 feet. No. 20. Bluish gray sands, no fossils : measures 3 ft. 6 inches. No. 21. Blue clay with several seams of shells. Paludine and ‘Melanie are very abundant, and fine specimens of Unio Solandri are obtained in good preservation, together with bones of Palao- ‘therium and Trionyx, and a profusion of small black seeds, Car- ~polithes ovulum, Brong., C. thalictroides, Brong. It rises south ‘of Colwell Chine. A good section of the bed may be seen at Warden Point : measures 2 feet 6 inches. No. 22. Striped clays, gray and bluish, with rich seams of ‘shells, in which Paludina and Melania are most abundant : mea- sures from 6 to 8 feet. No. 23. Grayish white sand rises on the shore near Warden Point, passes through the upper part of Weston Chine, and is seen ‘capping the hill south of that gorge ; it reappears again beneath the Lymnzan limestone on the north side of Headon ; here it 24: Dr. Wright on the Geology of the Isle of Wight. passes into a firm rock, and is seen in situ in the southern escarpment. It preserves the same angle of inclination as the Lymnzan limestone. At its origin, the first 8 feet of this bed is a pure sand rock with thin seams of freshwater shells (Paludina, Lymnaea, Cyelas). Below this the bed contains large oblong nodules, chiefly com- posed of shells, mostly in a fragmentary state ; from these I col- lected— Paludina lenta. Planorbis rotundatus. Lymneea longiscata. Melanopsis fusiformis. —— pyramidalis. Cyclas exigua. Planorbis euomphalus. The lower lamine of this bed contain greenish-coloured sands full of Paludina. This bed changes its physical character in dif- ferent parts of its course. In Headon Hill it is calcareous, and contains a few angular pebbles with two layers of hard siliceous nodules, one in the middle and the other at the bottom of the bed. It is here likewise distinguished by the same group of fossils. As it stretches across the Solent it forms that dangerous reef called Warden Ledge, over which a buoy is anchored: it measures about 20 feet. In Headon Hill escarpment this bed admits of several subdivisions. No. 24, Olive-green clay, stiff and tenacious, with numerous layers of Potamomya plana and Melania. It rises on the shore to the north of Weston Chine, and can be traced in situ to a con- siderable distance: measures 1 foot, and rests upon a band of lignite, in which the vegetable structure is well preserved ; mea- sures 6 inches. No. 25. Bluish sandy clay with few fossils in its upper part, but full of Potamomya plana, Paludina and Lymnea below: mea- sures 2 feet 6 inches. , No. 26. Lymnzan limestone, No. 3, rises on the shore a few paces north of Weston, forms a thin ledge at its origin, and eon- tains Lymnea and Planorbis in abundance: measures from 10 to 18 inches. No. 27. Dark olive-green, marly clay, rises below the prece- ding Lymnzan limestone ; it contains seams of Lymnea, Palu- dina, and Potamomya, which prevail most in the lower layers ; measures about 10 feet ? No. 28. Light-coloured calcareous marl. It caps No. 29, and forms a ledge over which the water falls in Weston Chine; con- tains Lymnea and Planorbis, and measures 9 inches. No. 29. Fine gray sand, rises on the shore about 120 paces north of the boat-houses by Weston Chine. This bed is well exposed in that ravine: measures 2 feet 4 inches, and is under- laid by a band of lignite about 7 inches thick. Dr. Wright on the Geology of the Isle of Wight. 25 No. 30. Dark olive-green clay, with a band of Lymnea and Planorbis in its upper part, and masses of nodular ironstone be- low. Several of these have rolled out of the bed and lie on the shore at Tollands Bay : measures 4 feet 6 inches. No. 31. Grayish white sand, rises on the north side of Weston Chine ; is exposed at the base of that ravine, is covered up with grass in the remainder of its course through Tollands Bay, and concealed by debris on the north side of Headon. It is seen however in situ on the southern escarpment of that hill. The anticlinal axis figured by Webster in his coast section of Tol- lands Bay is very well seen from the water. No. 23 of our sec- tion is the bed which appears to droop most. The angle of de- clension is not more than 2°: upwards of 20 feet ? The remaining beds of the lower freshwater series are not seen where they rise from the shore in consequence of the debris, which has fallen and covered them up at their origin and through the greater part of their course. Beyond Alum Point several of the lower beds are seen in situ, but they are best exposed in the sand-pit at present worked. The following section gives an ac- curate measurement of the 26 feet of sands and marls that repose upon the pure white sand. The angle of inclination is about 1°. ft. in. 32. Light gray sand with few freshwater shells ..........++ 2 4 33. Compact gray marl full of compressed Lymnei, &c.... 0 9 34 { TCO MICH EStI CLAN, Bitk ee case snsses oacie men neos 0 ve mojeinsinanas 5 9 * | Seam of lignite, vegetable structure shown - O 3 35 { Greenish clay, very tough and tenacious .......ss.000+ 6 0 * [Seam of lignite, about ......ccscsseseeeeecscceereeeersees 0 3 36 oe RAM GMM Men ciadsic cet eRerwaten wo ss'o's 6 «n'\s one ofBopaidaile sia 24 DMG Se an Of Wipe sete oc fennainesaossae2e ses sos eose see aeeintie’ ns 0 5 37. Yellow clay, ochre-coloured ...ses.sssesssesenseeecesevoes 4 9 ehopMiellOvy SAMs Gupte tiger dee.cettecsacscnatecdedscccossssencese » 4 4 This forms the floor of the section. 39. Fine white sand. The uppermost bed is a very fine pure white sand dug for making glass, and is largely exported for that purpose. It has proved a California to the proprietor, as it is sold for about 14s. a ton. The white bed passes into one of a pale ochre colour, and then into another of a deeper tint striped with yellow bands. The thickness of the sands at Headon Hill is unknown, as the bed dips beneath the sea. The equivalent bed at White Cliff Bay measures 200 feet in thickness. No fossils have been found in this bed. I observed only fragments of shells, too minute and water-worn to ascertain to what genus they belonged. Barton Clay Group. No. 40. A great bed of brownish clay which consists of several subordinate beds. It forms “stratum B” of Webster’s sec- 26 Dr. Wright on the Geology of the Isle of Wight. tion. It is traversed by seams of small flint pebbles and by six or seven layers of septaria. At the mouth of the ravine is a hard brown clay, the equivalent of the brown clay which rises near Beacon Bunny in the Hordle section. It contains the same shells, but they are at Alum Bay in the form of casts. I observed in one block, Nucula, Venericardia, Oliva and Pleurotoma. It contains much iron and three layers of septaria. The next por- tion is the true representative of the Barton clay. It is very fossiliferous, but the shells are much crushed and fragile. It is traversed by a layer of septaria and seams of small black peb- bles; then follows a thick bed of green sand with few shelis, which passes into a stiff brown clay containing vast quantities of Nummularia elegans. Then succeed beds of green sand with few shells, and six or seven layers of septaria. This bed mea- sures about 300 feet. In the following list I have given the Barton shells that are most abundant, but not all the genera and species contained therein :— Ampullaria acuta. —— patula, Actzeon simulatus. Ancillaria canalifera. Arca elegans. Bucecinum junceum. labiatum. -—— desertum. Cancellaria evulsa. Calyptrea trochiformis. Chama squamosa. Conus dormitor. scrobiculus. Corbula pisum. globosa. revoluta. Crassatella suleata. Fusus acuminatus. bulbiformis. longzevus. —— errans. minax. Lucina mitis. Mitra scabra. Murex asper. Natica ambulacrum. Nucula similis: minima. Nummulites levigatus. —— elegans. Ostrea flabellum. Oliva Branderi. Pecten reconditus. Pectunculus deletus. Pleurotoma colon. — comma. —-— prisca. Pyrula nexilis. Rostellaria rimosa. Sanguinolaria Hollowaysii. Psammobia compressa. Triton argutus. Trochus monilifer. Tuwrritella imbricataria. Typhis fistulosus. pungens. Venericardia globosa. Voluta luctator. lima. —— spinosa. Teeth of Squalus. Teeth of Myliobatis. In reviewing the facts disclosed by the study of the preceding section, the following consequences may be logically deduced therefrom :— 1st. That during the deposition of the series of beds comprised between the upper lacustrine and Barton groups, many alterna- Mr. J. G. Jeffreys on Chemnitzia Gulsone. 27 tions of physical conditions from river or lake to estuary and sea prevailed. 2nd. That the upper lacustrine strata exhibit such alternations, is shown by bed No. 2, but still more clearly by the section at Hampstead Cliff, which belongs to this group. The consider- ation of its beds does not fall within the limits of our section, belonging as they do to a higher zone in the upper lacustrine series. The lower lacustrine beds present similar phenomena. 3rd. That the estuary conditions more especially prevailed before and after the deposition of the intercalated marine bed. 4th. That the upper marine indicates a period in the struggle between sea and lake, when the former obtained for a time the supremacy : the marine shells and sharks’ teeth it contains prove this condition. 5th. The white and yellow sands at Alum Bay immediately overlying the Barton group were probably of estuary origin. The absence of organic remains leaves a doubt upon the subject. The equivalent bed however at Beacon Cliff on the Hampshire coast, which I shall more particularly describe in a future communi- cation, contains a large quantity of estuary shells mixed with true marine genera, together with the bones of turtles and the teeth of sharks. Guided by these facts, we infer that the white and yellow sands of Headon Hill were the great estuary deposit which introduced the lacustrine conditions under which the lower freshwater group, with the other intercalated estuary beds, were deposited. III.— Note on the Chemnitzia Gulsonze of Clark. By J. Gwyn Jurrreys, Esq., F.R.S. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. ‘GENTLEMEN, Waite thus publicly expressing the thanks which, in common with I believe all others who take an interest in the study of the British Mollusca, I owe to my old and esteemed friend Mr. Clark, for his valuable papers which have lately appeared in the ‘Annals of Natural History,’ I cannot forbear also expressing my opinion that the shell which he has described and named in the last number as Chemnitzia Gulsone, does not belong to the genus Chemnitzia. My specimens do not show the slightest inversion of the apical whorls; nor does that character appear to exist in Jeffreysia diaphana, of which I have purposely exa- mined about a hundred specimens, any more than in the Rissoe. The peristome too is continuous in adult specimens of both those shells, which is not the case in Chemnitzia or Odostomia. To the 28 Mr. F. Smith on some new species of Exotic Hymenoptera. locality mentioned by Mr. Clark, I may add Sandwich and Wey- mouth; and Mr. Barlee has also found it on the west coasts of Scotland and Ireland. It is however a very rare and well-marked shell. I am, Gentlemen, your obedient servant, J. Gwyn JEFFREYS. _ Norton near Swansea, Dec. 8, 1850. 1V.—Descriptions of some new species of Exotic Hymenoptera in the British Museum and other Collections. By FrepErick Smiru, Assistant in the Zoological Department of the Bri- tish Museum. Genus Triconatys, Westw. T. bipustulata, n. sp. ~ Male (length 7 lines) black: head as wide as the thorax, quadrate, smooth and shining, covered with a thin short black pubescence, the clypeus emarginate in front; antennz seta- ceous, 20-jointed, the apical eight jomts gradually attenuated to a pot; thorax closely and deeply punctured, the punctures confluent ; the metathorax has a deep longitudinal channel in the centre, and its apex is clothed with pale pubescence; the tibize and tarsi very dark ferruginous, the legs are entirely clothed with short fuscous pubescence; wings hyaline, the anterior margin of the superior wings has a dark fuscous longitudinal cloud, covering the externo- and interno-medial, the first dis- coidal, the marginal, and the first, seeond and third submarginal cells; the posterior wings are also clouded at their anterior margin which gradually shades off towards that of the posterior ; abdomen very closely punctured—the basal segment above has two pale yellow lateral spots, between which is a deep broad groove from the base to the apex; beneath, the basal segment is pale yellow, except a small portion at its base. Hab. Brazil. This species is in the collection of W. W. Saunders, Esq., and is the largest which I have yet seen of this rare genus. Note.—The neuration of the wings in this species differs con- siderably from that of the type of the genus, 7. me/anoleuca, the second submarginal cell is more elongate, and the third instead of being quadrate is oblong. T. maculata, n. sp. Male (length 43 lines) black: the head quadrate, closely and rather deeply punctured, the clypeus transverse, emarginate m the centre of its anterior margin; it is yellow and has a black Mr. F. Smith on some new species of Exotic Hymenoptera. 29 stripe equal to one-third of its width down the centre; the orbit of the eyes yellow, interrupted at their vertex; two minute yellow spots in front of the anterior stemma, and two very mi- nute ones placed obliquely beyond them; the posterior pair of stemmata are placed in a line with the vertex of the eyes; a yellow line traverses the hinder margin of the vertex curving iwards at a central interruption; the mandibles are quadrate, yellow, and tridentate, the apical tooth largest ; the teeth and the extreme base ferruginous ; the antennz 19-jointed, the first joint at its base and apex and the seven following joints entirely ferruginous ; thorax roughly punctured; a line in front of the tegulz, the tubercles, a minute spot beneath the wings, two in front of the prothorax, two on each side of the scutellum and one on each side of the postscutellum yellow ; the tegule tes- _taceous, the nervures of the wings dark piceous; the anterior margin has a fuscous cloud extending from the base to the apex, where it is broadest; the legs ferruginous, their trochanters yellow, the intermediate pair have a stain beneath; the anterior tibize in front, and the intermediate and posterior pairs at their base yellow; all the femora beneath are darkest towards their base, the claws, black; abdomen subpetiolate, incurved at the apex, the second segment beneath has an obtuse tooth on its apical margin. Above, the margins of the first, second and fourth segments, and the whole of the fifth and sixth yellow ; the two latter have an undefined black line down their centre ; beneath, the first, second and third segments have their apical margins yellow. _ Hab. Moreton Bay, New South Wales. I have only seen the single specimen in the British Museum ; Mr. Westwood informed me he had also one. Genus Microprrryx, St. Farg. Pompilus, Fab. M, bicolor, n. sp. Female (length 10 lines) black: head shining, very minutely punctured, the mandibles slightly ferruginous on their outer margin; the prothorax and a smooth triangular space on the mesothorax ferruginous, as is also the scutellum, which is smooth, shining, and very finely punctured; the metathorax ferruginous and rugose ; wings black, the length of the thorax ; legs and ab- domen also black, the latter clothed with short black pubescence. This species resembles the brevipennis of Fabricius, but is distinguished by its broader head, and by having the metathorax entirely rugose, whereas in brevipennis it is finely crenulated towards the base ; and the abdomen is spotless. Hab, Port Natal. 30 Mr. F. Smith on some new species of Exotic Hymenoptera. In the cabinet of the British Museum, and also in that of W. W. Saunders, Esq. M. fasciata, n. sp. Female (length 6 lines) black : head smooth and shining ; the thorax entirely red; anterior wings dark fuscous, the posterior pair subhyaline ;~a white fascia on the anterior pair, crossing from the first submarginal cell and being of the same width. On the apical margin of the first and third segments of the ab- domen is a broad golden band, which is deeply emarginate in the centre; a marginal band on the fifth, and the sixth segment entirely clothed with golden pile; beneath clothed with short silvery pubescence. Note.—The second segment of the abdomen has an impressed line down the centre, and its margin is notched to the depth of half its width. Although after a careful examination I consider this peculiar conformation to be natural, and not an accidental deformity ; still, in the absence of other specimens, I place it in a note, which may serve to call particular attention to such a remarkable for- mation. x I have only seen the single specimen in the British Museum. Genus LARRAXENA, N. gen. Head a little wider than the thorax, depressed in front, the anterior stemma situated in a frontal depression, the posterior pair obsolete ; eyes lateral, slightly approximating at their ver- tex; antenne filiform, the basal joint very much incrassated, inserted at the base of the clypeus which is transverse, the man- dibles arcuate ; thorax ovate, the metathorax elongate, truncated posteriorly ; the anterior wings with one marginal cell, appendi- culated, and three submarginal cells ; the second triangular and petiolated, receiving the two recurrent nervures; the first sub- marginal cell equal to the second and third united, the third narrow and oblique, the legs moderate in length, all the tibiz and tarsi strongly spinose, the tarsi longer than the tibiz ; ab- domen elongate-ovate. L. princeps. Female (length 8 lines) black: the head deeply and closely punctured, the face and cheeks covered with a silvery pubescence, the mandibles ferruginous, black at their base and apex ; the pro- and meso-thorax shining and closely punctured ; the metathorax opake, finely granulated; down the centre a slight depression, which has a central carina reaching nearly to the apex; wings dark fuscous, their tegule piceous, the tarsal claws ferruginous, a : 4 ro vie Mr. F. Smith on some new species of Exotic Hymenoptera. 31 the thorax above and on the sides covered with a fine silvery pile, most sparing on its dise ; abdomen red, smooth and shining ; a few long pale hairs on the apical segment. Hab. Brazil. Of this species I have only seen the two specimens in the British Museum. Genus Triconoprsis, Perty. T. affinis, n. sp. Female (length 73 lines) black : head smooth and shining, the clypeus reddish yellow, armed with five teeth, the two lateral ones much stouter than the other three; the mandibles and two basal joints of the antennz reddish yellow, the former black at their tips; the palpi yellow, the basal margin of the neck and also that of the metathorax fringed with golden pubescence, which is also scattered on its sides; there is also a patch of the same beneath the wings and on the hinder margin of the tubercles; the metathorax above has a broad elongate furrow, is transversely striated, and rugose at the sides and apex ; the tegule and nervures of the wings are pale ferruginous ; a dark cloud crosses the wing from the marginal cell to the apex of the third discoidal cell, and also tips the posterior wings ; a second cloud traverses the transverse portion of the externo- medial nervure; the apical half of the anterior femora, the tibie and tarsi, and also the intermediate tibie, ferruginous ; abdomen ferruginous, its petiole black. Hab. Brazil. This species is from the collections of Messrs. Wallace and Bates, and was captured at Para. In my own, and also in the collection of W. W. Saunders, Esq. T. violaceus, 0. sp. Male (length 74 lines) : head violet, smooth and shining, the ‘3 clypeus produced in front ; the mandibles dark ferruginous ; the a deep lateral depressions on the face clothed with silvery pile ; ; antennz black ; thorax black, the neck, pro- and meso-thorax, the scutellum, and a space on each side of the deep longitudinal channel of the metathorax very smooth and shining ; the channel transversely sulcate, the sides and apex of the metathorax rugose ; at its base and also under the wings a patch of silvery pile; the legs deep violet, the abdomen bright violet; the wings marked as in the preceding species, but rather darker. Hab. Brazil. Captured also by Messrs. Wallace and Bates. One specimen in the British Museum. . 32 Mr. F. Smith on some new species of Exotic Hymenoptera. Genus Cuiorion, Latr. Chlorion splendidum, Fab. Syst. Piez. 218. 5. Proneus Campbellii, Saund. Trans. Ent. Soe. vol. iii. 58. pl. 5. f. 1. C. splendidum. Male (length 8 lines) : head ferruginous, the tips of the man- dibles, the four apical joints of the antenne, and a patch above their insertion enclosing the stemmata, black ; thorax black ; the collar, mesothorax, scutellum, tegulz, a spot under the wings, the breast and legs ferruginous ; a longitudinal patch, and small spot beyond, situated outside the enclosed portion of the meta- thorax, ferruginous ; the metathorax transversely striated, the wings yellow, the neryures pale ferruginous, their apex having a dark cloud ; abdomen dark purple-violet. Hab. India. This sex was not previously known; it is from the collection of Capt. Boys. In the cabinet of W. W. Saunders, Hsq., and my own. Genus Gorytss, Latr. G. scutellaris, n. sp. Female (length 44 lines) black; covered with a fine golden changeable pile, in some lights having a silvery hue; it clothes the whole insect except the disc of the thorax and abdomen; the head smooth and shining; the prothorax has two approximating parallel lines running from the centre of the collar to the disc ; the scutellum and a patch before, blood-red; the metathorax has a triangular enclosed space at its base which has eight lon- gitudinal carine; the base is coarsely rugose and clothed with a dense silvery pile; the wings hyaline, dark fuscous at their base, and crossed by a fascia of the same colour as broad as the first and second submarginal cells; the basal, fourth and fifth segments of the abdomen are covered with a fine silvery pile; the second segment has an ovate cream-coloured macula situated laterally at its apical margin; the margins of the third, fourth and fifth segments have a narrow cream-coloured fascia. The male is rather smaller and has no red patch before the scutellum ; in other respects it exactly corresponds with the female. Hab. Brazil. This very beautiful species was captured by Messrs. Wallace and Bates, and is I believe unique in my collection. Genus SericopHorvs, Shuck. S. chalybeus, 0. sp. Female (length 5 lines) : head of a bluish green; the clypeus Mr. J. Miers on the Menispermacee. 33 armed on its anterior margin laterally with three teeth, the margin waved ; the first and second joint of the antennz black, the remaining joints red; the face and checks clothed with silvery pile; thorax metallic blue; the metathorax has in the centre a deep incisure, widening to the base; the apex roughly transversely strigose ; wings hyaline; legs red, their coxe, tro- chanters, and base of the femora of a metallic blue, the pulvilli black ; abdomen chalybeous, covered with a delicate silvery pile, most dense at the lateral margins of the segments. Hab. New Holland. This extremely beautiful species is unique in the collection of _ the British Museum. Note.—The insects belonging to this genus have very much the appearance of those of the genus Oxybelus ; they are however very distinct, as also from those belonging to the genus Palarus ; towards the latter they closely approach in the neuration of the wings. I am not aware that Mr. Shuckard has published the characters of the genus; I therefore subjoin its prominent cha- racters :— Head transverse, as wide as the thorax; eyes oval, the stemmata placed in a triangle on the vertex, the posterior pair a little before the hinder margin of the eyes; antenne short, gradually increasing in thickness towards the apex, inserted at the base of the clypeus, but not approximate ; thorax ovate, truncated posteriorly, the collar and scutellum transverse; the metathorax having a cruciform incisure, the transverse one curving upwards ; the superior wings with one marginal cell, and three submarginal; the second submarginal triangular, the third elongate transversely, and of equal width throughout ; the first and second submarginal cells each receiving a recurrent nervure near their apex; the legs of moderate length, and stout ; the intermediate and posterior tibie strongly spinose; the claws have within their fork a large pulvillus; abdomen ovato-conic, the apical segment acute. V.—A few remarks on the Menispermacez. By Joun Miers, Esq., F.R.S., F.LS. Ir is now upwards of three years since I completed, as far as the materials at my command allowed me, an investigation of the very interesting and little understood order of the Menispermacee. This I had arranged in the form of a monograph of some con- siderable extent, illustrated by numerous drawings of species and analytical details of each genus; but it has not yet been Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. vir. 34 Mr. J. Miers on the Menispermacez. published, because I have been awaiting the chance of obtaining better materials for determining the characters of a few genera, and also because I have been led away by my inquiries into the Solanacee and some other families, to which my attention has been called in this interval. The investigation of the Menisper- macee, on account of the minuteness of their flowers, has required much patient examination, and several hundred analyses have been repeated many times, and their details registered, in order to ensure the utmost amount of truth. Still, I feel that the inquiry is yet incomplete, and with the view of obtaining the desiderata required, I will endeavour here, in as short a space as possible, to give an outline of what I have already done, and what still remains to be ascertained. With this view, I now present a sketch of the principal features, that may serve to mark the distribution of this family into distinct tribes, arranged in a tabular view, and assisted by a short distinctive character of each genus. I will not endeavour to explain my views, in re- gard to the true affinities of this order, until I am better enabled to exhibit at full length the numerous facts I have collected together: this will be reserved for a more fitting opportunity ; but I will now merely observe, that after a very careful inquiry into the subject, I cannot accord with the original views of Prof. Lindley, who differs from all other botanists im regard to the position of this order in the system. In his ‘ Introduction to Botany,’ 2nd edit. p. 214, he points out its resemblance with the Smilacee, and places it in his class of Imperfecte, near Poly- gonacee. Subsequently in his ‘ Vegetable Kingdom,’ p. 307, renouncing this view, he arranges the Menispermacee among his “Diclinous Exogens,” near the Myristicacee and Monimiacee, far distant from the position assigned to it by all preceding systematists. I feel quite assured, that if this distinguished botanist had been better acquainted with the structure of this order, he would have come to a very different conclusion. My own observations lead me to concur generally with the views of the late Prof. DeCandolle, who in his ‘ Systema Vegetabilium ” and his excellent ‘ Prodromus,’ placed this family near the Ano- nacee, among the hypogynous polypetalous orders (the Hypo- petalee of Jussieu), a position confirmed by Endlicher, Meissner, and other eminent systematic botanists. It is hardly necessary to remark, that both the Schizandracee and Lardizabalacee must remain in juxtaposition with the Menispermacee. There is probably no family in the whole vegetable kingdom so completely heteromorphous as the Menispermacee, or that presents such extreme and aberrant features at variance with its normal structure. These extremes are found in the habit of the. _ Mr. J. Miers on the Menispermacee. 35 plants, in the texture and form of the leaves, in the various modes of inflorescence, in the number, arrangement and manner of zstivation of the floral envelopes, in the form and position of the stamens, as well as in the structure of the anthers, and their mode of dehiscence, in the presence or absence of a distinct gynophorus, in the variable character of the style and stigma, in the extent of development of the ovule, in the form of the nut, in the seed, sometimes exalbuminous, at others with albu- men highly developed, which is often fleshy and homogeneous, copious or sparse in quantity, and in other cases, singularly con- structed of ruminated lamellar plates, and finally, in the varia- tion of the form and development of the embryo, whose coty- ledons are sometimes large, fleshy, and adpressed, or they are slender and semiterete, but are often broad, foliaceous, thin in texture, divaricate, and placed in separate cells in the albumen. Such extreme differences of structural arrangement would in many cases induce a division of the family into distinct orders, but the Menispermacee possess altogether so many features in common, and are so very distinct from any other class of plants, that their integrity as one whole group is both desirable and natural. It is however essential to divide them into distinct tribes, and these again into sections and genera, somewhat after the following manner. MENISPERMACEARUM DistTRIBUTIO. Tribus 1. HerERocLine#. Embryo homotropus, cotyledonibus foliaceis, lateraliter divaricatis, et intra laminas 2 albuminis in locellis distinetis sin- gulatim inclusis (lamina dorsali simplici, ventrali crassiori, seepissime profunde ruminata, rarissime simplici) radicula brevi, tereti, supera. Cotyledonibus foliaceis, foraminibus plurimis PeKPOLAtIS? ...cceceessceeereenecssseeeseseeeenseeeess 1. Coscinium. Cotyledonibus foliaceis, simplicibus, viz. Stamina plurima, receptaculo globoso sessili me GA Ps ahsewecaetere as cee ee ee fe deade asaterers 2. Anamirta. i, Stamina 12 omnia libera ......-........ seceeseee 3. Calycocarpum. Stamina 10, i. e. 5 libera, et 5 monadelpha... 4. Odontocarya. Stamina 6 libera; anther immerse, longi- tudinaliter dehiscentes ........ ceseseseeseeees 5. Tinospora. Stamina 6 libera; anther adnate, 4-lobe, transversim dehiscentes ..-.e.....esses0e «-. 6. Jateorhiza. Stamina 6 libera ; filamenta brevia incrassata, antherz longit. dehiscentes ..........-..++++- 7. Burasaia. Stamina 6 libera; filamenta dilatata membra- MACS ee LN a 8. Chasmanthera. Stamina 6 libera; filamenta petalis involutis BONATA) Moelle. fae.0. act vaceae tee vaktepsceteeneas 9. Fibraurea. Stamen 1, filamentum gracile; anthere 6, biloba, in capitem aggregate ............0. 10. Parabena. 3* 36 Mr. J. Miers on the Menispermacez. Tribus 2. ANOMOSPERME&. Embryo heterotro- pus, teres, intra albumen copiosum ruminatum inclusus, cotyledonibus accumbentibus curvatis, radicula recta, stylo excentrico spectante*. Se- pala zestivatione imbricata. Petals 6 carnosatsccct. ros .cectvececcnsecnoaresecess 11. Anomospermum. Tribus 3. Trt1acorex. Embryo _hippocrepice campylotropus, cotyledonibus foliaceis, incum- bentibus, mtra albumen ruminatum copiosum, radicula centripeta supera: sepala zstivatione valyata. Petala 6. Ovarium glabrum ..............s0sers 12. Tilacora. Petala 0. Ovarium tomentosum .........ee0eee 13. Abuta2 Tribus 4. Leprocones. Embryo _hippocrepice campylotropus, cotyledonibus teretibus subincum- bentibus, intra albumen simplex parcum inclusis, radicula centripeta supera: sepala sstivatione imbricata. § Eleutharrhenee. Stamina distincta. Ova- ria 3. Sepala 6. & Pet. 0. Stam. 12-18 libera, @ Pet. 6.... 14. Menispermum. 6 Pet. 6. Stam. 6 libera. ¢ Pet. 6 cuneato- auriculata ......00c0+ Ssnlgna te Meaelesis tsiep cea ieneep 15. Pericampylus. od Pet. 6. Stam. 6-9 libera. 2 Pet. 6 cuneato- auriculata .....0..00: Sanibidt sie sbidibiads sesceceeeees 16. Hypserpa. 3 Pet. 6. Stam. 6 basimonadelpha. ¢ ignota. 17. Pselium. § Cissampelidee. Stamina in unicum coalita. Ovarium unicum. G Werte 0 Wehr S erarassstescedytshenasaes see. 18. Ileocarpus. GO \emehaem 1O) Pete 4 paneeatrars-aeapaeeet sented 19. Homocnemia. 3 Sepala6. Pet. 3. Antherz lobe 6 peltatim aflixse sy OUP et. poesenasabin ences seeks oauncage ses 20. Stephania. Sepala 4. Pet. 4 connata. Antherz lobe 2 peltatim affix. 9 ignota......scsse eee 21. Clypea. 3 Sepala 8. Pet. 4 connata. Antherz lobe 4 conglobatee. 2 ....escseeee whine be piecmeind (ucktes 22. Cyclea. 3 Sepala4. Pet. 1 poculiforme. Antherz lobe 4-12 peltatim affixe. 9 Petalum 1 ......... 23. Cissampelos. 6 Sepala 4. Pet. 1 poculiforme. Antherz lobee 4 peltatim affix. 9 Pet. 2 .........- 24. Antizoma. 3 Sepalum 1. Pet.1 globosum. Antherz lobe 6 peltatim affixe. 9 Petalum 1 ............ 25. Rhaptomeris. * In this, as in all the following tribes, the radicle, in reality, always points towards the true apex of the fruit, although in some cases, from the very excentric growth of the latter, it seems, at first sight, to be directed towards its base: in this last-mentioned manner it is indeed described by most botanists, but it is manifestly an error. In another place I have fully discussed this point of structure, and it appears to me that my view is supported hy unquestionable evidence. Mr. J. Miers on the Menispermacee. 37 Tribus 5. PLaryconez. Embryo hippocrepice campylotropus, cotyledonibus foliaceis incumben- tibus intra albumen simplex parcum inclusis, radicula centripeta supera. Pet. 6 emarginata imo involuta. Nux condylo 2-camerato utrinque perforato........sesseeeee 26. Cocculus. Pet. 6 bifida lobis acutis. Nux condylo 2-came- : rato utrinque perforatO....cc.sseseeerereesrers se 27. Nephroica. Pet. 6 bifida lobis obtusis. Nux condylo 2-ca- merato foraminibus 3 perforato ............46. 28. Holopeira. Pet. 6 cuneata auriculata apice dentata. Nux condylo septiformi hippocrepice 2-marsu- PAG ieesse names aebect cures Mevacnt aman ona nslerspionets 29. Diploclisia. Tribus 6. PacHyGoNnrEs&. Embryo omnino ex- albuminosus, hippocrepice vel fere annulari-cam- pylotropus, cotyledonibus magnis crassis, radicula parva, centnpeta, supera. 3 Pet. 0. @ Ovaria 3, cotyledonibus crassis ERIS ARCH DAS achat pu asian ccaot tang ayn sae scenes 30. Anelasma. 3 Pet.0. 2 Ovaria ignota .........c.ccseeeeeee 31. Limacia. 3 Pet. 6. 9 Ovaria 6, cotyledonibus crassis GR GLICIS Ne ereten, cadeaneroe sedadeag daw decacenuseenves 32. Pleogyne. 3 Pet.6. © Ovaria 6, cotyledonibus crassis IPPOCKEPICIS .. 5226401512 i. cnceenssinnsd osibevecaiees 33. Botryopsis. 3 Pet. 6. 9 Ovaria 3, cotyledonibus crassis eyclicis : floribus racemosis .........:62seeceeeee 34. Pachygone. é ignota. 9 Ovaria 3, cotyledonibus crassis cyclicis: floribus umbellatis ...... RiCeutaas tea. 35. Sciadotenia. Genera dubize sectionis, embryonis forma ignota. 36. Chondodendron ad Platygoneas? vel potius ad Heteroclineas. 37. Hyperbena ad Platygoneas? 38. Tinomiscium ad Heteroclineas ? 39. Pycnarrhena 2 40. Antitazis 2 Genera dubia vel ab ordine repellenda. Spirospermum, Thouars (Endl. Gen. no. 4690): genus in ordinem dubium propter embryonem exalbuminosum longissimum spiraliter tortum, Agdestis, Moc. Sess. (idem, no. 4684) : genus valde dubium propter ovaria coalita et flores hermaphroditos. Todes, Blume (idem, no. 4689): genus sine dubio ad Phytocreneas re- ferendum. Meniscosta, Blume (idem, no. 4688) est certissime Sabia, Coleb. genus anomalum dubiz sedis, 1. Coscinium, Coleb., comprises four species from Ceylon and India :—1. C. fenestratum,Coleb. 2. C. Wightianum (Coll.Wight, no. 2469). 3. C. Wallichianum (Wall. Cat. 1. 4971 in partem). 4. C. Blumeanum (Wall. Cat. n. 4971 in partem). The three last species are in the Wallichian herbarium under the name of Cocculus Blumeanus, Wall. The structure of the seed, as figured by Gaértner, well corresponds with that of the other genera of this tribe, but the fenestrated appearance of the cotyledons re- 38 Mr. J. Miers on the Menispermacez. quires to be confirmed by more recent observation. I have not been able to meet with the seed. 2. Anamirta, Coleb. has four species, the type of which is the Cocculus suberosus, DC.: of this genus I have a very complete analysis. Here also belongs the Cocculus populifolius, DC. 3. Calycocarpum, Nutt. consists of a single species, the Meni- spermumLyoni, DC. : its details are very faithfully given in Gray’s Gen. Pl. Un. St. Am. 1. p. 75. tab. 30. 4. Odontocarya comprises three species from Brazil ; the type, which I found in the Organ Mountains, and which I examined in the living state, has afforded complete analytical details. The Cissampelos Vitis, Flor. Flum. tab. 137, and Cissampelos Her- nandia, idem, tab. 136, evidently belong to this genus. 5. Tinospora contains eleven species, most of which are already known: it is a well-marked genus, and I have complete details of its structure: the followig may be referred to it: Cocculus cordifolius, DC. ; C. convolvulaceus, DC. (Wall. Cat. no. 4955 B and 4966 C); C. crispus, DC. (Wall. Cat. 4966 A, 4966 B) ; C. Malabaricus, DC. (Wall. Cat. 4969) ; C. lacunosus, DC. ; C. tomentosus, Coleb. (Wall. Cat. 4956 A); C. glaucus, DC. ; C. fla- vescens, DC.; C. Bakis, A. Rich. 6. Jateorhiza is a very distinct genus, consisting of three species :—I. J. palmata (Cocculus palmatus, DC. Hook. Bot. Mag. tab. 2970). 2. J. Columba (Wall. Cat. n. 4953). 3. J. strigosa, from Fernando Po (Flora Nigritiana, p. 213, tab. 18). 7. Burasaia, Thouars, a genus consisting of three species from Madagascar, has been well described by Prof. Decaisne in his admirable memoir on the Lardizabalea, and I am indebted to his kindness for an opportunity of examining its male flowers, the characters of which certainly agree with the Menispermacee, and these, as well as the structure of the ovarium, as described by M. Decaisne, conform well with the Heteroclinee. It is due to the very distinguished botanist just mentioned, to state, that in referring this genus to the Lardizabalee, he did this with much hesitation ; the true features of the Menispermacee had not then been elaborated, and it must be confessed that its 3-foliate leaves and the nucleus being invested by a pulpy arillus indicate a strong tendency towards the Lardizabalacee, but its distinct ovaria with solitary ovules fix it beyond doubt among the Menispermacee. 8. Chasmanthera, Hochst. Of this genus I have very com- plete details of the male flowers, and of the seed, but the female flowers remain to be examined. The characters of this genus, given by Prof. Hochstedter (as quoted in Walpers Rep. v. p. 18), are far from correct or intelligible: only one species is recorded. 9. Fibraurea, Lour. This genus has been here restored upon very efficient data, but I have only seen the male flowers, and Mr. J. Miers on the Menispermacez. 39 nuts containing imperfect seeds. Loureiro’s typical specimen from Cochin-China exists in the herbarium of the British Mu- seum; this I have examined, together with three other species from Malacca, which I have found in the herbaria of Sir William Hooker and Dr. Lemann. 10. Parabena, a genus of which I possess complete details ; the typical species 1s identical with the Cissampelos oleracea, Wall. Cat. no. 4984: the other species are: 2. P. sagittata (Cissampelos sagittata, Wall. Cat. 4983); 3. P. heterophylla, from Assam, in the collections of the late Mr. Griffiths (n. 355); 4. P. ferruginea (idem, no. 74). 11. Anomospermum. This genus comprises three species from Brazil and Guiana: the typical one was found by me in the Organ Mountains, when I made a very complete analysis from living specimens. 1. A. nitidum. 2. A. Schomburgku (Schomburgk’s Guiana Collection, no. 833). 3. A. Hostmannit (Hostmann’s Surinam Collection, no. i 12. Tilacora, Coleb., an Indian genus consisting of several species, the type of which is 7. acuminata (T. racemosa, Coleb. ; Cocculus acuminatus, DC., Deless. Icon. i. tab. 95, Wall. Cat. no. 4958). Ihave obtained complete details of the structure of the male flowers and of the seed, but the female flowers are yet wanting. One species from Ceylon presents a circumstance of rare occurrence in this order, perfectly hermaphrodite flowers ; but whether this be a constant character, or only a casual occur- rence, can only be ascertained by future observations with com- petent specimens. Bisexual flowers are also met with im other genera, although very rarely. 13. Abuta. I have restored this genus of Aublet upon a distinct group of plants from Brazil and Guiana. Nine species may be referred here, including among them the Batschia ra- cemosa and the B. conferta of Thunberg (the genus Trichoa of Persoon), which I have had no opportunity of examining. I met with a single species in the neighbourhood of Rio de Janeiro, which offered male flowers only, but Martin’s specimens from Cayenne have afforded ample details of the structure of the female flowers. Cunningham’s collection exhibits specimens in fruit, but unfortunately not sufficiently matured to enable me to determine the form of the embryo. In the structure of the nut, and the form of the nucleus, it approaches Tiliacora, and the nucleus appears lamellated when cut transversely, as if it were ruminated albumen, but this point could not be determined with any degree of certainty from the imperfect state of the specimens in question ; its position among the Tiliacoree cannot therefore be yet affirmed with confidence. The typical species is the-Abuta rufescens, Aubl. (Pl. Guy. tab. 250), with which the 40 Mr. J. Miers on the Menispermacez. Cocculus macrophyllus, St. Hil. and Tul., and the Cissampelos Abutua, Flor. Flum. tab. 140, may be considered as identical. To this genus are likewise referrible the Cissampelos convexa (Flor. Flum. tab. 141), the Cissampelos ovata (idem, tab. 141), the Cocculus tomentosus, Mart. (Flor. Flum. tab. 143), and the Cocculus. Martii, St. Hil. and Tul. 14. Menispermum now only comprises three of the species enumerated by DeCandolle, viz. M. Canadense, M. Dahuricum, and M. smilacinum: specimens of the former have furnished com- plete details of its characters, of the second I have seen only male flowers, and the last has not come under my observation. 15. Pericampylus, a new genus, comprising an Indian group of plants, of which the Coceulus incanus, DC. is the type. The Cissampelos Mauritiana (Wall. Cat. n. 4980) ; C. discolor (Wall. Cat. 4982 in partem); Menispermum villosum, Roxb. (who has a Cyclea under the same name in his herbarium) ; Cissampelos convolvulacea, DC., Wall. Cat. n. 4980 in partem, and Cocculus corymbosus, Bl., all belong here. 16. Hypserpa, an East Indian group of plants, of which the Cocculus cuspidatus, Wall., may be considered as the type. Of this genus complete characters have been obtained. 17. Pselium, Loureiro, has been restored upon the evidence furnished by his original typical specimen preserved in the British Museum. Of this genus characters have been obtained of its male flowers only. 18. Ileocarpus, a new genus proposed for the Menispermum (Cocculus) Schimperi, Hochst., from Abyssinia; of this I have only obtained a sight of the female flowers and of the seed. 19. Homocnemia, a new genus founded upon a South African plant of Drégé’s collection, the Cissampelos umbellata, K. Mey. ; the specimen I have seen presents only female flowers ; the male flowers and the seed are therefore wanting to complete its full generic characters, 20. Stephania, Lour. (non Willd.), comprises a group of East Indian plants, the typical species of which is from Japan. Its characters are well-marked, but there has been a strange con- fusion in regard to the names of the species. It comprises Cis- sampelos hexandra, Roxb. (Cocculus Roxburghianus, DC., Wall. Cat. n. 4972 in partem) ; Cissampelos hernandifolia, Willd.; C. discolor, DC. ; C. convolvulacea, DC.; C. glaber, Wght.; C. au- stralis, A. Cunn. ; Clypea venosa, Bl. (Cuming, n. 1160). 21. Clypea. This genus of Blume was made to include most of the species’ of Stephania, but as Loureiro’s name claims the priority, 1 have restored Clypea for two of Blume’s species that differ in their structure from Stephania : these are, Clypea acumi- natissima, Bl., and C/. capitata, Bl. I have seen only male Mr. J. Miers on the Menispermacez. 41 flowers ; the female flowers and the seed are therefore wanting to complete its generic features. 22. Cyclea. The characters of this genus have been com- pleted from my observations upon some Indian plants, which appear to correspond with the Cocculus Burmanni, a species to which Dr. Wight cursorily refers (Ill. Ind. Bot. i. p. 23), as being distinct from Clypea, and for which, although he offers no generic character, he suggests the title of Cyclea: I therefore willingly adopt hisname. Here also belong Cissampelos discolor, Wall. (Cat. n. 4982, non DC.) ; C. barbata, Wall. Cat. n. 4978 ; Menispermum villosum, Roxb. 23. Cissampelos, Linn. A great many heterogeneous plants have been referred to this genus, and it is impossible to determine many of the species that really belong to it, from the mere laconic descriptions by which they have been particularized. I have been able to examine many, and to refer them to their proper places, but several yet remain to be inspected ; I have also deter- mined a number of new species yet undescribed. As the habit and floral structure of this genus are so peculiar, there can be little hesitation in referrig here by far the greater number of the recorded species, notwithstanding the imperfect descriptions given with them. There are however several among them that do not conform to this test, and others of which no sufficient character is registered. Among these two classes of doubtful species are C. psilophylla, Presl ; C. triloba, Spr. ; C. acuminata, DC. ; C. laurifoha, Poir.; C. ebracteata, St. Hil.; C. australis, St. Hil.; C. monoica, St. Hil.; C. gracilis, St. Hil.; C. Haenkeana, Presl; C. hirsutissima, Presl; C. Kohautiana, Presl; C. cordi- folia, Boj.; C. apiculata, Hochst.; C. glabra, Roxb. ; C. ovata, Poir. 24. Antizoma, a new genus founded upon the Cissampelos calcarifera and the C. angustifolia of Burchell, to which I have added three other species, all from the interior of South Africa. I have seen only male flowers, so that its entire generic character remains yet imperfect. 25. Rhaptomeris, a genus founded upon the unusual circum- stance in this family of its calycine segments being united into a campanular gamophyllous tube, and its petals being connate, in form of aglobular cup. It consists of two species, both from Ceylon, one being the Cocculus Burmanni, DC. (non W. and A.) The female flowers and fruit are as yet unknown. 26. Cocculus, Bauh. This genus has served to receive Me- nispermaceous plants of every denomination, so that very few of the numerous species enumerated by different authors can now be referred here with certaimty. As at present defined, Cocculus Carolinianus, DC., may be considered its type. I have deter- 42 Mr. J. Miers on the Menispermacez. mined from authenticated specimens the Cocculus Cebathi, DC., C. Leeba, DC., C. Epibaterium, DC., Epibaterium pendulum, Forst., and Cocculus ellipticus, DC., all to be one species, which will henceforward bear the former name. These, together with the C. oblongifolius, DC., are the only three that I have been able to establish, as appertaining to this genus, out of the forty- six species enumerated in the ‘ Prodromus’ of DeCandolle: all the others belong to other genera, to which I have referred them, excepting the eight following, whose place must remain doubtful until they can be more carefully examined: viz. Cocculus Forsteri, DC.; C. rotundifolius, DC. ; C. aristolochia, DC.; C. hastatus, DC.; C. Thunbergii, DC.; C. cotoneaster, DC.; C. multiflora, DC.; and C. gomphioides, DC. The following twenty-two additional species, collated in Walpers’s ‘ Repertorium,’ remain in like manner doubtful, in regard to the genus to which they are strictly referrible, viz. Cocculus corymbosus, Bl. ; C. lanuginosus, Bl.; C. rimosus, Bl. ; C. glaucescens, Bl. ; C. ovalifolius, Bl. (non DC.); C. banisteriefolius, Rich.; C. oblongifolius, Mart. (non DC.) ; C. filipendula, Mart.; C. paniculigerus, Mart. ; C. Japu- rensis, Mart.; C. reticulatus, Mart.; C. Imene, Mart.; C. levi- gatus, Mart. ; C. wrophyllus, Mart. ; C. Pakni, Mart. ; C. dichrous, Mart.; C. angustifolius, Heskrl.; C. cinerascens, St. Hil.; C. macrophyllus, St. Hil., and C. Marti, St. Hil. ; most of the last- mentioned species, from the descriptions given, probably belong to Abuta or Botryopsis. 27. Nephroica. This genus I have proposed for a very distinct group of plants, mostly natives of India, the type of which is the Cocculus Nephroia, DC., the Nephroia sarmentosa, Lour.: its characters are well-marked and complete. Here must be re- ferred the Cocculus diantherus, Hook.; C. ovalifolius, DC.; C. trilobus, DC. ; C. cynanchoides, Presl; C. Bantamensis, Bl.; C. Ferrandianus, Presl; C. laurifolius, DC. (Wall. Cat. 4965); C. mollis, Wall. (Cat. 4973); Menispermum hexagonum, Roxb. (Wall. Cat. 4968) ; MZ. parabolicum, Roxb. &e. 28. Holopeira is a genus comprising several plants of East Indian and African origin, differing from Nephroica in the shape of its petals and the peculiar structure of its nut ; its type is the Coccuius villosus, DC., and its characters have been completely determined. 29. Diploclisia represents another group of East Indian and Australasian plants, of which the Cocculus macrocarpus, W. and Arn.,is the type. They are readily distinguished by the extreme length of their racemes, the structure of their nut, and the form of the seed. 30. Anelasma has been formed for a series of South American plants, one of which has been figured by Poppig, Noy. Gen. . Geass Pa fh i, Mr. J. Miers on the Menispermacee. 43 tab. 188, under the name of Abuta concolor. The type is A. Gardnerianum from Brazil (Gard. n. 3567); another species is A. Guianense (Schomb. n. 440). The Cocculus Domingensis, DC. (DeLess. Icon. Sel. tab. 96), also belongs here. It bears much similarity in the form of its flowers to dduta. I have seen only the male flowers and seed; the female flowers are wanting to complete its generic characters. 31. Limacia, Lour. This forms another of Loureiro’s genera which I have restored upon very sufficient data: it represents a very distinct group of plants of East Indian growth, which I have been able to compare with the typical species L. scandens, Lour., still existing in the British Museum, and which bears a close analogy to Ane/asma, their analogue of the other hemisphere. Here belong the Cocculus velutinus, Wall. (Cat. n. 4970, a: Cuming, n. 2402) ; and Cocculus oblongus, Wall. (Cat. n. 4963). I have formed a subgenus under the name of Stercoclea for two species, which differ only in having three, instead of six stamens ; one is the Menispermum triandrum, Roxb. (Wall. Cat. n. 4962) ; the other also exists in the Wallichian herbarium (Wall. Cat. n. 4952 in partem). 32. Pleogyne is a genus proposed for an Australasian plant of Cunningham’s collection, distinguished by the unusual number of its ovaria. I have seen only the female flowers and the fruit ; the male flowers are therefore wanting to complete its generic character. 33. Botryopsis was constituted many years ago, upon a plant which I examined in the Organ Mountains of Brazil. I met with its male flowers and fruit, but its female flowers are yet wanting. Its species bear much external resemblance to those of Abuta, and they are only to be distinguished by an examina- tion of their flowers, which are very distinct in structure. I have ascertained that the Cocculus platyphyllus, St. Hil., belongs to this genus, and hence also C. I/defonsianus, St. Hil. and ‘ful., which is said to be only a variety of the same. It is probable that the Cocculus cinerascens, St. Hil., is also referrible here. 34. Pachygone will represent a group of Hast Indian plants, distmguished also for their exalbuminous seeds, and of which the Cocculus Plukenettui, DC., may be considered the type. Its cha- racters have been fully determined. Here may be referred the Cocculus Wightianus, Wall. (Cat. 4959), C. brachystachys, DC., judging from the structure of its fruit, and probably also C. lep- tostachys, DC. 35. Sciadotenia is a new genus, proposed for a plant of Mar- tin’s collection from Cayenne, with a decidedly umbellate in- florescence, and a very distinct habit. Both its male and female flowers are unknown, but its seed is of peculiar structure. AA Mr. J. Miers on the Menispermacez. 36. Chondodendron, R. and P. I have restored this genus of the Flora Peruviana, upon a very distinct group of plants, all of South American origin, and of which the type is the Chondo- dendron tomentosum, R. and P. (Cocculus Chondodendron, DC.). Another species is figured by Péppig (Nov. Gen. tab. 190), under the name of Chondodendron convolvulaceum. I have seen only the male and female flowers, but not the fruit: from his figure of the seed, we might conclude it must belong to the Hetero- cliniee, but as he describes the embryo to be perispherical, and does not state whether or not it be albuminous, it remains un- certain to which tribe this genus can be referred; in habit, all the species bear a remarkable resemblance to Tinospora. Coc- culus tamoides, DC., is referrible here. I have determined eight species altogether, among which are two plants collected by Gardner in Piauhy, which I have named C. hederifolium (Gardn. ~ n. 2009) and C. scabrum (Gardn. n. 2473). 37. Hyperbena is a genus comprising a group of South American and Mexican plants, the type of which, H. nemoralis, I found in the forests of the Corcovado, near Rio de Janeiro. The characters of both the male and female flowers are deter- mined, but the fruit is wanting to fix the tribe to which it belongs. I have met with five species, viz. the above-mentioned ; H. Moricandii from Mheos (Moric. n. 2846) ; H. Hostmanni from Surinam (Hostm. n. 1050); H. Mexicana from Mexico (Jun- gensen, n. 91); H. Tweedit from Rio Grande do Sul (Tweedie). They bear much the habit of some species of Anelasma. 38. Tinomiscium is constituted for three plants of peculiar habit: the Cocculus petiolaris, Wall. (Cat. n. 4964), Cocculus coriaceus, Hook., both from Penang; and a species from Java (Zollinger, n. 745). All these species present only male flowers, so that it is yet uncertain to which tribe they can be referred ; but from their peculiar habit and the larger size and structure of their flowers, they more resemble the Heteroclinice. 39. Pycnarrhenais proposed for a plant from Sylhet, of a very distinct appearance and habit, approching Anamirta in having more than the usual number of stamens, aggregated in a central globular mass. This plant is the Cocculus planifolius, Wall. Cat. no. 4961): it has only male flowers, so that it cannot yet be referred with certainty to any particular tribe. 40. Antitaxis is founded upon a plant from Malacca, collected by the late Mr. Griffiths; it bears much analogy in habit to Pycnarrhena, but is very different in the structure of its flower ; its floral envelopes are decussately arranged in opposite pairs, there being only two petals and four stamens ; it has only male flowers, hence its true position cannot yet be determined. The above brief remarks will afford some general notion of the Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Silurian Mollusca. 45 extent to which this inquiry has been carried, and what still remains to be done in order to complete the investigation of this interesting family. Having pointed out the desiderata wanting for this purpose, I shall feel greatly obliged to botanists for any assistance they can contribute towards its attainment. VI.—On some new Silurian Mollusca. By Frepzricx M‘Coy, Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in Queen’s College, Belfast. Poterioceras ellipticum (M‘Coy). Syn. and Ref. Orthoceras pyriforme (Sow.), pars Sil. Syst. t. 8. f. 19 (lower and not upper figure). Sp. Char. Elliptical, last chamber conoidal; greatest width at last septum, from whence the chambered and unchambered portions taper elliptically to the contracted: mouth and atte- nuated extremity; septa nearly horizontal, the last three or four about 23 lines apart : greatest width of last chamber (at septum) 2 inches 3 lines; length of last chamber 2 inches 42 lines. There are clearly two species confounded by Sowerby in the ‘Silurian System’ under the name Orthoceras pyriforme; the difference in form he supposed to be produced by the direction of pressure, but I find it to be constant in perfectly uncrushed specimens. To that represented by his upper figure I would restrict his specific name pyriforme, its characteristic pear-shaped form being mainly owing to the greatest width being in the middle of the last chamber, or midway between the last septum and the mouth ; the upper half of the last chamber being abruptly rounded, while the other portion of the shell tapers gradually. In the other species the greatest width is at about the last one or two septa, from whence the last chamber tapers gradually to the mouth with about the same curve that the chambered portion tapers towards the apex, giving a very different regularly elliptical figure to the present species, which I have named accordingly. _ Common in the Lower Ludlow rock near Aymestry. (Col. University of Cambridge, &c.) Phragmoceras intermedium (M‘Coy). Syn. and Ref. P. arcuatum (Sow.), pars Sil. Syst. t. 11. f. 1. (not t. 10. f. 14). Sp. Char. Slightly arched, tapering at the rate of 4 lines in 1 inch ; section ovate, sides gently convex, outer and inner faces rounded : a specimen (not quite perfect) 2 inches 5 lines long 46 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Silurian Mollusca. has the long (antero-posterior) diameter at the large end 1 ich 4 lines, at the small end 9 lines; short (lateral) diameter at large end 10 lines; length of last chamber 1 inch 1 line; the last five or six septa 13-line apart in the middle of the side. I have not clearly seen the siphon of this species, which is about as thick and slightly arched as the P. arcuatum (of which it is figured as a separate variety by Sowerby), but tapers much more slowly as in the P. compressum. Not uncommon in the green mudstone (Lower Ludlow rock) of Green quarry, Leimtwardine. (Col. University of Cambridge, &c.) Cycloceras tenut-annulatum (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Nearly cylindrical (tapering half a line in 2 inches at a diameter of 6 lines) ; rings narrow, sharply defined, half a line wide, slightly oblique, six in half an inch at the above dimen- sions ; surface with very minute, longitudinal, equal striz, twelve or fourteen in a space of 1 line; towards the small end a few circular striz on each ring decussating the longitu- dinal lines. This species differs constantly from the Orthoceras (Cycloceras) Ibex by the narrower and more sharply defined rings, and their considerably greater number in a given space in specimens of the: same size; the longitudinal striation is even finer than in that species. Not uncommon in the green Lower Ludlow mudstone of Green quarry, Leintwardine, and near Aymestry ; rare in the Upper Ludlow quartzite of Brigsteer, Kendal. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Orthoceras politum (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Very elongate, conic, regularly tapering at the rate of half a line in 1 inch, from a diameter of 7 lines; from which size to 5 lines, the septa have a uniform distance of 3 lines apart; they are slightly oblique, convex, with even edges; _ siphon moderate, excentric, its own diameter from the centre ; surface smooth. One specimen with a glossy, horn-like external surface, slightly imperfect at each end, measures 1 inch 4 lines in diameter at the mouth, is 1 foot 8 inches long, and measures 2 lines in diameter at the smaller end, where the septa are slightly oblique, and 14 line apart. Not uncommon in the impure calcareous concretions of Glen- quapple, Scotland. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Silurian Mollusca. 47 Bellerophon subdecussatus (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Globose, of one and a half or two very rapidly en- larging whorls, subcompressed towards the very obtusely an- gular or rounded circumference ; sides gibbous ; umbilicus small, deep, partially exposing the whorls; diameter 43 limes ; in proportion to diameter, width 8%, length of mouth 8%, diameter of umbilicus 4%; surface with strong transverse ridges arching backward from the umbilicus to the undefined band, forming a wide V-shaped sinus; about four or five of these transverse ridges in the space of 1 line near the mouth ; they are crossed. by much finer spiral striae, about the same distance apart, from one to three of which are usually stronger than the rest near the band. This species is extremely like the carboniferous B. decussatus (Flem.), but has the transverse strie much stronger than the spiral ones. Rare in the schists of Llanrwst and fine Caradoc sandstone of Mulock, Dalquorhan, Ayrshire. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Holopella (M‘Coy), u. g- Gen. Char. Shell spiral, elongate, slender, of numerous gra- dually increasing whorls, generally crossed by slightly arched strize; mouth circular, with the peritreme entire ; base rounded, with or without a minute umbilicus. These shells have hitherto been confounded with the recent ~ genus Turritella, from which they differ completely in the entire peritreme and definite round margin to the mouth, thus approach- img much nearer to Scalaria. From Chemnitzia they differ in the smaller size of the body-whorl, and in neither it nor the mouth being produced anteally. Holopella gracilior (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Very slender, spiral angle 15°, whorls smooth (num- ber unknown), slightly and evenly convex, suture deep, simple, sutural angle 95°; width at base 5 lines, length of last whorl 3 lines. This is distinguished from the H. obsoleta by its more slender spire (as indicated by the difference in their spiral angles), less convex whorls, &c. Schists of Dinas Bran, Llangollen. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Holopella intermedia (M‘Coy). I provisionally give this name to a species agreeing exactly, 48 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Silurian Mollusca. so far as I can see, with the H. obsoleta (Sow. sp.), but having an apical angle of 30°, being thus exactly intermediate between it and the H. conica (Sow. sp.), striking the eye as manifestly shorter than the former, and more slender than the Jatter. Length about 7 lines, width 3 lines, length of last whorl 2+ lines. Not uncommon in the state of casts in the Upper Ludlow rock of High Thorns Underbarrow, Kendal, Westmoreland. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Holopella monile (M‘Coy). : Sp. Char. Very slender, apical angle about 10°, spire of about nine whorls (six preserved), each turn a little wider than long, exceedingly convex, sutures deep, simple. Length 3} lines, width 1 line, length of last turn slightly less than 1 line. The small size, extremely slender form, and very convex whorls, render it impossible to confound this with any other species. Rare in the schists of Selottyn Road. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Littorina undifera (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Turreted, broad, ovate; spire pointed, about three- fourths the length of the body-whorl ; apical angle about 80° ; sutures channeled, having a little below them a thick spiral ridge undulated by about eight vertical depressions, which cross the whorls of the spire and upper part of the body-whorl ; below this ridge is a wide concave space bounded by a second thick undulating ridge, forming the most prominent part of the whorl ; beneath this second ridge on the body-whorl are about ten very delicate, subequal, spiral threads distinctly separated by concave spaces, about two of which only are visible on the turn of the spire ; entire surface crossed by very close, minute, direct lines of growth. Length 3 lines, length of body-whorl 2 lines, width slightly more than 2 lines, This resembles some of the small oolitic Pleurotomaria, but there is clearly no sinus in the lip, as indicated by the direct lines of growth, and the shell is no doubt congeneric with the L. carinata, from the young of which the undulations, &c. distin- guish it. In the Aymestry limestone of Mortimer’s Cross, Aymestry. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Loxonema elegans (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Spire very slender, elongate-conic, apical angle about 20° ; of about six elongate evenly convex volutions, crossed by thread-like striz, arching forward at their ends, and with a Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Silurian Mollusca. 49 broad backward wave in the middle (about three in the space of 1 line) ; sutures deep, simple, sutural angle 100°. Length 1 inch 11 lines, length of last whorl 9 lines, width 73 lines. The greater length and slenderness of the whorls and the broader and more shallow wave in the strie separate it from the so-called Terebra sinuosa (Sow.). In the gray flags of Pont y Meibion ; slates of Llansantfraid, Glyn Ceiriog. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Turbo crebristria (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Ovate, of three to four very rapidly enlarging volu- tions ; spire small, apical angle about 90°, whorls convex, with au obtusely bounded narrow concave space at the sutures above, back broad, gently convex; umbilicus narrow, deep, effuse at the edge, mouth very large, obscurely angulated retrally ; shell thick, surface girt with sharp spiral thread-like ridges, nearly twice their thickness apart, about four in the space of 1 line on the penultimate whorl, with an occasional finer one between a regular pair, all crossed obliquely by very fine, regular, sharp lines of growth. Length (of small perfect specimen) 1 inch, width 1 inch, length of body-whorl 8 lines (grows to nearly 2 inches in diameter). The large casts of this species are smooth, and resemble Sow- erby’s figure and description of 7. Pricee, except that the back is broad and rather flattencd, or slightly convex instead of being angular in the middle as that species is defined to be. The sub- stance of the shell is thick, and its mode of striation resembles that of the so-called Pleurotomaria biliz of Conrad as figured. by Hall (Paleontology of New York), which is however distin- guished by its smaller size, longer spire and want of an umbi- licus. Common, of large size, in the calcareous schists of Gellifine ; in the fine sandy schists of Mandinam, Llandovery ; in the fine Caradoc sandstone of Alt yr Anker, Meifod, Montgomeryshire ; in the schists of Gelli Grin, Bala, Merionethshire ; and in the limestone of Mynydd Fron Frys, five miles west of Chirk, Glyn Ceiriog. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Trochus celatus (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Conical, apical angle 80°; spire of three and a half flattened volutions, having a thick rounded keel forming the circumference of the basal whorl, and close to the suture on the spiral whorls ; base flattened ; surface marked with oblique Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. vit 50 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Silurian Mollusca. scaly ridges. Length 21 lines, width 4 lines, length of last whorl 1 line. Owing to the scaly nature of the ornament on the rather wide oblique ridges of the surface, they usually adhere to the matrix, and breaking off from the shell leave it nearly smooth. ouge rare in the limestone of Old Radnor, Presteign, Radnor- shire. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Trochus constrictus (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Conical, apical angle about 70°, of four or five gra- dually increasing whorls, each with a shallow concavity or con- striction below the suture, the lower portion strongly rounded, base flattened, circumference obtusely rounded; surface ob- liquely crossed by fine, unequal, often obscurely fasciculate lines of growth; mouth transverse, obliquely ovate. Length 8 lines, width 73 lines, length of mouth 31 lines, width of mouth 4 lines. This seems allied to the Holopea symmetrica (Hall) of the Trenton limestone, but the spire is not so elevated, the base is more flattened, and the mouth is stated to be almost circular in that species, which besides has the whorls regularly convex from the simple suture. Tn the schists on the Bala limestone, Bryn Melyn quarry near Bala; Cymmerig, Bala, Merionethshire. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Trochus Moorei (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Acutely conical, apical angle 50°, of about five (four preserved) flattened, gradually increasing whorls ; mouth trans- versely subquadrate ; base flattened, moderately convex; um- bilicus deep, narrow ; surface unknown. Length about 8 lines, width 6 lines, length of mouth 8 lines, width of mouth 3} lines. I dedicate this very distinct species to J. Carrick Moore, Esq. (Secretary of the Geological Society), who has devoted much labour to the elucidation of the old fossiliferous rocks of Scot- land. In the fine Caradoc sandstone of Dalquorhan near Girvan, Ayrshire. , (Col. University of Cambridge.) Cucullella (M‘Coy), n. g. Gen. Char. Subrhomboidal, inequilateral, subequivalve, margins even ; hinge-line entirely crenulated; muscular impressions Prof. F. Moy on some new Silurian Mollusca. 51 two, with a simple pallial sear between them ; a strong internal septum extends from before the beaks to the posterior margin of the anterior adductor, forming a deep slit in the casts. Sur- face generally smooth or nearly so. These paleeozoic shells have been confounded with Nucula (by Sow., Phill., &c.), from which they-differ in wanting the hood- like plate of the posterior adductor, and having the septum in the anterior end, and with Clidophorus (in Geol. Surv. of Great Brit. vol. i. pt. 2), from which they differ in having the hinge crenulated as in Arca. Tellinites affinis (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Elliptical, moderately convex ; beaks small, about one- third the length from the anterior end, which is elliptically rounded, and with an undefined obtuse cardinal slope ; ventral margin nearly straight, with a faint, shallow sinus in the mid- dle ; posterior like the anterior end, rounded elliptically, with sometimes an almost imperceptible flexure (as in Tedlina) ex- tending as a hollow in the left valve towards the beak from a small sinus in the margin beneath the posterior end ; surface smooth, or with a few obtuse marks of growth. Length ] inch 41 lines, width (from beak to opposite margin) 745,, length of anterior end 5%, depth of valve 45. This has almost exactly the shape of our recent Tellina radiata, but the minute flexure above alluded to is in the longer end (which in that species is the anterior). The species is most allied to the Tellina obliqua (Gold.) from the grauwacke of Ems, from which it differs in being less transverse, in the beaks not being mesial, and in the less angularity of the posterior slope; its greater length, less central beaks, and concave ventral margin distin- guish it from the Nuculites subemarginata (Conrad). Rare in the Upper Ludlow rock of Benson Knot, Kendal, Westmoreland. _ (Col. University of Cambridge.) Arca (Byssoarca) subequalis (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. (Cast.) Oblong, equivalve, nearly equilateral, ends sub- truncate, rounded, very gibbous in the middle, about twice as long as wide; depth of both valves equal to the width ; beaks very large, obtuse, tumid, marked on the sides with four or five large wrinkles ; a shallow sinus for the byssus in the ven- tral margin a little nearer the anterior than the posterior end, and slightly obliterating the simple pallial scar ; adductor im- pressions deep, rounded; hinge-teeth very numerous, small, equal, at right angles to the hinge-line. Width 10 lines, ~ length 1 inch 8 lines. 4* 52 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Silurian Mollusca. In t. 20. f. 1. of the ‘ Silurian System,’ Mr. Sowerby seems to have united two distinct fossils (the differences between which have been noticed by various writers) under the one name, Arca Eastnori ; the fig. 1 a. from Eastnor Park should, from the name, be considered the type of the species, and is a regular, subeom- pressed, oval shell without ventral sinus, while the other, fig. 1 4, —of which Mr. Sowerby says, “If it be not an old shell grown very thick, it may be a different species,”—may I think possibly be referred to the present fossil. In the gray micaceous sandstone of Llechdawdd, Myddfai. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Arca Edmondiaformis (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Oblong, obtusely subquadrate, very gibbous; beaks very large, tumid, about one-fourth of the length from the anterior end, which is obtusely rounded; ventral margin slightly sinuate in the middle ; posterior end very slightly ob- lique, obtusely rounded ; hinge-line nearly straight, as long as the shell, with numerous minute teeth inclining slightly to- wards the beak; surface smooth or with minute wrinkles of growth. Width 5 lines, length 7} lines, greatest depth of one valve (at middle) 23 lines. This species resembles a small Modiolopsis or Edmondia in form, but in some of the specimens the hinge-teeth are seen as in Arca, except that they incline slightly towards the beak in- stead of from it. . In the fine sandy beds near Llangynyw Rectory, Montgomery- shire ; Caradoc sandstone of Alt y Gader; in the Upper Ludlow Rock of Benson Knot, Kendal, Westmoreland; Moel Seisiog, Llanrwst ; Bala, Merionethshire ; and Ab Hirnant. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Dolabra elliptica (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Elongate, elliptical, length slightly more than twice the width ; beaks obtuse, moderate, one-sixth of the length from the anterior end; anterior end small, elliptically rounded ; ventral margin slightly convex ; hinge-line slightly elevated ; posterior end obliquely rounded; valves moderately convex ; diagonal ridge very obtusely rounded, posterior slope steep, but not abruptly flattened ; surface apparently marked with fine lines of growth. Length 1] inch 6 lines, width from beak to opposite margin 8 lines, width from ventral margin to end of hinge-line about the same, depth of one valve 3 lines. The specimen described shows that in the left valve there were no other teeth but the thick elongate posterior one or ligamen- Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Silurian Mollusca. 53 tary ridge, which is about a line below the hinge-margin. This differs from the D. obtusa (M‘Coy) in its narrow, elongate ellip- tical figure and less gibbosity. Tilestone of Storm Hill, Llandeilo. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Dolabra obtusa (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Obliquely ovate, width about three-fifths of the length, gibbous ; beaks large, obtuse, nearly im the centre of the hinge-line, and one-fourth of the length from the anterior end; anterior end small, gradually curving into the ventral margin, which is only slightly convex, oblique to the hinge- line; posterior end obliquely subtruncate, the inferior angle obtusely rounded; posterior slope abrupt, inclined, the dia- gonal ridge obtusely rounded ; surface nearly smooth. Width 10 lines, length 1 inch 5 lines, greatest depth of one valve (half-way between the beak and posterior angle) 4 lines. This species is more obtusely rhomboidal, and is more obtusely keeled, has a longer hinge, and is much less elongate than the Cucullea amygdalina (Phill.), which is only a common variety of the C. unilateralis (Sow.), from which this differs by its thick posterior tooth, &ce. The thick, elongate posterior tooth in the right valve is simple, and about two-thirds the length of that part of the hinge-line from which it declines ; m some parts the hinge-line shows obscure traces of serrature, which may be owing to the roughness of the matrix. Tilestone of Storm Hill, Llandeilo. - (Col. University of Cambridge.) Anodontopsis (M‘Coy), n. g. = Microdon? Conrad (not Agassiz nor Meigen). Gen. Char. Equivalve, inequilateral, compressed; general form rotundato-quadrate or subtrigonal ; posterior side wide, round or obliquely subtruncate, anterior end slightly contracted in front of the beak; beaks small, prominent, nearer to the an- terior than the posterior end; hinge-line shorter than the shell, with a posterior, long, slender lateral tooth or cartilage plate extending just below it (double in the right valve), and another similar but shorter one in front of the beaks ; anterior muscular impression simple, ovate, longer and stronger than the posterior ; occasionally a slight clavicular extends from in front of the beak behind the anterior adductor impression leaving a furrow in the cast; pallial impression entire (occa- sionally one small cardinal tooth beneath the beak) ; surface smooth or concentrically lined. Except in their small size and marine habits, these little fossils 54 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Silurian Mollusca. resemble the recent Anodons, from which there being but two simple adductor impressions separates them. They differ from Modiolopsis (or Cypricardites) in their rotundato-quadrate com- pressed form, and the posterior adductor impression like the an- terior one, and they have no trace of the byssiferous sinus so common in that group between the body of the shell and the anterior side : from Schizodus (Myaphoria),with which Prof. King seems to have blended them, they are distinguished by the long, slender, posterior cartilage plate or lateral tooth a little below the hinge-line. Except im form they are identical with Clidophorus, and should be considered but as a subgenus thereof, distinguished from those long narrow types by their broad rounded or oblique axe-like form, more prominent beaks, and less marked clavicular ridge. From the figure of Microdon bellastria (Conrad) I should have imagined it belonged to the present genus, but his descrip- tion of the hinge renders it probable that this genus is different, and I accordingly give a description of my own clear types, be- sides which the name Microdon was applied long previously to a genus of fish and one of insects. Anodontopsis angustifrons (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Longitudinally subtrigonal, compressed (depth of both valves half the width), diagonally subearinate from the beaks to the respiratory angle ; beaks small but prominent, rather more than one-fourth of the length from the anterior end, which is much narrowed and abruptly compressed beneath the beaks, produced, rounded, not separated from the body of the shell by any sinus; ventral margin nearly straight ; hinge- hne short, slightly elevated, forming a wide compressed pos- terior slope, the margin of which is almost uniformly arched from the beaks to the respiratory angle, which is obtusely pointed; surface nearly smooth, a few obseure concentric wrinkles of growth near the margin. Width from beak to ven- tral margin 6 lines, length 1 inch 2 lines, width from middle of dorsal to opposite ventral margin ;°5,, length of anterior end ;25,. Pallial and muscular impressions as in the generic characters. The more arched and eleyated hinge-line and narrow anterior side separate this from the Pullastra levis (Sow.), which seems to belong to the same genus; and the contracted anterior end and greater length separate it from the A. guadratus (M‘Coy). The posterior lateral tooth or plate extends almost to the end of the hinge-line and close to it. Common at Benson Knot, Kendal, Westmoreland, and Kirkby Moor, Kendal, Westmoreland. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Siiurian Mollusca. 55 Anodontopsis quadratus (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Rotundato-quadrate, slightly oblique, with about three- fourths of the length compressed, slightly and evenly convex, the posterior ridge obtuse, and posterior slope obscurely marked ; beaks very small, subcentral ; anterior and posterior sides of nearly equal width, the former broadly rounded, the latter with an obscure, slightly oblique truncation; dorsal margin slightly arched, ventral margin nearly straight, slightly convex. Width 93 lines, length 1 inch. The peculiar figure produced by the shortness of the posterior side and less convexity easily distinguish this from the A. levis (Sow. sp.) Casts show the anterior ovate adductor, a faint cla- vicular ridge extending from in front of the beak to its upper posterior edge; a short cardinal tooth under the beak, and the slender anterior and posterior lateral teeth close under the mar- gin, the latter extending almost to the end of the hinge-line. Common in the tilestone of Storm Hill, Llandeilo. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Anodontopsis. securiformis (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Subrhomboidal, compressed, sides evenly convex ; diagonal ridge angular, sharply defined towards the beak ; slightly concave towards the posterior slope, which is flattened and steep; beaks small, prominent, about one-fourth of the length from the anterior end, which is semicircularly rounded ; ventral margin regularly convex ; posterior end narrowed, ob- liquely truncated, with a straight edge ; hinge-line straight, as long as the truncated posterior edge, internal posterior car- dinal ridge very delicate, close under the hinge-line ; anterior adductor small, oval, with a short slender ridge from the beak to its posterior edge. Length 10 lines, proportional width 553,, length of anterior end ;43,, length of anal edge ;4%,, depth of one valve 43. There is some slight variation in the proportional width of this species, the shortest varieties of which are however much larger and with amore acutely truncated posterior end than the Cypri- cardia deltoidea or Isocardia axiniformis (Phill.) of the carboni- ferous and (?) Upper Devonian (of 8. Petherwin rocks), to which the species is most allied. Common in the green micaceous quartzite (Upper Ludlow of Benson Knot, Kendal, Westmoreland). (Col. University of Cambridge.) Clidophorus ovalis (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Oval, width two-thirds the length ; anterior and _pos- 56 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Silurian Mollusca. terior ends almost equal, elliptically rounded, ventral margin gently convex ; valves slightly and evenly convex, the posterior slope very slightly compressed ; surface apparently smooth ; clavicular ridge strong, reaching rather more than half-way from the beak to the ventral margin. Width 33 lines, length 5 lines. This is distinguished from the C. planulatus (Conrad) by its regular oval form, larger and more oblique clavicular ridge and less elongation, and from the Cucullea (Cucullella) antiqua (Sow.) by the flatness and oval outline of the valves. — Plas Madoc, N. of Llanrwst ; abundant in the schists, Dolydd Ceriog Waterfall, E. of the Berwyn Mountains. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Tellinomya lingule-comes (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Obovate, slightly and evenly convex; beaks small, compressed, not prominent, close to the anterior end, which is broadly rounded ; dorsal and ventral margins slightly convex, converging towards the narrow posterior end, which is trun- cated more or less obliquely, about two-thirds the width of the shell under the beaks, and has an almost imperceptible sinus between its inferior angle and the ventral margin ; surface with fine irregular imbricating plice of growth. Width 6 lines, length 1 inch 1 line. This is much allied to the T. nasuta (Hall) of his Trenton group, but is smaller, shorter and more regularly ovate. It has somewhat the form of Cardinia with the delicate shell and eden- tulous hinge of Anodon. I believe this is about the oldest known Lamellibranch, occurring in considerable abundance among the Lingule in the slates near Tremadoc, and from being about the same size and texture may be confounded eusily with them when crushed, Slates, Penmoifa. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Sanguinolites anguliferus (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Oblong, length three times the width ; beaks small, half the width from the anterior end, which is subquadrate, rounded ; posterior end subtruncate, not oblique, scarcely wider than the width of the shell from the beak to the ventral margin ; dorsal and ventral margins straight, almost parallel ; a strong diagonal ridge runs from the beak to the inferior pos- terior angle, immediately in front of which is the deepest part of each valve; from the beak to the anterior end is marked by eight or ten narrow rounded ridges runing obliquely down- ou ol Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Silurian Mollusca. 57 wards and backwards towards the middle of the ventral mar- gins ; a few of them meet at an acute angle, about the middle of the shell, with a few, more nearly vertical ridges proceeding from the great diagonal ridge; most of both sets of ridges go towards the ventral margin ; they are separated by flat spaces wider than their own diameter ; the posterior slope is divided into three broad, rounded radiations by three shallow im- pressed lines, crossed by irregular wrinkles parallel with the posterior margin, all the ridges are slightly undulated by the faint plice of growth; posterior dorsal lunette very narrow, concave, horizontal (or perpendicular to the plane of the valves). Length 3 lines, width 1 inch 4 lines. A specimen of the right valve shows rather more of the an- gular ridges, though a smaller individual than one of the left. Rare in the tilestone of Benson Knot, Kendal, Westmoreland. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Leptodomus globulosus (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Globose, subtrigonal, width three-fourths of the length; beaks very large, a little nearer the anterior than the posterior _ end; sides evenly tumid, most so in the middle ; posterior slope undefined, but very steeply sloped ; anterior and poste- rior ends subequal, slightly contracted, rounded, ventral mar- gin convex ; hinge-line a little shorter than the shell, not ele- vated, inflected portion narrow ; surface with a few concentric lines of growth. Length 72 lines, width 6 lines, depth of one valve 2 lines. This departs so widely from either the shortest or most gib- bous varieties of the L. amygdalina (Sow. sp.), that it seems desi- rable to give it a distinctive name ; there is no other closely allied form. The general appearance approaches that of the Nucula ovalis of the same group, but in the latter the diagonal posterior ridge is more angular, and I have ascertained that it really pos- sesses teeth asin Nucula. Hard green micaceous Upper Ludlow rocks of Tenterfell, Kirkby Moor and Benson Knot, Kendal, Westmoreland. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Leptodomus truncatus (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Oblong or subtrigonal, compressed ; beaks very large, gibbous, prominent, terminal, the anterior end being almost vertically subtruncate under it, width of the anterior end (where it is greatest) nearly two-thirds the length of the shell ; posterior end obliquely subtruncate or rounded ; ventral _ margin gently convex, with a scarcely perceptible sinus a little 58 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Silurian Mollusca. behind the vertical line of the beaks; surface rugged, with strong, thick, irregular wrinkles from the anterior end, be- coming obsolete on the posterior slope. Width from beak to ventral margin 1 inch, length 1 ich 5 lies, depth of one valve about one-third of the width. This is somewhat allied to the Cypricardia retusa (Sow.), but has the anterior end even more vertically truncate; it is more elongate (although in this point it varies considerably) ; but it is most obviously distinguished by the strong wrinkling of the sur- face, parallel with the ventral edges, by which latter, as well as the great depth of the truncated anterior end, it also differs from the C. impressa (Sow.). Upper Ludlow rock, Benson Knot, Westmoreland. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Modiolopsis inflata (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Longitudinally oblong, very gibbous ; beaks obtuse, incurved, large, close to the anterior end, which is large and obtusely rounded ; an obtuse sigmoidal ridge extends from the beak to the posterior inferior end, which is elliptically rounded to the very obtuse cardinal angle, which is slightly elevated ; hinge-line little more than half the length of the shell, with a slender cartilage ridge just below it; ventral margin very slightly concave im front of the diagonal gibbosity. Width 91 lines, length 1 inch 6 lines, greatest depth of one valve (about one-third the length from the beak) 4 lines. Surface with minute irregular plications and lines of growth. Pen Cerrig Serth (very common). Distinguished from all the varieties of the M. modiolaris by its greater gibbosity, shorter hinge-line, and broader anterior end. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Modiolopsis (? Orthonota) postlineata (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Oblong, twice as long as wide, shell thin, moderately convex ; beaks small, near the anterior end, which is obtusely rounded; no byssal sinus; posterior end obtuse, obliquely rounded ; dorsal and ventral margins nearly parallel, straight ; hinge-line two-thirds the length of the shell, with a nearly parallel delicate hinge-plate running beneath it and nearly parallel with the erect dorsal margins; surface with minute obsolete transverse wrinkles of growth, except of the flattened posterior slope, which is radiated with fine close equal strize from the beak. Width from the beak to the ventral margin 5 lines, length 1 inch. Some.specimens bear a rough general resemblance to the Nu- EE ee ee Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Silurian Mollusca. 59 culites poststriata (Emmons), but they are distinguished by the parallelism of the dorsal and ventral margins, smaller beaks, greater transverse diameters, &c. It also closely resembles the Cypricardites sectifrons of Conrad, but that is figured with radia- ting lines on the sides as well as the posterior slope ; the anterior part of our specimen is unfortunately imperfect. Alt yr Anker, Meifod, Montgomeryshire. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Ambonychia ? acuticostata (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Ovate, moderately and evenly convex, most so towards the beak ; surface radiated with numerous angular ridges, only separated by the angular sulcus formed by the meeting of the steep sides of the ridges (about six ridges in one-fourth of an inch of the margin at half an inch from the beak). In form and number of the ridges this resembles the small specimen of A. carinata (Gold. sp.) figured in Hall’s ‘ Palzeon- tology’ (pl. 80. f.5), but it is distinguished by its ribs being an- gular and close together—they being rounded and separated by flat interspaces in the American form. Only one imperfect spe- cimen, measuring 7 lines from beak to ventral margin. In the green schists of Dinas Bran, Llangollen. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Aviculat? Danbyi (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Obliquely ovate, anterior end broadly rounded, pos- terior end more or less narrowed, rounded, ventral margin evenly convex; hinge-line rather less than half the width of the shell, posterior wing scarcely twice the length of the an- terior, both wings nearly rectangular with slightly concave margins ; left valve gently convex, most gibbous near the beaks, marked with minute concentric, irregular, interrupted strie and wrinkles, crossed by a variable number of obtuse ridges radiating from the beak, and generally becoming obso- lete towards the margin ; right valve flat, with slight irregular concentric wrinkles and strie of growth, without radiating ridges. This species varies much in the amount of its obliquity and transverse elongation, and the number of radiations on the left valve ; these latter resemble the radiation of Pholadomya, for which that valve might be taken when the ears are concealed. Traces of a subcentral muscular impression occasionally visible. Some of the varieties are so slightly oblique as to assume a ro- Ss tundato-quadrate form. Average length 1 inch 5 lines, width 2 inches 3 lines, length of hinge-line 1 inch. 60 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Silurian Mollusca. Traces of two fine internal ridges diverging from the beak of the flat valve where the wings join the body of the shell (resem- bling those of Pecten). The specific name was suggested by Mr. Salter for this species, if it should prove new, im honour of one who has diligently collected these remarkable fossils, and the others occurring near Kendal. Very abundant in the greenish quartzite (Upper Ludlow rock) of Benson Knot, Kendal, Westmoreland. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Pterinea asperula (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Obliquely ovate, body of the shell evenly convex, abruptly defined from the anterior and posterior sides; beak gibbous ; anterior wing rounded, less than half the length of the posterior wing, which is flat, acutely pointed and extending a little beyond the shell, its posterior margin concave; pos- terior end of the shell broadly rounded; entire surface radiated with nearly equal rough (obscurely tuberculated) ridges separated by flat spaces rather greater than their dia- meter in width (six ridges in one line at margin) ; these ridges are crossed on the body of the shell by fine wrinkles of growth which on the wing and towards the beak become sharp defi- nite striz parallel with the margin; width from beak to mar-. gin 22 lines, length from beak to posterior end 3} lines, width of posterior wing from angle to side of shell 14 line. Common in the black shale of Builth Bridge, Radnorshire. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Pterinea hians (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Rotundato-quadrate, slightly oblique, moderately gib- bous, most so one-third the length from the beaks, which are one-third the length of the hinge-line from the anterior end ; anterior side large, defined by a deep hollow extending nearly at right angles with the hinge-line from before the beak to the ventral margin, in which it produces a slight sinus; in front of this it is convex, and then nearer the slightly acute cardinal angle another smaller shallow sinus extends from the margin towards the beak; posterior wing broad, compressed, not abruptly defined from the body of the shell, slightly acute, and scarcely extending beyond the posterior end of the body of the shell which is obtusely rounded ; ventral margin nearly horizontal, slightly convex; surface with close fine equal thread- like radiations, interrupted by slightly irregular concentric imbrications about half a line apart. Width from beak to middle of ventral margin 6} lines, length of hinge-line 9 lines. a eee Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Silurian Mollusca. 61 _ This differs from the Avicula emarciata (Conrad) by the large gaping anterior side with its double sinus ; the same separates it from a small variety of the A. Boydi (Conrad) ; it is also more square and less oblique than either of these species. The large size of the anterior lobe also separates it from the Avicula qua- drula (Conrad). From the Aymestry limestone of Mortimer’s Cross, Aymestry. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Pterinea megaloba (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Obliquely subtrigonal, diagonally tumid from the beak .to the posterior end (the curve amounting nearly to a semi- circle in old specimens) ; hinge-line elevated into a compressed, nearly rectangular, broad wing, the angle rather nearer to the beak than to the posterior ventral end, which is obtusely rounded, and to which the margin is nearly straight ; anterior end short, forming a very large rounded lobe; a shallow con- cavity which defines it from the body of the shell extends from the beak to a little in front of the middle of the ventral margin, where it forms a small sinus; beaks narrow, prominent, in- curved ; anterior muscular impression very strong in the casts ; no teeth. Width from beak to opposite ventral margin 7 lines, length from anterior to posterior ends 1 inch 1 line, width of posterior end 11 lines, depth of left valve 5 lines. Surface apparently smooth, or marked with fine concentric striz. The great size of the anterior lobe is the most remarkable character, and is produced by the byssiferous sinus extending backwards at an acute angle to the hinge-line (about 75°), unlike any other species I know. If it was not for the left valve being so much more convex than the right, the species might have been placed in Cypricardites ; the general form is exactly that of the Pterinea rectangularis (Sow. sp.) Sil. Syst. t. 3. f. 2, from which it seems to differ (nme specimens examined) im the want of the diverging cardinal teeth. Not uncommon in the tilestone of Storm Hill, Llandeilo. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Pterinea Sowerbit (M‘Coy). _ Avicula reticulata (Sow.), 8.8. t. 6. f.3 (not of Hisinger nor Gold- fuss). Sp. Char. Obliquely ovate, depressed, slightly convex, greatest length along the posterior slope, which is straight and defined ; posterior wing gently arched, scarcely extending beyond the _ shell, its posterior edge slightly and uniformly concave; sur- face radiated by slightly irregular obtuse ridges, about their 62 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Silurian Mollusca. thickness apart, (five in 2 lines about the middle, at an inch from the beak,) partially interrupted by thin concentric imbrications from 1 to 2 lines wide, having the radiating ridges obsolete or nearly so on their half ; radiating ridges of the wing rather larger, strongly marked only about the middle. Length from beak to respiratory * angle 2 inches 6 lines, length of posterior wing 1 inch 6 lines, width of ditto 1 inch 1 line, width from middle of hinge-line to ventral margin 2 inches 5 lines, depth of one valve 3 lines. This fine species differs from the Pterinea reticulata of the original continental authors, in its more elongate form, smaller posterior wing, with its gently concave posterior edge, and the comparatively few, broad, thin imbrications interrupting the radiating ridges. Aymestry limestone, Leintwardine. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Pterinea tenuistriata (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Subquadrate, rounded, slightly oblique, evenly gib- bous, left valve most so; width only slightly exceeding the length; beaks large, tumid; anterior wing half the length of posterior one, abruptly compressed, rounded ; ventral margin and posterior end broadly rounded, posterior margin slightly concave towards the cardinal angle of the posterior wing, which is gradually compressed and scarcely extends beyond the shell ; surface with irregular concentric wrinkles of growth crossed by very fine equal or subalternate radiating strize from the beak, strongest in the middle, about six in 1 line, less than their diameter apart ; posterior lateral tooth or hinge-plate as long as the hinge-line, and close beneath it, a thick mternal ridge (often leaving a sulcus in casts) curves from behind the beak towards the ventral margin at an angle of about 50° to 60° from the hinge-line ; hinge-line crenulated, forming Arca- like transverse teeth in front of the beak. Width from beak to opposite ventral margin 4 lines, length 44 lines. This little species is much less transverse, and has a more ob- tuse posterior wing than the Avicula insueta (Conrad), which it otherwise much resembles. The abrupt bending-down of the curved internal ridge, like a lateral tooth, into the body of the shell, is a curious character, in which, as well as general form, it * As the term anal angle is commonly used in speaking of the angle between the end of the hinge-line and the posterior margin, I propose using the term respiratory angle in the description for the angle between the posterior and ventral margins—the excretory or anal siphon being next the former, and the inhaling or respiratory siphon next the latter. as ear Messrs. H. and A. Adams on two new genera of Mollusca. 63 agrees with the P. sublevis (M‘Coy) of the Irish Silurian rocks, but from which it is distinguished by its fine close striation. Common in the Upper Ludlow shale of Cwm Craig Ddu; Mid- dleton Park near Sedburgh; Erw Gillfach, and in the Ludlow schists above Parklane; Upper Ludlow rock of Benson Knot, Kendal, Westmoreland ; also in the sandy schists of Pont-ar-y- Ilechan. (Col. University of Cambridge.) casera VII.—On two new genera of Mollusca. By Henry and ArTHuR Apams, Esqrs. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. 19 Hanover Villas, Kensington Park, GENTLEMEN, Dec. 17, 1850. Suovuxp you consider the followmg notice of two apparently new genera of Mollusca worthy of insertion in the ‘ Annals,’ you will oblige us by its publication. We remain, Gentlemen, your very obedient servants, H. & A. Apams. Genus PaxILuvs, nobis. ~ Gen. Char. Shell pupiform, rimate ; spire acuminated ; aper- ture semiovate, ascending on the body-whorl ; inner lip adnate, spreading, flexuous ; columella with a single prominent tooth- like plait ; outer lip with a double peritreme, emarginate ante- riorly; umbilical region with a spiral, elevated ridge, terminating in a notch at the fore part of the aperture. Pazillus adversus, nobis. P. testa ovato-acuminata, sinistrali, rimata, spira acuminata, cor- neo-fusca, semipellucida, longitudinaliter substriata. Hab. Singapore, on mud-banks, in company with Truncatella and Melampus. Dr. Livesay. f Obs. This curious little genus, lately brought to this country "by Dr. Livesay, Surgeon of H.M.S. Albatross, seems to approx- imate to Diplommatina of Benson, which, having sessile eyes on the base of the tentacles, and an operculum, belongs to the family Truncatellide. There is, however, no indication of oper- ~ eulum in Paziilus, and the plait on the columella would render Sit referable to the family Auriculide, with which group we place it, until, at least, more information is obtained concerning it. 64 Zoological Society. Genus Limnerta, nobis. _ Gen. Char. Shell solid, semiglobose, subspiral ; aperture wide, expanded, extending posteriorly beyond the apex, rounded ante- riorly ; inner lip oblique, reflexed posteriorly, straight and acute anteriorly. ; Limneria Caspiensis, nobis. . L, testa alba, subpellucida, transversim striata, dorso convexa, gibbosa; spira depressiuscula, involuta; apertura ampla, patula, labio postice reflexa, antice recta, acuta. Hab. Caspian Sea. Obs. We have ventured, with the kind permission of Mr. Sow- erby, sen., to characterize this interestmg shell as a genus, although at present we are unacquainted with the animal which constructs it. It seems to be closely allied to the Lymneide, with which family we propose to associate it. The only species at present known is our L. Caspiensis. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. December 11, 1849..—R. C. Griffith, Esq., in the Chair. 1. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS AND SEVERAL NEW SPECIES OF TERRESTRIAL, FLUVIATILE AND MARINE Mouuuscovus ANI- MALS INHABITING New Zrauanp. By J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S., PrestpENT oF THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY, ETC. Major Greenwood has most kindly transmitted to me, for the Mu: seum Collection, a number of small species of terrestrial and fluviatile Mollusca which he had collected near Auckland in New Zealand. I hasten to lay before the Society a description of those which were not noticed in the Faunula attached to Dr. Dieffenbach’s Travels. I. Argonne. ee 1. Nanina? Kivi, Gray, Fauna N. Z. 262. n. 220. Hab. Auckland; Major Greenwood. 2. Nanina Maria, Gray, Fauna N. Z. 262. n. 221. Hab. Auckland; Major Greenwood. These species were each described from a single specimen ; Major Greenwood has sent one of the former and several of the latter, of different ages, and they prove very distinct and well-marked species. 3. Nanina? CELINDE. Shell rather depressed, pale brown; spire subconic ; whorls five, rather closely adpressed, with transverse membranaceous ridges, the last. slightly keeled, convex in front; axis with a narrow deep perfo- Zoological Society. 65 ration ; peristome with a very slightly thickened internal sumarginal _ vib. Diam. 2 lines. Hab. Auckland. 4. Nanina ERIGONE. Shell trochiform, pellucid, brown-spotted ; spire conical, as high as broad, apex blunt ; whorls rather convex, very slightly concentrically wrinkled, brown, cross-banded, last rounded, evenly convex in front, axis with a narrow deep perforation ; peristome rather reflexed near the axis. Diam. ;,th of an inch. Hab. Auckland, New Zealand; Major Greenwood. 5. Nanina TuLLia- Shell depressed, pellucid, whitish ; spire scarcely raised, with close- pressed, rather convex, transversely-grooved whorls, crossed with pale brown streaks; the last whorl rounded, convex in front, and crossed with brown lines and distinct cross-grooves ; axis imperforated. Diam. 4th of an inch. Hab. Auckland, New Zealand. 2. LIMACIDA.— 1. Hexirx Dunn, Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. v. 317, 1841; Fau- nula N. Z. 247. n. 143. Named in honour of Mrs. Dunn, a relative of Mr. Joshua Alder, from whom I received the first land-shell from New Zealand. 2. Het1x GREENWOODII. Shell rather depressed, largely umbilicated, pale brown, thin, pel- lucid, rugose ; spire slightly raised, outer whorl rounded, with three ; or four rather oblique ridges directed towards the front ; umbilicus 4 very large, conical, wide, deep, the pillar side of the outer lip straight and high. Hab. Auckland, New Zealand; Major Greenwood. This species is very like Helix Dunnie in size, colour and form, but the outer whorl is rounded, and with some very peculiar oblique ridges on the outer periphery ; the umbilicus is much larger; the pillar-lip, as high as the confines of the umbilicus, is straight, and not arched, as in that species. - I have great pleasure in dedicating it to Major Greenwood, who has so kindly enabled me to add the above genus, and this and the follow- ing species, to the New Zealand Fauna. 3. Hewix (Carocoia) ZuLanoiz, Gray, Faun. N. Z. 247. —n. 144 and 262. Hab. Auckland. 4. Heurx Porria. Shell rather depressed ; spire convex, rounded, pale brown ; whorls five or six, rather close-pressed, rather convex, crossed with close con- centric laminal ridges, edged with elongated hairs, and marked with rather dark brown cross-bands ; last: whorl rounded, convex in front ; Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. vii. 66 Zoological Society. axis with a rather narrow deep umbilicus ; mouth rather wide, peri- stome thin, slightly reflexed near the axis, and rather smuous near the suture of the spire. Diam. 4rd of an inch. Hab. Auckland ; Major Greenwood and Dr. Sinclair. 5. Hextx Ibe. Shell depressed, pellucid, whitish, brown rayed ; spire flat or rather sunk in the middle whorl, close-pressed, convex, with rather distant very slight spiral membranaceous ridges, and larger and more distinct membranaceous cross-ridges, fringed on the edge with hair-like elonga- tions ; last whorl rounded externally in front, slightly flattened near the axis ; axis large, umbilicated, showing the volutions. Diam. 3 of an inch. Hab. Auckland. 6. Hexirx (Zonires) coma, Gray, Fauna N. Z. 263. n. 224. Hab. Auckland (abundant) ; Major Greenwood. 7. Hexix Ecesta. Shell depressed, dark brown; spire scarcely raised, at length irre- gular and rather distorted ; whorls subcylindrical, regularly and closely spirally grooved, with rather distant, thick, broad, membranous cross- ridges ; last whorl subcylindrical, often twisted rather in front of the regular course, rounded externally and in front, and closely spirally grooved in front; axis widely umbilicated, showing all the whorls. Diam. 3th of an inch. Hab. Auckland; Dr. Sinclair and Major Greenwood. 8. ZonirEs CuiRon. Shell depressed, dark olive-green, covered with a thick, polished periostraca, and crossed with rather smuous, concentric, membranous ridges ; spire rather convex, rounded; whorls rather convex, last spread out, rounded on the edge and convex in front; axis widely umbilicated, showing the lower whorls; mouth roundish, sublunate ; peristome thin, outer lip rather expanded behind, and separated from the penultimate whorl by a slight notch. Diam. 4 of an inch. Hab. Auckland ; Major Greenwood. The upper surface resembles a miniature Helix Busbyi, but the under surface is very different. 9. Zontres? Cores. Shell depressed, dark olive-green, with brown cross-bands covered with a thick, smooth, polished periostraca; spire scarcely raised, rather convex; whorls convex, last expanded, rounded on the edge and in front ; axis broadly umbilicated, showing all the whorls ; mouth roundish, sublunate; peristome thin, with the periostraca inflexed when dry. Diam. 2th of an inch. Hab. Auckland, New Zealand. This shell is exactly like a very minute specimen of Helix Busbyi. It differs from the former, Z. Chiron, in being smaller, more depressed, and in the umbilicus being much wider, showing the front side of the upper whorls, which appear rather transverse. Zoological Society. 67 10. Butrmus? (Laoma) Lermontas. Shell trochiform, polished, brown-spotted ; spire ‘conical, rather higher than broad, apex obtuse ; whorls very slightly convex, polished, with one or two slightly sunk lines on the front half; last whorl with a distinct rib-like keel on the front edge; two spiral grooves on front half outer side; the side flattened with several small concentric grooves ; axis minutely and deeply perforated ; mouth square; peristome simple, slightly reflexed near the axis; the throat with three equal, well- marked spiral ridges, one on the outer side of the posterior, and an- other opposite to it on the outer side of the front hp, and one on the middle of the right side or outer edge of the last whorl. Diam. 3,th of an inch. Hab. Auckland; Major Greenwood. I am inclined to regard this shell as the type of a particular sub- genus of shell which may be characterized by the simple peristome, the perforated axis, the square mouth, and the spiral ridges in the throat ; but I have only seen a single specimen, and it may be, though I regard it as very improbable, the young state of a Pupa or Vertigo. If it prove distinct, it may be called Laoma. A AURICULIDE ? Exvasmatina Recriusiana, Petit, Proc. Zool. Soc. 184 . Hab. Auckland, New Zealand; Major Greenwood. M. Petit described this specimen from the island of Opara in the South Seas. CYCLOSTOMID2. Reauia Hera. Shell ovate, pale brown, covered with a dull brown periostraca marked with elevated, transverse, membranaceous ridges rather fringed on the edge ; apex rounded; whorls convex, rounded in front, and with a deep brown band round the axis; axis scarcely perforated ; mouth ovate; peristome reflexed, sharp-edged, with a thin, sharp- edged, slightly-raised internal peristome. Length 22 lines. Hab. Auckland, New Zealand. CycLopuorus CyTora. Shell minute, trochiform, brown, closely and uniformly spirally striated and slightly concentrically wrinkled ; apex subacute; spire conical, nearly as high as broad; whorls convex, the last rounded and convex in front ; axis perforated; mouth subcireular ; peristome scarcely reflexed, thickened internally ; ? operculum horny, of a few rapidly enlarging whorls. Diam. =4,th of an inch. Hab. Auckland, New Zealand; Major Greenwood, LYMNEAD2. -Pranorsis Corinna. Shell depressed, white, above flat, beneath rather concave ; whorls convex, rounded. ffab, Auckland, New Zealand. ‘ Bk 68 Zoological Suciety. This species is very like the European P. «/dus, but not spirally striated. The most interesting of these shells is a new genus, which appears to belong to the family Lymneada, and allied to the genus Aneylus, but to be immediately distinguished from it by the shell possessing a thin lamina on the hinder edge of the cavity, most probably extended between the upper part of the body and the upper edge of the foot, as is the case in Crepidula. It is easily to be distinguished from the latter genus by the posterior plate having its edge bent suddenly down towards the base of the aperture and enlarged at the front part of the right side, and produced into a lobe having a groove between it and the inner surface of the right side of the shell. ‘This character also separates it from Navicedla. The genus may be thus characterized :-— Latia. Shell half ovate, spiral, of one or two very rapidly enlarging whorls ; spire very short, placed nearly in the centre rather on the left of the hinder edge ; aperture very large, nearly occupying the whole of the shell, oblong, rather oblique ; cavity simple, hinder edge with a thin, narrow, flat, horizontal lamina occupying the hinder and nearly half the length of the left side of the cavity; the left and hinder edge suddenly bent down towards the base of the shell, and produced into a rather broad expansion at the right side, leaving a rather broad space between it and the inner part of the right side of the aperture ; periostraca thin, pale brown, spirally striated. Animal.—Head with a short broad snout, rounded in front; ten- tacula two, short, triangular, the eyes on the outer side of their base ; body subspiral; mantle submarginal, continued all round ; edge simple; aperture of the respiratory cavity on the hinder part of the right side, protected on the inner side by the process of the lamina ; upper part of the body subspiral, separate from the back of the foot and fitting into the upper cavity of the shell above the posterior plate ; abductor muscle submarginal, horse-shoe-shaped?; foot oblong, rounded at each end. ; The description of the animal is imperfect, being taken from a dried specimen softened by being soaked in a weak solution of caustie pot- ash, and then placed in weak spirits. This genus is evidently allied to Ancylus, but differs in the shell being more Nerite-like, and in the aperture of respiration being placed on the right side. LATIA NERITOIDES. Pale brown, spirally striated, internal lamina white, transparent. Had. Auckland, New Zealand. Dr. Sinclair sent some specimens of this shell to the British Mu- seum, with animals dried m them, in 1847, and Major Greenwood has kindly sent two additional specimens. bri ait Zoological Society. 69 LITTORINID. Amnicola? antipodarum, Gray, Fauna New Zeal. 241. n. 101. Auckland, New Zealand; Major Greenwood. Amnicola? Zelandix, Gray, Fauna New Zeal. 241. n. 102. Auckland, New Zealand; Major Greenwood. Amnicola? n. sp. A single specimen, not in a good state. Auckland, New Zealand; Major Greenwood. Major Greenwood also sent two specimens of a marine shell. He observes, that it was “entirely enveloped by the animal when alive.”’ It proved a new species of Lamellaria, LAMELLARIA OPHIONE. Shell oblong, elongate, pellucid, white; spire very short, conical ; whorls convex, last whorl very large, convex, rather iridescent ; aper- ture ovate ; pillar-lip curved, slightly reflexed. Auckland, New Zealand. 2. DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS FROM THE Cu. MINGIAN CoLuecTion. By Artruur Apams, F.L.S. i, Texurna squamutosa. JT’. testd transversd, equilateral, alba, concentricé in medio plicatd, plicis angulatis subdistan- tibus, interstitiis longitudinaliter striatis; regionibus latera- libus squamulis spinosis, regione ventrali. squamulis verrucosis obsitd ; latere antico rotundato, postico subfiexuoso rostrato 3 area sulco impressd ; margine ventrali convexo, postice subjlex- uoso. Hab. Cape York, North Australia; collected by J. B. Jukes, Esq. 2. SANGUINOLARIA TELLINOIDES. S. testd transversd, inequi- laterali, utrinque hiunte, rubiginosd, tenui, levi, striis trans- versis concentricis radiatim lineolatd ; latere antico latiore, rotundato; postico angustiore, rotundato, subrostrato; ared laterali lined latd impressd ; margine ventrali convexo, postice valde sinuato. Hab. Gulf of California. 3. Panopaa Japonica, A. Adams. Pan. testd equivalvi, trans- versd, lateribus inequaliter hiante, inequilaterali, utrinque ro- tundatd, albd, tenwi, fragili, transversim concentricée plicatd, plicis subdistantibus rotundatis ; latere antico breviore, pos- tico duplo feré anticum superante ; margine ventrali arcuato, integro. Hab. Japan. January 8, 1850.—Wm. Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. 1. ConrriBUTIONS TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE ANIMAL OF Nauvtinus Pomrintius. By J. Van per Horven. [This paper, which would be unintelligible without the plates, will be published in vol. iv. of the Society’s ‘Transactions. —Ep. Ann, Nat. Hist.| 70 Zoological Society. 2. DescripTION OF A NEW GENUS OF BATRACHIANS FROM SWAN River. By Dr. H. Scuiecer, Curaror oF THE RoyaAL Zoo.tocicat Museum, Leypen. (ExTRAcTED From A LET- TER TO J. E. Gray, Esa.) “The following notice I hope is sufficient to give an idea of a new Toad which was discovered at Swan River by Dr. Pries :— * MyoBATRACHUS, 0. g. “Tongue small; no teeth except two small horizontal fangs in the intermaxillary bone; eustachian tubes separated, opening behind the eyes. Legs short, enveloped at the base in a duplicature of the skin of the sides of the body. Fingers 4, the second longest ; toes 5, cy- lindrical, tapering, not armed. Eyes lateral, middle-sized. “ MYOBATRACHUS PARADOXUS. Above brownish grey, beneath greyish. fab. Australia; Swan River. Mus. Leyden. The Prince of Canino has made for this animal a family, which he has named MyospaTRACHID&.” Mr. Gray observed, that a toad which he described and figured in Capt. Grey’s Travels in Australia, under the name of Br eviceps Gouldii, agrees with the animal described by Dr. Schlegel in all par- ticulars, and especially in possessing the two horizontal horny appen- dages on the intermaxillary, which Dr. Schlegel described as hori- zontal fangs ; they are partly sunk into the integument of the palate. Admitting the propriety of the proposed generic distinction, the animal will therefore now stand in the catalogues as Myobatrachus Gouldii. The presence of the teeth in the intermaxillary separates this animal from the Breviceps of South Africa. 3. DrescripTIONS OF SOME APPARENTLY NEW SPECIES OF LONGI- CORN COLEOPTERA IN THE COLLECTION OF THE BRITISH Museum. By Apvam Wuirtr, F.L.S., AsstsraANT IN THE Zoou. Derr. Brit. Mus. A Prionacatus Atys. In the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ vol. xv. p. 108, I have described under the name of Prionacalus Cacicus, a curious genus from Mexico, allied to Psalidognathus, G. R. Gray. I re- garded the two specimens as male and female of the same species, but it would seem that they are both males, and as they are con- siderably different, must be different species; what was deemed the male may retain the name Prionacalus Cacicus; it is figured on Pl. VILI. fig. 1. of the above volume. The other specimen may be named Prionacalus Iphis ; it is figured on Pl. VIII. f. 2. Since the above we have received a third species from the Andes of Peru, where it was found by Prof. Jameson of Quito ; the following short specific characters may distinguish the three :— P, Cacicus. Head behind the eyes without a prominent spine, the lateral mar- ee a ee Zoological Society. 7] gin behind, produced into a slight process directed backwards; a strong crested ridge over each eye, at the end directed outwards ; antennz, palpi and legs rufous, antenne blackish at the base ; jaws, excepting at the end and on the edges (where they are smooth) roughly punctured: head, thorax and elytra, at the base, somewhat roughly punctured, the elytra more delicately punctured towards the end. Hab. Mexico. P, Arys. Head midway between the eyes and the hind margin, with a small wide spine ; a slight, crested, straight ridge over each eye, the space between slightly grooved; antenne thickish. In colour it is of a dark pitchy brown; the apex of the elytra somewhat ferruginous ; legs pitchy brown; tarsi and tips of tibiee ferruginous ; palpi of a clear ferruginous: sculpture much as in last. Hab. Andes of Peru. P. Tputs. Deep black, coarsely punctured and rugose; antenne at the ends, palpi, tibize at apex and tarsi reddish ; head midway between the eyes and hind margin, with a strong wide spine on each side; head with the two keels over the eyes short and straight, the space between them deeply grooved. Hab. Mexico. CaLocomus MOROSUS. Antenne ferruginous, black at the base ; 13-jointed, very strongly serrated on the outside, the terminal jot deeply notched, nine at least of the terminal joints with the outer edge elongated at the tip: head, thorax, scutellum, abdomen and legs pitchy black ; head, tho- rax and scutellum thickly punctured ; elytra thickly and finely punc- tured, the punctures of the base coarser; elytra wide, shorter than the abdomen, ferruginous, in some places darkish brown. Hab. Bolivia. From the Collection of Mr. Bridges. This makes the fourth species of Calocomus, a genus which seems, like some of the other Prionide, to be very variable in the number of joints in the antenne ; the type C. Desmarestii has eleven joints ; this species has thirteen ; while the Calocomus Lycius, and C. Kreuckelyi, described by M: Buquet, have no less than twenty-two. PyRODES TENUICORNIS. Head and thorax deeply, coarsely and irregularly punctured, washed with golden green, in some lights tinged with a deep purplish rufous ; jaws golden green, tips and edges pitchy ; antennze with the first joint a flattened above, golden green except at the end, which is bluish green; third joint much elongated, as long as the fourth and fifth taken together ; the first six joits punctured, base of the seventh punctured, tip of the seventh joint and the whole surface of the ter- minal four grooved. Elytra varied with green and purplish red, much depressed, the margin and shoulders lively green; scutellum notched at the end, slightly grooved down the middle, and with a 72 Zoological Society. patel: of coarse punctures on each side of the groove. Under parts green with zeneous reflections. » Femera green and covered with minute crowded warts ; tibise and tarsi light rufous, the tibize with elongated papille and short hairs. Hab. Mexico. Of this species there are two examples in the Museum ; in the ene a purplish red tint pervades all the joints of the antenne but the first, and extends over the whole elytra excepting on the basal mar- gin and the extreme edge, which are green. This species seems to link the three genera Pyrodes, Mallaspis, and Solenoptera; it agrees in most particulars with Pyrodes. PyropEs SMITHIANUS. Scutellum considerably elongated at the point and notched at the base, the shoulder and the elytra close to the scutellum are produced, and near the shoulder there is a deep groove. The head and thorax are rather smooth and closely punctured; the front margin of the thorax is slightly notched in the middle; the scutellum is quite smooth on the edges, down the middle, and at the tip ; the elytra are roughly punctured, the punctures often running together and forming cha- racters like letters ; there are four longitudinal ribs down each, which are branched at the end. This Pyrodes is of a bronzy copper colour, the tibize and most of the joints of the antennz being tinged with purple. Hab. Brazil. A specimen was found by J. P. George Smith, Esq., of Liverpool, on Caripi, an island thirty miles from Para: he presented it, with numerous other fine insects, to the British Museum. CALLOCTENUS, 0. g. Body small, the elytra extending over its side and considerably be- yond its extremity. Head much excavated in front. Eyes large and prominent. Thorax with a distinct tooth on the sides a little beyond the middle. Scutellum of an elongated triangular form, pointed at the end. Elytra spined at the suture and at the end of the lateral margin. Antennze in the male pectinated from the fourth joint, in the fe- male serrated from the fifth: in the male the first joint is of the same length as the fourth exclusive of the appendage; the third is consi- derably elongated and with a protuberance at the end; from the fourth to the eighth the end is furnished with a compressed appen- dage narrow at the base, dilated afterwards and blunt at the tip (the ninth and other joints broken off). Antenne in the female with the terminal joints depressed, oblique at the end, so that the inner edge is serrated. Legs moderate, simple, without serratures. Elytra spied at the suture and at the end of the lateral margin. This genus comes between Pecilosoma and Anacolus. CALLOCTENUS PULCHER. ITab. Venezuela. Head, thorax, seutellum and under side of body of a dark coppery Zoological Society. 73 ~ green, the head and thorax rather thickly covered with soft greyish _yellow hairs ; elytra with three longitudinal, considerably raised keels, between each of which is aslighter keel ; in the male these latter are abbreviated, between the keels the elytra are closely punctured ; the elytra in the male are of a brownish yellow, the punctured parts, ex- cept at the base, being darker in colour ; ‘in the female the elytra are of a clear ochre yellow ; in the male the antennee are of a dull ferru- ginous, the base of the joints paler; the legs are ferruginous in the male, while in the female they are of the same dark coppery green as the head and thorax. Ina female specimen the elytra are of a very dark olive-green ; the specimen is rather larger than the other. Sent from Venezuela by Mr. David Dyson of Manchester. BiMIA, 0. g- Head as wide as the thorax in front, somewhat narrowed behind, in front square and nearly perpendicular, grooved down the middle ; jaws short and strong; eyes deeply notched for the insertion of the “antennee, the hinder margin widely sinuated. Antennze 11-jointed, shorter than the body ; first joint clavate, cylindrical, slightly longer than the third; second joint small, moni- liform ; third, fourth and fifth joints straight, compressed, and nearly of the same length; the sixth shghtly bent and compressed ; the five Jast joints compressed and gradually smaller, the last blunt at the tip. Thorax wider than long, with a strong spine on each side about the middle, its disc depressed and slightly unequal. Scutellum largeish, hollowed slightly in the middle. Elytra rather narrow, not so long as the abdomen, soft, not meeting except at the base; the shoulders prominent, the sides nearly parallel, the ends slightly pointed ; the wings large, and extending beyond the elytra and abdomen. Legs strong, slightly compressed ; femora somewhat thickened ; hind legs, if extended, would reach a little beyond the abdomen. Tarsi scarcely wider than the tibice; penultimate joint deeply cut; soles densely covered with short hairs. This genus would seem to be placed not far from Molorchus, and may be allied to Ayapete, Newman, Zoologist, iii. p. 1017: itis not unlikely that the other sex is very different in form and colour; there is only one specimen in the Museum. BimiA BICOLOR. Hab. Australia (Perth). From theCollection of Mr. George Clifton. The body is of a very deep shining black, closely punctured, and furnished with short hairs; head below and in front yellow, the yel- low colour extending triangularly between the antenne; eyes, an- tenn, cheeks and vertex black ; thorax yellow, with a black band down the middle, contracted behind; scutellum black ; legs of same deep black as the abdomen, a wide yellow ring on the front tibize near the top; elytra pale ochre yellow, with three or four longitu- dinal veins which branch towards the tip; wings long and black. 74 Botanical Society of Edinburgh. Lamia (CEROSTERNA) TRIFASCIELLA. Densely covered with short yellow and black hairs; head yellow, an impressed line along the middle free from hairs; antennze with the two first and four last joints black, the other joints yellow at the base and black at the tip; thorax yellow; spines and a band connect- ing them black, the band crenated in front ; legs yellow, joints, tarsi and posterior side of second and third pairs of femora black ; scutel- lum at the end covered with yellow hairs; elytra of a clear ochre yellow, the base from the shoulder to the suture edged narrowly with black ; a transverse black band before the middle, nearly but not quite touching the edge and the suture, widest toward the suture ; another transverse black band just behind the middle, and neither touching the edge nor the suture, narrower than the first band, and, like it, waved both in front and behind. Hab, China (Hong Kong). John Bowring, Esq. This seems allied to the LZ. Assamensis, Hope. In the present unsettled state of the Longicorn Coleoptera it would be rash to found genera on mere isolated species; but it is difficult to refer the pre- sent to any of the modern genera; it comes perhaps nearest to Cero- sterna. BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH. Thursday, Nov. 14, 1850.—Professor Fleming, President, in the Chair. The Curator gave a report on the state of the Herbarium, noticing that considerable progress had recently been made in the arrange- ment of the collections. Several important additions of foreign plants were noticed. The following papers were read :-— 1. “On the British species of Carex,” by John M‘Laren. The author stated that the substance of this paper was contained in an essay written for Dr. Balfour’s class. He had since re-examined all the species, with the view of improving the descriptions, and was happy to acknowledge his obligations to Dr. Arnott’s edition of the ‘ British Flora,’ for some important particulars which he had not previously observed. The author stated, that in the present state of the science, unanimity could hardly be expected among naturalists with regard to the true limits of species ; but, as it was necessary, in describing the Carices, to adopt an opinion on this subject, he thought it better to lean to the side of simplicity, and rather to unite two plants whose identity might be doubtful, than to retain them as am- biguous and ill-defined species. The result of these alterations is, that about ten of the species described in recent botanical works are considered as varieties. While agreeing with Reichenbach in dividing this large and natural family, the subgenera have not been made to depend on the number of stigmas, because, by that arrangement, C. cespitosa, C. saxatilis, &c., are placed along with the species which have compound andro- gynous spikes, and C. pauciflora and C. rupestris are likewise sepa- rated from the species with simple solitary spikes. In the general Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 75 classification, the system of Fries has therefore been followed; but in the arrangement of the species some alterations have been made... The usual mode of arranging the British species with glabrous fruit and terminal barren spikes appeared to the author exceedingly vague, ad liable to many exceptions on account of the difference in the num- ber, form, and direction of the spikes, even in the same species. He has therefore re-arranged them according to the nature of the bracts and fruit, as will be seen from the subjoined table :— Subgenus Vignea ; spikes simple solitary, or compound androgy- nous. A. Spikes simple, solitary ; Monostachye, Fr. B. Spikes compound, androgynous ; Homostachye, Fr. I. Bracts not foliaceous, spikelets fertile below ; Hyparrhene. 1. Root creeping. 2. Root fibrous. II. Bracts long and foliaceous; Bracteose. lil. Bracts not foliaceous,- spikelets fertile above; -Acroarrhene. Subgenus Carex (H. eterostachye, Fr.) ; spikes simple distinct, the terminal ones barren or androgynous, the rest fertile. I. Spikes unisexual, achenes biconvex, stigmas 2 ; Distigma- tice. II. Terminal spike androgynous, fertile above, stigmas 3; T'rt- stigmatice Mesoarrhene. Ill. Spikes unisexual, achenes trigonous, stigmas 3 ; Tristigma- tice Acroarrhene. _ Fruit smooth bifid, bracts without sheaths. . Fruit smooth entire, bracts sheathing. . Fruit smooth bifid, bracts sheathing. . Fruit pilose, deeply bifid. . Fruit pilose entire or nearly so, bracts foliaceous. . Fruit pilose entire, bracts membranous sheathing. Mr. M‘Laren then proceeded to give descriptions of the various British species and varieties, and illustrated the paper by specimens and dissections. 2. “Notes of a Botanical Trip to England,” by John T. Syme. We are not aware that he detected any species previously unknown to English botanists in the several places which he visited. 3. « Notice of the discovery of Saxifraga Hirculus, in Booyland Moss, Walston, Lanarkshire, in September last,” by George J. Blackie. The following are the Scottish stations in which this plant has been found :— 1. Langton, Berwickshire. 2. Source of the Medwyn, Pentland Hills: first found there by Dr. A. Hunter, September 11, 1836. 3. Jacksbarns, or Jackston, Glenbervie, Kincardineshire. Mr. James Rae, 29th June, 1839. 4. Between Fala and Stowe. 5. On the northern side of the Ochills, not far from Dollar. Mr. Wyville Thomson. 6. Near Walston, Lanarkshire. Mr. Blackie. oumhwnhr 76 Miscellaneous. Dr. Balfour mentioned the discovery by Mrs. Balfour, in August last, of Ginannia furcellata of Turner, in Lamlash Bay, Arran. 'This is the first Scottish station for the plant. Dr. Balfour exhibited a recently invented apparatus for drying plants, which has been fully described in the ‘ Botanical Gazette.’ Mr. Charles Lawson exhibited a large plant of Tussac Grass, grown in Orkney. Some recently received tufts of this grass, when fresh, weighed about one ewt. Dr. Balfour exhibited. specimens illustrating the production of Vinegar. 1. The so-called Vinegar-plant, with vinegar produced by it. 2. Syrup into which the plant had not been introduced, but which had been left for four months undisturbed. In it a peculiar fungus- like growth similar to the vinegar-plant was found, and the fluid had become vinegar. 3. A specimen of vinegar produced by the Vinegar-plant which had been filtered, and then allowed to stand for several months, and in which a fungus similar to that called the Vinegar-plant had been formed. Dr. Balfour thought the so-called Vinegar-plant must be considered the mycelium of some fungus produced in a peculiar fluid, and which acted as a ferment. The addition of any ferment would probably cause a similar production of vinegar. MISCELLANEOUS. RESUSCITATION OF FROZEN FISH. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, 5 Barge Yard, City, Nov. 15, 1850. In the last number of your excellent Magazine there is a short no- tice by Prof. O. P. Hubbard on the resuscitation of frozen fish, and as he invites the record of facts, probably the fact recorded by Sir John Franklin in his first overland expedition to the Polar Sea may not have come under his observation, and I therefore append it :— «It may be worthy of notice here (he says) that the fish froze as they were taken out of the nets, and in a short time became a solid mass of ice; and by a blow or two of the hatchet were easily split open, when the intestines might be removed in one lump. If in this completely frozen state they were thawed before the fire, they reco- vered their animation. This was particularly the case with the carp ; and we had occasion to observe it repeatedly, as Dr. Richardson oc- cupied himself in examining the structure of the different species of fish, and was always, in the winter, under the necessity of thawing them before he could cut them. We have seen a carp recover so far as to leap about with much vigour after it had been frozen for thirty- six hours.’ —First Overland Journey to the Polar Seas, vol. ti. », 234. Mr. Hearne, Mr. Ellis, and other travellers in the icy regions, also a ee Miscellaneous. 77 mention the power of many of the lower animals to endure intense cold, musquitoes and others of the insect tribe being frequently frozen into one black solid mass, which, when thawed, renewed all their energies. Spiders frozen so hard as to bound from the floor like a pea were revived by the fire ; so were frozen leeches, frogs and snails. [also ayail myself of the opportunity to forward you for publication in your widely-diffused journal some notices of the Moa, which I find in the report of a scientific meeting at Sydney, recorded in the ‘ Syd- ney Morning Herald,’ and in an article in the second number of a very interesting colonial periodical, the ‘ New Zealand Magazine.’ Your obedient servant, P. L. Stmmonps. THE MOA. _ “ Dr. Nicholson then drew the attention of the meeting to a fossil bone of the Moa, which he had recently received from a friend who had arrived from New Zealand, and which he begged the Society to place in its museum. It was known to all of them that the discovery of the fossil bones of the Moa had excited considerable attention in the scientific world, and Professor Owen, the highest authority on comparative anatomy, had pronounced them to be the bones of a bird of from sixteen to twenty feet high, and of the same type as the Apteryx, which is now in existence in New Zealand. It was supposed that there was a probability of the Moa not being extinet ; and a son of Archdeacon Williams, and some American sailors, said that they saw one when travelling in the interior; but he (Dr. N.) doubted the fact. It would be seen, however, that this bone was not much fossilized ; that it bore very little of a mineral character ; and it was probable, therefore, that within a comparatively recent period the Moa was in existence. The disappearance of particular species of animals was by no means uncommon. There was the well-known cease of the Dodo, which existed in large numbers when the island of Mauritius was first discovered, but is now extinct, and he believed that there is not even a perfect skeleton of it in existence. “Within a very short distance of Norfolk Island there is a small islet called Philip Island, which was formerly inhabited by a large num- ber of a peculiar description of Parrot, called, as we believe, the Lei- eester Parrot: that Parrot is now extinct. Mr. Holroyd thought there was great reason to believe that the Moa would be found alive. The bones were found in large quantities on the Southern Island, which is very thinly populated by natives, and a very large portion of which has never been seen by a white man; besides which, the natives profess to have seen the Moa within twenty-five years.” In the second number of the ‘ New Zealand Magazine,’ in a paper by the Rey. R. Taylor, on the Geology of New Zealand, I find the following :— “« Mr. Memaul, employed by the Government as native interpreter, stated to me, that in the latter end of 1832 he saw the flesh of the Moa in Molyneux harbour ; since that period he has seen feathers of 78 Miscellaneous. the same kind in the natives’ hair ; they were of a black or dark co- lour with a purple edge, having quills like those of the albatros in size, but much coarser; he saw a Moa bone which reached four inches above his hip from the ground, and as thick as his knee, with flesh and sinews upon it. The flesh looked like bull-beef. The slaves who were from the interior said it was still to be found in the island. The natives told him the one whose flesh he had seen was a dead one which they had found accidentally ; that they had often endea- voured to snare them, but without success. A man named George Pauley, now living in Foveaux Strait, told him he had seen the Moa, which he described as being an immense monster, standing about twenty feet high. He saw it near a lake in the interior. It ran from him, and he also ran from it. He saw its foot-marks before he came to the river Tairi and the mountains. Thomas Chassland, the man who interpreted for Memaul, was well acquainted with the Maori language. He also saw the flesh, and at first they thought it was human. NOTICE OF TRILOBITES“*. Believing that any information upon the subject of Trilobites is at all times acceptable to the scientific world, I venture to tell you of a remarkable portion of one found a few days past by me. It is an “ Tsotelus megistos,” and I think presents the most remarkable evi- dence of their gigantic size of any specimen now extant. It was found in our blue limestone strata, and presents the tail or ‘‘ post abdomen,” and seven of the segments across the back nearly entire. Its width is 91 inches, and its length a little exceeds this. Thus you perceive, that if we had the other segment and the head, we should have one entire that would measure at least 181 inches in length and 91 in breadth. I see that M. Barrande of Prague is of the opinion that trilobites change greatly according to age. Of the correctness of that opinion I should have some doubts, as I have a variety of the Isotelus me- gistos from half an inch up to the gigantic one above mentioned, and I find no difference in them either in proportions or segments, each having eight, and each portion being equal in length. I have also numerous specimens of the Calymene senaria from the size of the smallest pea up to the size of 1 inch in width, and in them I find no difference. And of several other varieties, I have many portions of different ages, all of which have exact resemblance. Of the Calymene Blumenbachii 1 have them from 1 inch to 34 im length, more or less perfect, and in them I find no change in appearance. Thus it would appear that in our varieties, at least, we have no metamorphosis of the earliest of the moving animals. However, I have not seen his work, and the notice of it may be too short to give a correct idea of what he means. Carrolton, Montgomery Co., Ohio, April 18, 1850. * Tn a letter addressed by Dr. Taylor to the Editors of Silliman’s Ame- rican Journal, Meteorological Observations. 79 METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR Nov. 1850. Chiswick—November 1, Rain: fine. 2,3. Fine. 4. Boisterous, with rain: fine: clear. 5. Cloudy. 6. Very fine. 7. Hazy: very fine. 8, Rain. 9. Very fine. 10. Fine: cloudy. 11. Very fine. 12. Uniformly overcast: very fine: clear. 13. Foggy: overcast: cloudy. 14. Clear and fine: frosty. 15. Frosty: overcast. 16. Drizzly: hazy: rain. 17. Fine. 18, Rain. 19. Low clouds: very fine: rain. 2O. Fine: rain. 21. Cloudy: fine: overcast. 22. Overcast : slight rain. 23. Rain: clear at night. 24. Boisterous, with rain. 25. Clear: cloudy: rain. 26. Hazy clouds: overcast: cloudy. 27. Cloudy: rain: clear and frosty. 29. Frosty: fine: slightrain. 90, Frosty: overcast. Mean temperature of the month ,........ceseesecesseeeeeeeees 45°°49 Mean temperature of Nov. 1849 ...cccscssesecncccccseereecees 41 :99 Mean temperature of Nov. for the last Le ge -four years . 43 -41 Average amount of rain in Nov. ....cscsseeesscnssersvececees 2°38 inches, Boston.—Nov. 1. Rain: raina.m. 2. Cloudy. 3. Fine. 4, Cloudy: stormy : rain a.m. 5,6. Fine. 7. Cloudy. 8. Fine. 9. Cloudy: rain r.m. 10. Fine. 11, Cloudy: rain early a.m. 12—14. Fine. 15. Cloudy: raine.m. 16. Cloudy : rain a.M. and p.m. 17. Fine. 18. Cloudy: rain p.m. 19. Fine: rain a.m. 20. Rain: rain a.m. andr.m. 21. Cloudy. 22. Cloudy: rain a.m.andr.m. 23, 24. Rain: rain a.m. and p.m. 25. Cloudy. 26. Fine. 27. Rain: rain a.m. 28. Fine. 29, 30. Cloudy. Sandwick Manse, Orkney. —Nov. 1. Rain. 2. Bright: showers. 3. Showers: thunder. 4. Sleet-showers: showers: sleet: thunder. 5. Cloudy: showers: sleet. 6. Bright: clear: aurora. 7. Rain: showers: thunder and lightning. 8. Showers. 9. Cloudy: rain. 10. Bright: cloudy: aurora. 11. Showers: aurora. 12. Drizzle: showers. 13. Hail-showers: clear: frost. 14. Clear: frost. 15. Clear: frost. 16. Sleet-showers, 17. Showers. 18. Showers: clear: lunar halo. 19. Rain, 20. Showers: clear. 21. Bright: clear: frost. 22. Cloudy: rain. 23. Cloudy. 24. Cloudy: clear*. 25. Showers. 26. Bright: sleet-showers. 27. Snow: clear: frost. 28. Bright: cloudy. 29. Showers: bright: cloudy. 80. Bright: clear, Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire——Nov. 1. Soft rain and brisk wind all day. 2. Wet a.m.: cleared and was fine. 3. Frequent showers. 4. Heavy rain: hail: stormy blasts. 5. Heavy showers: hail: hurricane. 6. Moist, but rain notheavy. 7. Rain very heavy, especially p.m. 8. Slight showers. 9. Gloomy November day: wet p.m. 10. Fair, but dull, 11. Rain early a.m.: damp evening. 12. Fair and fine. 13. Raw: frost: cloudy p.m. 14. Frost hard. 15. Thick fog: raw and chilly. 16. Thick fog: cleared p.m. 17. Showery: cleared p.m. 18. Rain during night: showers: high wind. 19. Rain very heavy : flood: mercury very low. 20. Rain, not so heavy : mercury rose quickly. 21. Slight frost, rime: clear and fine p.m. 22. Raw and damp: showers P.M. 23. Rain during night: flood. 24. Rain heavy and very high wind. 25. Rain during night: showers allday. 26. Slight frost a.m.: raw: showers. 27. Frost very keen all day. 28. Frost still keen: clear and sunny. 29. Frost milder. 80. Frost keen again. Mean temperature of the month ............... qesuceswavatensvede aol Mean temperature of Nov. 1849 ........csesseeees Mptcen supeass aay ‘O Mean temperature of Nov. for the last twenty-eight years... 40 °6 Average rain in Nov. for twenty-three years ........ Ip deeded 360 inches. * Great fall of barometer, but no stormy weather in Orkney. I have subse- quently heard of the storm which.caused such dreadful wrecks on the west coast of Ireland a few days earlier, and the fall of the barometer here is probably the effect of the same atmospheric wave. Meta bles a G0-0€ |00-0€ | S0.6€ 98-6 | : b eke lin il he 98-62 gOT-0£ 9FI- of ae Eni 10s: "9 Sp wyea} *9 eV | oF | '6% sf] €€ 61 £ 96-62 | 86-62 |60-0€ | 11-08 | 00.08 onde PIsof 6% sssssefesenee oe aa eae = i 4 = we | te) Le $62 16 | IP go.0€ |£1-0€ | Z1-0€ | 01-08 | 19.62 ‘61-08 [Zof.0£ | “gz Oe. prs Plage fe are | Bag .\Sun cl ue | Pe ad Fae Sob e Ht 00-08 | 68-66 | 16-62 | 9L-6z | 2£-6% |16S.63|F06.6z| *Le Li. fevss86e- 0. | @ 1b. kerrcdl epee Sarat eeu Long mest oe Ft! a io if “8S -£P-6z | 96.62 | L9-6% | 64-66 | 99-62 |LE0-0€ 651-08 | *€ a Races cig OS gE ae a ee . — 0S} 29] ©] 9 09 68-6 | Zv.6z | 99-6 | 89-62% | OF-6% 1926-62 |L66:62 | *% | oe | @ G | 6h) FSS 9.29] OS | 09 9F-62 | OF-6z | 19-62 | 09-62 | 9F-6z |$16-62 |S86-62) “I Fol 9) 512/| Po is} Ss. Sa Pol eel = SP 4) sent 4) son Gee eat | z ee|f2/ 2/9) ee (25) 2 |s| 27/2 | le leg) & hscpecy ed ae | ap Py ey | wm | xem | oN =o | oF = Ei 5 Be UP ween yy » : Ba oe | Blea | eg fers | 5S 5 / ‘yormmpue . 3° : A a ie ES Fatal yeh eae ai jaa et a ae erga Fs “MOIMSIYD Sanat? *aITYs-salIyUIN(] Bs *YOIMsIyO ost “ule . Pam Es et ae S < mu PUTA “TOOOLOUTTIY,, “19 aULOIe =. SE AANNNGC) ‘asupyyy yovnpuny 7 Suoysnoy_ *_ ‘aay 377 £9 pup faurHs-sanr aac] ‘osunyyr yjanBojddy 7p “\Ra\ “ay, Ag SuopuoT avau ‘MOIMSIH) 7D Ajata0g jvanynaysoyy ayy fo warping ay7 qv vosdwoy y, * 7p ‘xequng * AA *Aay 977 &9 SNoLsog W 49 apo suornacasg¢ jorsopowoajayy ae et Oh Oe Ann. ke Mid. Nat, Hist. S.2N0\.7 Pde JTBasire se. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SECOND SERIES. ] No. 38. FEBRUARY 1851. VIII.—Notices of three undescribed species of Polyzoa. By Grorce Buskx, F.R.S. [With two Plates. | i; Av the late meeting of the British Association in Edinburgh, Mr. Peach brought forward specimens and drawings of what he regarded as a new species of Cellularia, and of which he was good enough to give me a specimen for the purpose of examination and comparison. The result has convinced me that Mr. Peach was right in his conjecture, and that the species then produced, though not first collected or noticed by him, is fully entitled to a distinct specific place in the British fauna. In Dr. Johnston’s collection of Zoophytes now in the British Museum, there are, included in the same sheet of paper with the typical form of Cellularia neritina, or that from which the figure, if not the description, in the ‘ British Zoophytes’ is taken (pl. 60. figs. 3, 4), two or three specimens of a form, termed in the Catalogue, a slender transparent variety,” I presume on Dr. Johnston’s authority, although this variety is not referred to in the same terms im his work. This form, however, and Mr. Peach’s new species are identical, and it is so very dissimilar in every respect to the C. neritina fieured i in pl. 60. fig. 3, 4 of ‘ British Zoopkytes,’ and in pl. 19 of Ellis’s ‘ Corallites,? that I think it is impossible to regard it merely as a variety of that species, With respect to the latter, it may be remarked, that eventually it may perhaps turn out to be but a doubtful native ; - _~ for although it is very generally distributed throughout the globe, it would appear to be more especially a southern form. It is stated by Lamouroux to occur in the Mediterranean, and is found in the Red Sea near Suez; it is also met with at Rio de J aneiro, the Falkland Islands, Australia, New Zealand, the Auckland Islands, and still further south, whence I have seen specimens in Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. vii. 6 — 82 Mr. G. Busk on three new species of Polyzoa. Dr. Hooker’s collection. And it should be remembered that the figure (pl. 19) in Ellis’s ‘ Corallines’ was taken from a specimen sent to his friend Mr. Peter Collinson from America. I would further advert to the circumstance, that from one of the localities enumerated by Dr. Johnston as affording C. neritina, viz. Co- pinstra, I have, through the kindness of Lieut. W. L. Thomas, received specimens of Mr. Peach’s species, but none of the true C. neritina of Ellis and Lamouroux. It may also be noticed, that although Dr. Johnston’s figure and references, as well as the authentic specimen in the British Museum, are plainly assignable to one and the same form, viz. to that figured in Ellis’s ‘ Coral- lines,’ pl. 19, and to that only, yet the description in ‘ British Zoophytes’ (vol. i. p. 340) is not exactly applicable to that form, but more correctly so to Mr. Peach’s. As it is evident the name C. neritina must be retained for the form hitherto understood under it, the new species, now for the first time distinguished from it, will demand a distinctive appel- lation. Perhaps no better can be found than in the name of the worthy and zealous observer, to whose discrimination the British fauna may in fact be considered as indebted for this addition. In the present not very satisfactory state of nomenclature with respect to the various species of Cellularia, I have thought it better to retain that more general term than to adopt any of the divisional ones more recently employed. Genus CeLttuLartiA, Pallas. Sp. Cellularia Peachw (Busk). Cellularia neritina, var. Johnston. Bugula neritina, var. Gray, List of British Radiata, p. 114. C. cellulis subelongatis, deorsum attenuatis, supra truncatis, sub- rotundatis, spinam parvulum erectam externe gerentibus ; postice foraminibus 3-5 seriatim dispositis, perforatis. Ore ovali regulari amplo, margine subincrassata minute verrucosa. Ovariis rotundatis superficie tessellatis. Hab. Boddom, Buchanness ; Peterhead, Tynemouth, Copinstra. Mr. Peach remarks that the species is bushy, erect, attached to stones, old shells, and to other zoophytes from deep water, brought up by the fisherman’s lines off Peterhead, &c., and that it is not plentiful. According to the British Museum list it also occurs at Tynemouth ; and I have received it from Copinstra by Lieut. W. L. Thomas, R.N. It is white and of a delicate shining aspect when dry; the branches long, slender and straggling. The inferior end of the cell as seen behind much contracted ; the mouth regularly oval and ms, h he” or Mr. G. Busk on three new species of Polyzoa. 83 surrounded with a somewhat thickened margin, beset with minute verrucosities. There is a row of from three to five small openings towards the outer border of the cell on the back, and the upper and outer angle in front supports a minute upright spine, which is however not unfrequently wholly wanting. There are no moveable appendages. The ovarian cells are rounded and affixed above the cell to which they belong, and immediately behind the upper margin of the mouth, which in that case is slightly de- pressed. Their external surface is marked by lines crossmg each other obliquely and giving it a tessellated aspect. The mouth of the cell is filled up by a delicate transparent membrane (more or less calcareous ?), in the upper part of which is situated the small crescentic orifice, protected below by a projecting and pro- bably moveable labium as in others of this class. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. Fig. 1. Front view of a portion of a branch of C. Peachii. Fig. 2. Ditto to show an ovarian cell (a). Fig. 3. Back view of a portion of a branch: @, a, a, a, the series of holes. Fig. 4. Side view of the mouth of a cell. For the sake of comparison I have added some figures of the true C. ne- ritina, and drawn to the same scale as the others, in order more distinctly and briefly to show the difference between it and the new species. Fig. 5. Front view of a portion of a branch of C. neritina (Acamarchis ne- ritina, Lamx.). Fig. 6. a, an ovarian cell. Fig. 7. Back view of a portion of a branch. : Il. : For the following species, which I believe to be also new to the British fauna and hitherto altogether unnoticed, I am in- debted to Prof. E. Forbes. It was dredged on the coast in the neighbourhood of Dartmouth. It also occurs among some zo- ophytes collected on the coast of Spain, or in the Mediterranean, by Mr. M‘Andrew in the course of last year. Its very close resemblance to Scrupocellaria seruposa may have caused it to be overlooked, and it may therefore be more gene- rally distributed than at present appears. Genus ScRUPOCELLARIA. Sp. S. scrupea (Busk). ___ 8. eellulis rhomboideis; supra infraque truncatis; postice sinuatis. Ore subovali margine paullulum incrassato; spinis 4 vel 5 superne armato. Operculo pedunculato reniformi obtecto. Ovariis cucullatis subappressis, leevibus. Hab. Dartmouth. Mare Mediterraneum. In stating the form of the cells in this genus, it is more con- Sigg 84 Mr. G. Busk on three new species of Polyzoa. venient usually to refer to the back view of them, as I have done in this case. In habit this species bears so close a resemblance to Scrupocel- laria scruposa, that to the naked eye there is very little difference between them. The branches are a little broader, and perhaps more regularly and more closely disposed. The cells are wider in pro- portion to their length than in that species, and their sides, especially the upper one, more square and straight. The prin- cipal difference im the form of the cell consists in the existence in S. scrupea of a rather deep depression or sinus on the back of the cell and towards the outer margin, in which sinus is lodged the vibraculum*. This organ is placed considerably more behind the cell than it is in S. seruposa, and differs somewhat in shape from the same organ in that species. It is wider, flatter, and as it were, more of a spatulate form. The avicularium occupies the same position or nearly so as in that species, or perhaps is also placed a little more posteriorly. An important difference how- ever between these very similar species consists in the reniform pedunculate operculum, which projects in front of the mouth of the cell. Although this organ exists in a great variety of forms in many species of Cellulariadz, and is particularly well developed in the common Scrupocellaria reptans, | am not aware that it has hitherto received the attention it would seem to deserve in the distinction of species : that its presence or absence could scarcely be regarded with safety as a generic character, the present in- stance might perhaps suffice to show, as it does not exist in S. scruposa ; but of its specific importance I am convinced, from the examination of many foreign species. Several species furnished with this appendage and in various forms are figured by Savigny in the great work on Egypt, but no allusion is made to it by Audouin in the meagre text relating to those figures. This process does not arise from the edge of the cell (at least not generally), but from the wall of the cell a little beyond the margin, and it usually appears to be tubular at its origm. It assumes various forms, some very fantastic, and increases in size as the cell becomes older, so that in the older cells at the bottom of the branches it almost entirely covers the mouth. In the case of Scrupocellaria scruposa, the want of this operculum appears to be compensated for by the greater thickness of the velum, and which in that species, in the older cells, becomes the seat of an increased deposition of calcareous matter. When in this state, the cells anteriorly very much resemble those of certain species of Catenicella. I have subjoined a figure of this operculum as it occurs in * T employ this term to signify the organs furnished with a moveable or vibratile seta, as distinguished from the prehensile avicularia. 7" Mr. G. Busk on three new species of Polyzoa. 85 Scrupocellaria reptans, in which the peculiar structure of this ap- pendage is well seen. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. Scrupocellaria scruposa. Fig. 8. Front view of a portion of a branch of S. scruposa. Fig. 9. Back view of the same: @, @, a, a, avicularia; 0, 6, b, 6, vibracula. Fig. 10. Front view of two older cells; the front of the cell strengthened by deposition of calcareous matter in the velum. Scrupocellaria scruped. Fig. 11. Front view of aportion of a branch: a, a, a, ovarian cells; b, b, b, 6, 6,5, opercula. Fig. 12. Back view of the same: @, 4, avicularia; 0, 6, vibracula. Fig. 13. A more highly magnified view of the operculum in S. reptans. Ill. The species of Anguinaria about to be described was given to me by Mr. J. Quekett of the College of Surgeons, who believes that it came from Torres Straits. It differs so evidently from the hitherto only known species of Anguinaria, that there can be no doubt of their specific distine- tion, but at the same time the distinctive character of the new species requires but a very short definition. Genus Aneurnarta, Lamk. Sp. Anguinaria dilatata (Busk). A, cellulis apice cyathiformibus, ore magno dilatato suborbicu- lari. Hab. Torres Strait ? In habit this species is rather more robust, but in other re- spects very nearly corresponds with A. spatulata, and as in that species, the cells arise from a creeping, branched, decumbent polyzoarium, which is adnate on fucus ; m this ‘case a species of Sphacelaria. It is rather remarkable that Anguinaria spatulata should occur in Bass Straits and other parts of the Australian seas, and in the South of Africa, as well as in Earope, whilst the present species would seem to be much more limited im its range ; the one perhaps requiring a temperate and the other a tropical % climate. Puate IX. fig. 14. Anguinaria dilatata. 86 Mr. W. Thomson on the Dentition of British Pulmonifera. IX.—Remarks on the Dentition of British Pulmonifera*. By Mr. Wi111am Tuomson, King’s College, London. [With a Plate. ] In venturing to offer a few remarks upon the Dentition of the Pulmonobranchiate Mollusea, I do so with much diffidence, partly on account of the paucity of species to be met with in the British Islands, and the absence of those connecting links with- out which no satisfactory conclusions can confidently be arrived at ; but mainly from the conviction that those who first make observations upon a subject, which had previously been almost, or altogether, neglected, are much more liable to the commis- sion of errors, alike in their microscopical examinations and in their physiological deductions, than those who have a foundation to work upon, be the works of their predecessors ever so erro- neous. It is more, therefore, with the desire of calling attention to the subject, than with the imtention of entering minutely into the form, structure and composition of these teeth, that I am induced to make some brief and general remarks upon them ;— as foundation-stones, the friability or durability of which must be tested by future malacologists. I am not aware of any papers having been published in England upon a detailed examimation of the teeth of Mollusca, and but very few have appeared upon the continent. Prof. Lovén of Stockholm has the credit of first proposing to employ this portion of their ceconomy as a basis of classification, and his excellent paper on the subject may be found in the ‘ Pro- ceedings of the Royal Swedish Academy+.’ His observations are however chiefly upon the Marine Gasteropoda. Herr Troschel has published some valuable remarks upon the dentition of some species amongst the Pulmonobranchiata; but (with the exception of some brief notices of the forms of a few unconnected species by different authors) I know of no other papers of importance in connection with this subject. The tongue of the Pulmonobranchiata generally is a thin ex- pansible membrane, two-thirds or three-fourths of which is rolled into a tube (Pl. IV. fig. 2c); the posterior end of this tube is closed, while at its anterior extremity the remaining portion of the membrane is expanded into a flattened or spoon-shaped form, which plays against the edge of the horny upper jaw (fig. 2 a), thus acting more in the capacity of an under jaw than a true tongue. It is enclosed in the muscular head of the animal, and is connected with the esophagus (fig. 2b) at the anterior end of the tube, the extended upper portion of the cesophagus forming * Read at the Meeting of the British Association in August 1850. + Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar, June 847. = ae . wv. k Mag. Vat. Hist. 3 2. VoL7. Lt Se eee | ah Pe eee £ f ANA bo, nah a ea ae Mr. W. Thomson on the Dentition of British Pulmonifera. 87 the roof of the mouth, while the expanded surface of the tongue covers the lower part of the mouth. The head is usually globular or nearly so, sometimes slightly attenuated backwards. From the junction of the tubes of the cesophagus and tongue, the former passes backwards through the head and leaves it at its upper part behind (sometimes coming out almost at the top of the head), while the tongue takes at once a downward and back- ward direction, and protrudes its closed end distinctly at the lower part of the head. If the tubular part of the tongue be laid open and expanded (when it always proves of the same width as the naturally expanded portion), it will be found to be covered on its upper surface with a vast number of plates, each carrying one or more tubercles, which do not stand perpendicularly to the surface of the plates, but are abruptly curved posteriorly, so that the apices of these projections invariably point towards the closed end of the tongue (Pl. IV. figs. 3 & 4). These teeth are distributed in rows all over the membrane, and are closely packed together. The longitudmal rows always consist of straight lines, but the transverse rows are variously curved, often bow-shaped, sometimes angular, rarely straight (figs. 12-19). The degree of curvature of the transverse row, and the varia- tions which the curves show (being sometimes composed of arcs of circles, while at other times they are made up of short straight lines lying in different, directions), appear to depend on the form of the teeth. I shall allude to this again, after having described the teeth. The number of teeth in a row does not seem to be always the same in individuals of the same species, though it may be pro- nounced as constant within certain limits. In different species, however, it is exceedingly variable: as a rule, there are more teeth in a longitudinal than in a transverse row, usually one- third or one-fourth more, though in Heliz Pomatia the number in the transverse row exceeds that of the other, while in Lim- neus stagnalis there are 110 in each direction. Of the rows, taken longitudinally, I need not say much, it being more easy to explain the variations m the teeth, when the rows are regarded transversely. Suffice it to mention, that in the centre of the membrane there is a longitudinal row of teeth of different form to any of the rest. It is to the form of the central tooth of the transverse row (the series of which constitutes the central longitudinal row just referred to) that I would wish to draw more particular attention ; as I hope to show presently that all the other teeth partake more or less of the form of this tooth. 88 Mr. W. Thomson on the Dentition of British Pulmonifera. But before proceeding to its description, it will be well to explain the precise meaning of the terms I purpose using. From reference to an ideal vertical longitudinal section of a plate with its tubercle (Pl. IV. fig. 3), it will be evident that on viewing the whole vertically (Pl. IV. fig. 4) through the microscope (the object being almost transparent), three outlines will generally be seen, that of the plate, that of the attachment of the tubercle to the plate, which I shall refer to as the base, and that of the free point of the tubercle, which I shall speak of as the apex: the tooth will therefore be regarded as the plate and tubercle com- bined. The central plate and its tuberele differ from all the others on the membrane in being symmetrical. The plate is of a sub- quadrangular form, often somewhat longer than broad, having its sides slightly hollowed out and its ends nearly straight (Limaz) (Pl. IV. fig. 5 a), or with its anterior end (that nearest the base of the tubercle) somewhat bow-shaped, in which cases this part overlaps the posterior straight edge of the plate in front of it (Zonites radiatulus) (fig. 1a). In some it is nearly square (Zonites), while in others it presents the form of an in- verted tapering triangle with a rounded apex (Amphipeplea). The form of the tubercle on the central plate is subject to much greater variation than its plate. Sometimes the tubercle is very large and attached to nearly the whole surface of the plate, leaving but a small free apex (Limaz) (Pl. IV. fig. 5 a): in other species the tubercle is small and attached by its base to the anterior portion of the plate (Zwa) (fig. 8a). In another genus (Planorbis) we find that the tubercle is small and has two apices (fig. 9a). The apex in some few instances projects beyond the edge of the plate, and consequently lies above the base of the tooth next behind it ; but in the majority of cases, the apex of the central tubercle does not project over the edge of its late. ; The lateral plates not only differ from the central one in form, but also from each other as they approach the edge of the mem- brane. The general form is subquadrilateral, the anterior and posterior edges being subject to the same variations as those described with reference to the central plate, while the inner edge is always more or less convex and the outer edge concave. In those species where the curve of the horizontal row is con- siderable, the plates as they approach the edge get narrower, and in these it is not unusual for them also to assume somewhat an S-form on the one side and its reverse on the other. In others, however, the lateral plates become gradually broader, and eventually twice as broad as the primary lateral plates. I come now to speak of the lateral tubercles; but as they vary Mr. W. Thomson on the Dentition of British Pulmonifera. 89 nearly as much in the same individual as they do in different species, it would be an almost endless task to describe all the forms they assume. A careful examination of them generally shows, I think, clearly, that the following rule may be laid down regarding their form. If an ideal line be drawn longitudinally through the central tubercle, so as to divide it equally, it will be found that the two halves are precisely similar (Pl. IV. fig. 4) ; but such is not the case with any of the lateral tubercles. We find, too, that those lateral tubercles which are nearest to the central tubercle are always more similar to it in general form than those at the edge ; indeed, that the tubercles become more unlike the central tubercle as their position is nearer to the edge of the membrane. Hence I deduce the following rule: viz. that the lateral tubercles are merely modifications of the form of the central tubercle ; and that these modifications are effected by the suppression of the promimences on the inner side of each lateral tubercle, and the simultaneous increase of the corresponding parts on the outer side. By the “inner” and “outer” sides, I mean the side nearest to, or farthest from, the central tooth. In Limaz carinatus and some allied species we have this rule clearly exemplified, the change from the typical form into that at the edge being very gradual, and showing every possible connecting link (Pl. IV. figs. 5, 6, 7). But this gradual pro- gression is far from being the case in all species: the sudden and abrupt change in form which is seen in the fourth lateral tuber- cle of Zonites radiatulus (fig. 1c) might at first sight seem to overthrow this rule; but on comparing this tongue with others, where the central tooth is somewhat similar and the modification of the lateral tubercles more gradual, it will be at once perceived that this sudden change of form is owing to the absence of the connecting links, which a reference to the progressive alteration in other species will readily supply, if not actually, at any rate to the imagimation ; and it will be found that an application of the rule I have laid down, to the third lateral of Zonites radia- tulus, would eventually brig out the form of the fourth lateral, though the connection would, I grant, require several plates to complete it. I would now be permitted again to refer to the directions assumed by the horizontal rows, which (as I previously mentioned) depend upon the form of the teeth. Wherever a straight line is observable in the arrangement of the lateral teeth, it will be found that all the teeth in that line are similarly formed, whether the right and left laterals are in the same line as in Planorbis contortus (fig. 12), or divaricate from each other at the central tooth, upwards as in Achatina acicula (fig. 15), or downwards as in Ancylus fluviatilis (fig. 13). Wherever the 90 Mr. W. Thomson on the Dentition of British Pulmonifera. curve presents great angularity (as in Zonites radiatulus) (fig. 14), there we find a sudden change in the form of the teeth, while in like manner a gradual curve is the result of a gradually pro- gressive change in the form of the teeth, the degree of deviation from a straight line being exactly in proportion to the amount of change which takes place between the form of the central and edge-teeth. : It may perhaps seem that I have dwelt at greater length on this point than was necessary ; but as there are many species of Pulmonobranchiata so small as to render it difficult with the best glasses to determine the form of the plate and often of the tubercle, the attachment of the tubercle to the plate being the only part clearly visible, it appears to me desirable that the fol- lowing rules should be laid down with reference to the form of the lateral teeth, in connection with the horizontal rows. A straight line indicates similarity in the teeth; a curve in- dicates a GRADUAL change in their form, and an angularity in the row indicates a sUDDEN change. Having stated in general terms what are the usual charac- teristics of the teeth amongst the Pulmonobranchiata, I purpose now to offer a few observations upon those variations in them which seem to be characteristic of certain genera and families ; _ prefacing these remarks with a list of the species I have had an opportunity of examining. Arion ater. Bulimus obscurus. Limax maximus. acutus. —— carinatus. Zua lubrica. Vitrina pellucida. Achatina acicula. Helix aspersa. Pupa marginata. hortensis. juniperi. nemoralis. Vertigo edentula. —— Pomatia. pygmeea. —— arbustorum. Balzea perversa. obvoluta. Clausilia bidens. lapicida. nigricans. —— pulchella. Carychium minimum. Cantiana. Limneus pereger. —— Carthusiana. stagnalis. — fulva. palustris. concinna. Amphipeplea glutinosa. — Pisana. Ancylus fluviatilis. —— virgata. Velletia lacustris. caperata. Physa fontinalis. ericetorum. Planorbis corneus. Zonites rotundatus. albus. alliarius. carinatus. cellarius. marginatus. — nitidulus. —— nitidus. radiatulus. contortus. Succinea putris. Bulimus Lackamensis. Segmentina lineata. Cyclostoma elegans. 7! ——_ — Mr. W. Thomson on the Dentition of British Pulmonifera. 91 Since this list comprises little more than half our British species, it would be hazardous to attempt to deduce any positive theories as to the constancy of form in any particular groups. Indeed, it would not be safe to lay down any rules even from an examination of all the British species, since many in the same genus present such marked differences, alike in external form and in the conformation of their teeth, that it would be impossible to arrive at any satisfactory deductions, without the opportunity of examining the connecting links which foreign species will supply. In the list I have given, the names and arrangement are those used in the last edition of Turton’s ‘Manual, and on the whole, the form of the teeth is confirmatory of this classification. The Arionide and Limacide ave much alike, and differ from the Helicide in having a long projecting single apex to the edge- teeth. The Helicide, on the other hand, show a marked dispo- sition to increase the number of apices by bifurcation as they approach the edge. Arion ater. Limax maximus. carinatus. — Vitrina pellucida. Zonites alliarius. cellarius. — nitidulus. radiatulus. J Helix fulva. aspersa. Pomatia. Edge-teeth serrate. Zonites rotundatus. &e. &e. Edge-teeth aculeate. Vitrina evidently belongs more to the Limacide than the Helicide, as is shown by the single prolonged apex to the edge- teeth. From the very similar character of the edge-teeth in Zonites alliarius, cellarius, nitidulus and radiatulus (whose tongues greatly resemble each other), I am induced to believe that they should come in between Vitrina and the true Helices, for while their edge-teeth show no appearance of bifurcation, the heel to the apex may possibly be looked upon as an approach towards it. Their sagittate central tubercle corresponds with that of Vitrina, and a similarly-shaped central tubercle in Helix fulva - eonnects them with the true Helices, which have a simple aculeate tubercle. Zonites radiatus (or rotundatus) is a true Helix. Succinea putris, from its partiality for the leaves of plants growing in the water and for other very wet places, might possibly be expected to show some change towards the form of a Limneus in its teeth, whereas on the contrary they are 92 Mr. W. Thomson on the Dentition of British Pulmonifera. truly Helicine in their conformation. So also are the teeth of all the other Helicide that I have examined, though they of course present specific characters more or less conspicuous. I imagine however that it will be more difficult to fix upon good generic characters in the teeth of the Helicide, than any other family. Zua and Achatina should perhaps come at the end of the list, as their very small central tubercle corresponds with that in the genus Limneus. The genera Pupa and Vertigo present no apparent difference, and have their central tubercle much of the same form as Zua and. Achatina, but in these it is as large as the primary lateral tubercles. The character of Limneus appears to be, to have one small central tubercle, as it were “squeezed up” between two very large lateral ones, each primary lateral having a very large apex internally with a small external one, while at the edge they have altered to one thick prolonged apex projecting imwards and irregularly lobed on its upper edge. Much the same arrange- ment prevails in Amphipeplea, where however the tubercle of the lateral teeth is even still larger, in proportion to its plate. Ancylus and Velletia present widely distinct characters, clearly showing that they do not belong to one genus. In Ancylus there are thirty similar lateral teeth in a straight line on each side of the central tooth, and then there is a slight curve through a series of six more teeth where a trifling change in their form occurs. In Velletia, on the contrary, no part of the horizontal row is straight; its central part is much arched, and is com- posed of the central tooth and twelve lateral teeth on each side which do not alter much in form. Then comes one tooth of a different form, and lastly six more on each side, which latter are in a slight curve. Physa, again, exhibits a multitude of teeth of a similar form, though different to any that I have seen in other genera; but unfortunately, owing to the delicacy of the tongue-membrane, I have failed in ascertaining either the form of the central tooth, or the curve of the horizontal row. Planorbis appears to be governed (as botanists would say) by the number three. Its primary lateral tubercles have three apices, and the central tubercle, generally in the genus, has two apices placed far apart from each other (Pl. IV. fig. 9 a) : this appears to be merely the result of the suppression of the third intermediate apex, a view in which I am borne out by a speci- men of P. marginatus, in which there is only one side apex to the central tooth, the central apex and that on the other side being both suppressed. Of Segmentina and a few others I will not now speak, having failed in meeting with glasses good enough to bring out their a “J 4 ~ Mr. W. Thomson on the Dentition of British Pulmonifera. 93 forms clearly. The last species on my list is Cyclostoma ; but as this belongs to a section of the Pulmonobranchiata differing so widely from that to which the subjects of my preceding remarks belong, I will not describe it, but merely call attention to the general aspect of its tongue, which much resembles that of some of the fluviatile Pectinibranchiates; to these species the Cyclo- stoma presents some analogy, in being unisexual, and operculated, in having but two tentacles, with its eyes placed at their base on their outer sides, and in being a vegetable feeder. It will be desirable, perhaps, before I conclude this paper, that I should give some idea of the number of teeth in a trans- verse or horizontal row in a few species, together with the number of those rows upon the tongue, and the whole number of teeth on that organ. And to this I propose to add also, the actual size of the individual teeth of one or two species, to show their minuteness. wa ei Number of | Number of Number of transverse teeth in teeth on rows. row. tongue. ATiIon ater ...cccscsecececeecees 160 110 17,600 Limax maximus............005 160 180 26,800 carinatus ......... asenet 80 100 8,000 Vitrina pellucida ............ 100 75 7,000 Helix aspersa..........cserseee 135 105 14,175 Nemoralis ......scseseees 135 100 13,500 Pomatia......-scssseceees 140 150 21,000 —— Obvoluta ...cccscecereee 170 90 15,300 Japicida, .........sesseeees 150 80 12,000 pulchella .........00+... 65 30 1,950 —— Cantiana .........ess00. 125 80 10,000 es HTLV Ae \cekh dle Cates cbace 70 45 3,150 CONCINNA 4... seseeeeee 100 50 5,000 Pisatiad, vcdstteceam etn ss axe 120 70 8,400 CAPCTATA —seaceasaseeeees 100 45 4,500 EVICEtOYUM =... sens eeaeee 115 60 6,900 Zonites alliarius.........+++5 ae 45 25 1,125 Cellars tices. dpparmaeee 35 27 945 Nitidulus .........eeeees 55 65 3,575 Succinea putris .........+0e008 50 65 3,250 Bulimus obscurus ......«+««. 120 55 6,600 ACUTUS " Wedows eee sede. 100 -37 3,700 Zuia lubrica ......eeeseeeeeees 80 40 3,200 Pupa juniperi oe... e+e sexy] 00 40 4,000 Baleea perversa seeseeeceeeeeee 130 40 5,200 Clausilia bidens .........es00++ 120 50 6,000 NIgVIcaNsS ....... ovesenee 90 40 3,600 Limneus stagnalis..,......... 110 110 12,100 Ancylus fluviatilis ............ 120 75 9,000 Velletia lacustris ......c0.++- 75 40 3,000 It will I think be readily conceded, from a glance at this table, 94 Mr. W. Thomson on the Dentition of British Pulmonifera. that the number of teeth upon a tongue is never likely to be of more than specific value as a characteristic feature, since there appears to be no general number, or even approximate number, which can be said to belong to any genus. Since Limax mazi- mus heads the list with 27,000, and Helix Pomatia follows with 21,000, it might be conjectured, perhaps, that size had some in- fluence in the matter; but then we find Helix aspersa and nemo- ralis possessing nearly the same number, while Helix obvoluta, a shell very little, if at all, larger than Zonites cellarius, possesses more than fifteen times the number of teeth. With reference to the actual size of some of the teeth, it will be most convenient to take the 10,000th of an inch as the measuring standard; and therefore the numbers that I shall now use, in giving the dimensions of the teeth, are to be regarded as so many 10,000ths of an inch. In Arion ater, the central and neighbouring plates are 25 long by 15 wide. In Limax maximus they are 20 long and 11} wide. In Bulimus obscurus the length of the plates is 7, while the average breadth of all in the row is 42. In Zua lubrica the length is 54 and the average breadth 43. In Clausilia nigricans the length is 43 and the average breadth 32. The primary lateral plates of Limneus stagnalis are 22 long by 142 wide. In Amphipeplea glutinosa, the corresponding plates are 114 long and 10 wide, which happens to be precisely the size of the primary lateral plates in Planorbis corneus. King’s College, July 1850. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. Fig. 1. Central portion of transverse row of Zonites radiatulus : a, central tooth ; 3, first lateral; c, fourth lateral tooth. — 2. Head of a Snail: a, horny tooth; b, cesophagus ; ¢c, tongue. — 3. Diagram of a vertical section of a tooth. — 4, Ditto central tooth. — 5. Limaz carinatus: a, central tooth ; 3, first lateral. — 6. Ditto an intermediate lateral tooth. — 7. Ditto edge-tooth. — 8. Zua lubrica (a, b, as above). — 9. Planorbis carinatus (a, b, as above). — 10. Ditto an intermediate lateral tooth. — 11. Ditto edge-tooth. — 12-19. Direction of transverse rows :— — 12. Planorbis contortus. Fig. 16. Zua lubrica. — 13. Ancylus fluviatilis. — 17. Vitrina pellucida. — 14. Zonites radiatulus. — 18. Limaz carinatus. — 15. Achatina acicula. — 19. Helix obvoluta. re i . a: Ann.& Mag. Nat Hist. $8.2. Vol.7. Pl. by Rev! M.S Berkeley det. TBC S owerly DPR ae Sela 3 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 95 X.—Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. Berxetry, , M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Brooms, Esq. [Continued from vol. v. p. 466.] [With three Plates. ] 502. Hendersonia Stephensii, n. s. Peritheciis irregularibus seriatis sub epidermidem fuscescentem linea ruptam latitantibus ; sporis maximis ovatis reticulato-cellulosis. On dead stems of Pteris aquilina, Bristol, H. O. Stephens, Esq. Perithecia membranaceous, oblong, irregular, arranged in a single row beneath the cuticle, which exhibits little lanceolate brown spots above them with a fissure down their centre. Spores large, ovate, with about three transverse septa, each division being again traversed by several vertical and transverse or some- times oblique partitions. A very beautiful species, which probably exists in collections confounded with Sph. filicina and Leptostroma filicinum. The perithecia and spores are very remarkable. The latter are much like those of Sporidesmium cellulosum, Fr. PieGoria, n. g. Perithecia irregularia tenuissima subtus obsoleta in maculam rugulosam confluentia, fissura lacerata rumpentia. Sporophore breves (demum tomipare, Mont.) ; spore majuscule obovate versus basim subconstricte. 503. P. astroidea..... Dothidea astroidea, Eng. FI. vol. v. P. 2. p. 287. ; i Mr. W. Clark on the Muricide. 127 port ; it rests solely on the emargination in the upper part of the outer lip and the corresponding sinus of the mantle, which in the British species is not cloven as in the true exotic Pleuroto- mata. These slight characters, whether of the shell or the animal, so far from being essential permanent ones, are most variable and uncertain, shadowing in the numerous species, from the deep pleurotomic scission into the simple, scarcely perceptible canal of the Murices of our second section, the Fusz of authors. No one can define the boundary of this arbitrary generic index, which does not in many species even indicate specific variation. M. Philippi states that the great differences in the pleuro- tomic sinuses and other organs of the minor Murices of the Mediterranean, many of which are amongst our indigena, from the generic characters of the true Pleurotomata, induced M. Mil- let to found the genus Defrancia as a depository for these aber- ‘rant species. Dr. Leach placed them in his genus Mangilia, but I can see nothing in those I have described to justify the crea- tion of a genus for their animals distinct from Murex. I view them as Murices in which the opercula have vanished or become obsolete ; I have therefore on that account placed them as the last section of the genus Murez, considering them as on the con- fines of the family, and forming the passage to the exotic genera Cancellaria, Dolium, Harpa, Mitra, Voluta and Conus, all of which except Conus, that has a minute operculum, are without that appendage ; and though these families are not the typical - Canalifera, still it is clear that the Colwmellariade and Convolu- tide have very many points of connection with the Muricide. In this section there are two or three British species, the animals of which have not occurred to us; amongst them, the Plewrotoma teres, nonnull., which is placed here provisionally, being the only British species without longitudinal ribs; the animal may be the true exotic Plewrotoma with an operculum ; the character of the scission is peculiar, and more in accordance with that genus ; its position must remain in doubt until the soft parts have been examined. I have to say a few words on the gland which is seen in many species of the Muricide, and is conspicuous in the Murez lapillus, Purpura of authors, and which has been considered by naturalists to be the organ that produced the ancient far-famed Tyrian pur- ple dye. The gland is of a white or green colour ; it lies between the mucous fillets and the ovarmm on the right side of the ani- mal ; it is of linear form, and though in some species it appears of a dark green colour, the juice or secretion, when extracted and exposed to the air and sun, assumes the purple hue. It is doubtful from what species this famous dye was obtained ; it can 128 Mr. W. Clark on the Muricide. scarcely have been from the Murex lapillus, the Purpura of au- thors, as Lamarck’s commentators say that that species does not inhabit the Mediterranean— cee oat “'Tyrioque ardebat Murice lena.” Pe “te bis Afro Murice tinctz Vestiunt lane” ..... From these quotations it appears that the costly purple dye was an African production, and not obtained from the European coasts of the Mediterranean. Horace mentions the Murez of the Italian shores— “‘Murice Baiano melior Lucrina peloris.”’ This Murex of the Baiz may be our M. erinaceus, the M. un- datus, Buccinum undatum, auctorum, or any other species; it is not spoken of in connection with a dye, but as an edible shell- fish, inferior to the Peloris of the Lucrine lake: what this may be is quite conjectural. It must have been observed that the descriptions of the nume- rous Muricidal species are so similar as to give the idea of ringing the changes on the various organs, and it would appear that we have only exhibited the portraiture of a single similar animal in- habiting all the species that have been mentioned. If this view is acquiesced in, I shall have accomplished the object of my preli- minary proposition, that the Linnzan genera Murea and Bucei- num have been dismembered to an extent far beyond the require- ments of the progress of science. I conclude by observing that it may be objected, that I have dispensed with all considerations of the figure and markings of the shell as contributing to generic distinction. I admit this posi- tion, as I am of opinion that when the animals of a group are iden- tical in essentials, the greater or less tumidity and the smooth or varicose aspect of the external hard parts are only specific indices arising from the various dispositions of the mucous glands of the mantle. I consider the causes I have mentioned of the different aspects of the shells inhabited by similar animals, in no*other light than the different aspects of the organs of the human race, which arise from similar agents, as the ever-varying disposition of the superficial veins, of the pores, absorbents and other emunc- tories, combined with climate, food, and peculiar habits. With regard to malacology, I am strongly supported in these opinions by having in my cabinet a large series of all the varie- ties of the Murex undatus, Buccinum undatum, auctorum, in which we see the smooth, thin, fragile, slender and fusiform varieties shadowing gradually to their various forms, from the thick, heavy, strong, ridged, undated varicose typical Murex undatus. The series I speak of are the identical shells of Professor William King which have passed into my hands, and were the illustra- tions of his valuable malacological paper in the 18th volume, p- 248, of the ‘ Annals of Natural History,’ the perusal of which I earnestly recommend to naturalists, as he has therein de- monstrated that in this species the singular and great deviations of form, as the slenderness, tumidity, markings, &c., do not arise from generic distinction, but from the influences of climate, ha- bitat, food, and bathymetrical considerations. If these views are valid, they explode the long-beld opinions that external form and markings ought to be regarded as uner- ring elements of generic distinction ; and our observations appear sufficiently to prove that this doctrine has too long been insisted on, even in animals of essentially similar structure, both of the external soft parts and internal anatomy. I am, Gentlemen, your most obedient servant, WiritaM Crark. Mr. W. Clark on the Muricide. 129 On a new species of Chemnitzia. Bath, 17th January 1851. Postscript.—My friend Mr. Barlee, whose persevering labours in this branch of zoology have often been very favourably men- tioned in our ‘ Annals,’ presented me some time ago with a mi- nute shell, which he considered an unpublished Rissoa, but on examination I found it had all the conchological characters of a Chemnitzia. Mr. Barlee obtained it in the Shetland Islands. That the honours due to him may not be taken up by some Bathyllus, I send the specific characters, and request the favour of their insertion in the ‘ Annals.’ Chemnitzia Barleei (n. s.). C. testa gracili, alba, costis circa duodecim subrectis instructa ; - anfractibus quatuor rotundatis, quorum primus, in sequentem reflexus, alter, duabus, tertius, et ultimus, striis tribus spiraliter cincti. Apertura subovalis, haud continua, labium columnare plica obsoleta, vel penitus abdita, latus externum, sine callo. Sutura linearis, distincta. Umbilicus vix notatus. Axis ;4, diameter 54, unciz. ab. ad insulas Zetlandicas. These characters indicate, as far as conchological ones can, that _ the animal when observed will prove a Chemnitzia. The outer lip is without the callus of most of the Rissoe; the apex is undoubt- _ edly reflexed, a character which is generally the concomitant of Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. vii. 9 130 Mr.J.E. Gray on new genera and species of Spatangide. the Chemnitzie. I believe no example of a Rissoa with a similar apical structure is known; we may say that there is not a single essential character of the Rissoa in this species. It is a congener of Chemnitzia excavata ; at one time I thought it a variety of that species, but the different disposition of the spiral stric, the more oblique ribs and hollowed-out volutions in the C. excavata, pomt out that the C. Barleei is probably distinct, though most closely allied to it. The apex of C. excavata is precisely reflexed as in this species: this character with me, as regards the Chemniizia, is of great value ; the exceptions to it are few ; in that tribe the decided reflexed apex, or the sunken subreflexed one, I never found absent, or present in a true Rissoa. But the examples must be fresh and perfect—not the usual cabinet ones ground to button-like apices by attrition; but even in these the practised eye will detect the true character. The fold on the pillar-hp of the C. excavata is sometimes present, and at others absent. I believe this remark holds good in this species, but in my speci- mens from Mr. Barlee it is distinctly visible, though very small, and far retired within the aperture.—W. C. XIII.— Descriptions of some new genera and species of Spatangide in the British Museum. By J. EK. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., P.B.S. &e. Tus following genera and species do not appear to be included in M. Agassiz and Desor’s ‘ Catalogue Raisonné.’ They will be figured in the Catalogue of the EKchinide in the British Mu- seum :— Spatangus Regine. Purple? subcordate ; back convex, larger dorsal tubercles few and far apart, scattered, ambulacral petals broad. Hab. Malta. This species is very like S. purpureus, but the back is higher, more convex, and there are not half the number of dorsal tu- bercles found in that species. It was collected by Misslmilie Attersoll, who formed part of the suite of H.M. Queen Adelaide during her visit to Malta. Eupatagus similis. Ovate, depressed, with only two or three rather larger tubercles near the peripetalous fasciole. Hab. Australia, Flinders’ Island. This species differs from EH. Valenciennesii of Agassiz, t. 15. f. 3, in not having nearly so many tubercles on the back. Several specimens of it were sent to the Museum by Joseph Millington, Esq. — oe ‘Mr. J. E. Gray on new genera and species of Spatangide. 131 Lovenia elongata. Spatangus elongatus, Gray, in Eyre’s Discov. Central Australia, i. 436. t. 6. f. 2. Ovate, rather elongate, de- pressed ; back with many sunken tubercles on the sides. Hab. Port Essmgton, Mr. Jukes. Lovenia subcarinata. Shell elongate, narrow, the lower an- terior edge keeled, the lower part of the upper side with six or eight large tubercles placed in two series on each side at the end of the anterior lateral ambulacra. Hab: Philippines, Isle of Luzon, H. Cuming, Esq. Ecurnocarpium. This genus may be divided into the fol- lowing sections : * Anterior odd ambulacral groove deep, hinder end perpendicular, lower part blunt. Echinocardium cordatum, &e. To this section also belong— Echinocardium australe. Very like E. cordatum, but the hinder end is erect and the lower edge rather acute. Hab. Australia, Port Jackson, J. B. Jukes, Esq. ; Van Diemen’s Land, Ronald Gunn, Esq., and Dr. A. Sinclair. Echinocardium zealandicum. Very like the former, but plas- tron lanceolate elongate, and the body more ovate and elongate. Hab. New Zealand, Dr. Andrew Sinclair: several specimens. ** Anterior odd ambulacral groove shallow, lower part of hinder end produced, acute. EK. gibbosum. Breynia Australasie. Spatangus Australasie, Leach, Zool. Mise. ii. t. 82. 1825. S. Crux Andreea, Lamk. Hist. ; Agassiz, Ann. Sci. Nat. vi. t. 16.f.14. Large tubercles on sides of lateral ambulaera few, internal fasciole short, broad. Hab. Port Jackson. Dr. Leach’s specimen exactly agrees with M. Agassiz’ figure. Breynia Desorti. Sunken tubercles on the lateral and poste- _ rior interambulacral area numerous (about thirty), the internal fasciole elongate, narrow. Hab. Swan River. _ Several specimens, all differmg in the above characters from the former. Meroma. Shell subcordate, vertex subcentral ; ambulacra sunken, lateral pairs equal, odd anterior one entirely oblite- rated, marked by a shallow groove, surrounded by a very sinu- ous peripetalous fasciole, without any lateral fasciole; subanal fasciole incomplete, edging the under side of the indistinct sub- ‘anal disk, and only extending up to the level of the lower edge of __ the vent and with the subanal pores in the fasciole. O* ———S LS 182 Mr.J.E. Gray on new genera and species of Spatangide. This genus differs from Brissus in the incompleteness of the subanal fasciole, the indistinctness of the subanal disk, and in the entire absence of the anterior ambulacral pores. It differs from Faorina in wanting the lateral fasciole. Dorsal tubercles small, equal. of. Apacer Meoma grandis. Subcordate, rather convex. ev. Echine h saad Hab. Australia, Capt. Sir Edward Belcher, K.C.B., R.N. Faorina. Shell ovate, subcordate, ventricose ; vertex central, hinder end truncated, without any distinct subanal disk; am- bulacra sunken, the lateral ones regularly diverging, anterior longest, anterior odd one obliterated, marked by a deep groove, all surrounded by a rather sinuous peripetalous fasciole without any lateral or subanal fasciole or anal plate; ovarial pores two, three or four. Faorina chinensis. Purple, with a smooth band between the upper anterior tesserze, and a smooth vertical band over the su- ture from the end of the anterior lateral ambulacra to the front of the mouth. Hab. China, J. R. Reeve, Esq. Faorina antarctica. Subcordate, rather depressed ; lateral am- bulacra ovate, longitudinal, very deep, forming a very distinct rib on the inner side of the shell; peripetalous fasciole broad, sinuous. Hab. South Polar Seas, Capt. Sir James Ross’s expedition. This species differs from Fuorina cavernosa (Erichson, Arch. 1845, t. 11. f. 2) in the ambulacra being less broad, and in the fasciole being much broader and more distinct. Tripylus Philippii. Cordate, rather depressed ; lateral ambu- lacra oblong, linear, the hinder pair not half the length of the anterior one, the sides of the hinder part of the peripetalous fasciole parallel. Hab. ; The genus Tripylus of Philippi differs from Desoria and Schi- zaster in the regular cordate form and central vertex, and differs from Brissiopsis, with which M. Agassiz confounded it, in the absence of the subanal fasciole. Desorta. Shell ovate, convex, vertex subanterior; ambu- lacra narrow, sunken, like Brissus, the anterior odd one formed of a series of small double pores, all surrounded by a very sinuous peripetalous fasciole giving off a lateral fasciole, which extends to the vent without any distinct subanal fasciole or subanal disk. Very like Brissus, but dstinguished by the presence of the lateral fasciole and the absence of the subanal one and disk. we a Ye Mr. J. E. Gray on new genera and species of Spatangide. 133 Desoria Australis. Ovate, purplish white. Var. 1. Brown, each of the tesserz with a broad pale edge. Hab. Australia, Flinders’ Island, Joseph Millingen, Esq. Several specimens. Schizaster ventricosus. Very like S. canaliferus, but the hinder part of the body is very high, the hinder end nearly vertical, ventricose, and regularly rounded above the vent, the hinder part of the peripetalous fasciole straight between the two lateral am- bulacra. Hab. Australia ? ? Schizaster Jukesti. Like former, but vertex nearly central ; crown strongly keeled between the two hinder ambulacra; the part of the peripetalous fasciole between the anterior and poste- rior ambulacra regularly bent up nearly to the vertex, the hinder end vertical, regularly rounded above the vent. Hab. North Australia, J. B. Jukes, Esq. Kueini4. Shell ovate, elongate, ventricose, subcordate, ver- tex subcentral ; centre of back with rather larger perforated tu- bercles ; lateral ambulacra sunken, ovate, linear, confluent near the vertex, where the inner series of twin pores are nearly obli- terated, the anterior pair diverging, the hinder pair nearly par- allel, diverging at the end, the anterior odd one in a rather deep groove with only rudimentary pores ; all surrounded by a broad, rather stmuous peripetalous fasciole ; subanal fasciole sur- rounding the oblong subanal plate, which is covered with radiating series of tubercles, and transversely divided in half by a subcen- tral fasciole ; ovarial pores four, hinder largest ; mouth anterior, vent in the upper part of the high hinder extremity covered with small irregular plates ; spines of the crown elongate subulate, of the plastron and subanal plate longer, stronger, rather dilated at the end. This genus differs from Brissus in the peculiar form of the ambulacra, and in the larger size of the dorsal spines and tuber- eles, and from Plagionotus in the form of the subanal plate and ambulacra. Kleinia Luzonica. Shell ovate, ventricose; ambulacra con- fluent near the vertex, inner series of pores nearly obliterated ; __ lateral ambulacra ovate, petaloid, the hinder pair shorter, nearly _ parallel, anterior pair divergent ; vent in the upper part of the high hinder extremity. oa Philippines, Isle of Luzon. Agassizia subrotunda. Ovate, subglobose, regular, even, with- out any tubercles on the side or round the vent, the odd ante- rior groove with two lines of minute tubercles. Hab. Australia, Capt. Sir Edward Belcher. 134 Bibliographical Notices. Lesx1a. Shell ovate, subglobose, thin, vertex central ; lateral ambulacra broad, petaloid, rather sunken and separate from each other, the hinder lateral pairrather the shortest, the odd anterior ambulacra in a rather broad sunken groove, rudimentary, with only a single series of pores on each side; all surrounded by a broad rather sinuous peripetalous fasciole ; lateral and subanal fasciole none ; mouth anterior, round, on a level with the rounded under surface, and covered with five triangular converging valves ; plastron and subanal plate not distinctly defined ; anus round, in the upper part of the rounded posterior end, and covered with five triangular converging valves forming a cone, with some small spicula in the centre ; ovarian pores two, very large; spines and tubercles subequal, subulate, those of the back being rather the largest. This genus agrees with Brissus in the form of the peripetalous fasciole, but differs from it and all the other Spatangide in the form of the mouth and vent. - 1. Leskia mirabilis. Shell ovate, subglobose. Hab. Isle of Luzon. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. The Dynamical Theory of the Earth. By ArcuipaLp TUCKER Rircuie. Longmans, London, 1850. Vol. i. pp. 562; vol. ii. pp. 664. Cosmoconies seem to have shared the fate of the philosopher’s stone, the perpetual motion, and such other dreams. Given up by the true philosopher, such projects have become at once the glory and the stumbling-block of those who with much learning and little knowledge seek at the well of truth, diligently indeed, but who, like scientific Danaides, seem condemned to draw the living waters with a sieve. The many-sided man of science, skilled at once in books and things, whose wide ken scans the whole field of human knowledge, modestly confesses a cosmology to be beyond his powers, and contents himself with a mere ‘‘ Cosmos,’’—a statement of what the world is, not how it came to be: and where Humboldt feared to tread, the author of the ‘ Vestiges of the Creation,’ and Mr. Ritchie in the present work have tushed in. We have mentioned these two works together, but we would not do the ‘ Vestiges’ the wrong to say, that it is from any similarity between them : truth to say, their relation is one of antithesis, not of resemblance. y, The style of the ‘ Vestiges’ is always grammatical and eminently perspicuous, sometimes indeed rising to eloquence. The style of the ‘ Dynamical Theory ’ is frequently ungrammatical, rarely perspicuous, and often descends to twaddle. ‘p ee SCO Bibliographical Notices. 135 In the ‘ Vestiges’ the premises may be false, but the reasoning is clear and logical: in the ‘ Dynamical Theory’ premises, reasoning and conclusions seem equally drawn from cloud-land. In the ‘ Vestiges’ the whole spirit of the work is religious and truth-seeking: in the ‘ Dynamical Theory’ it is imbued with a sui- cidal theological prejudice. The author of the ‘ Vestiges’ trusts wholly in human reason, and sometimes in human unreason, to discover the origin of things. Mr. Ritchie, on the other hand, would have us take our modern understanding of the first chapter of Genesis (more especially as set forth by the Very Rev. F. Scio de San Miguel) as the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth (p. 6. vol. i.) ; and tells us with a degree of mediseval moral courage (worthy of a better cause), that where science and our interpretation of Scripture differ, the former must at once yield (p. 81. vol. i.). But enough of such contrasts. It is more instructive to observe in how strange a manner the two works are related—related by antago- nism indeed, but as opposite phases of the same character of mind and quality of mental accomplishment. This character of mind is acuteness without depth : this quality of mental accomplishment is copious information as to results, without the required severe critical check, of a practical knowledge as to how these results are obtained. There is much reading and no research ; and to grapple with the grand problem of science on such a basis as this, is as if a man should attempt to play the fiddle on the strength of having heard a great deal of music. Our fathers sought knowledge painfully, and with prayer and fast~ ing. They wrestled with nature for her secrets. We moderns, in these days of the “ diffusion of useful knowledge,” attend hour-long popular lectures, see charming experiments, inspect particoloured geological diagrams, and learn that the Plesiosaurus dolichodeirus might, had he been so inclined, have devoured the Clupea sprattiformis—and then, thanking God for these times of illumination, go home and de- vise a cosmology. Or perhaps, if some juster notion of the mode of discovering truth enter the luckless speculator’s head, he goes a step further, lays violent hands upon scientific treatises of all sorts (as may be imagined, however, chiefly of the popular description), reads and makes extracts, and then builds up the infinite Universe as a child puts together its puzzle :—if the fragments fit, then plainly, the puzzle is rightly put together. - In more than one sense, Mr. Ritchie’s book is a Mosaic of this de- scription. _ As for the ‘ Vestiges ’ it has been judged elsewhere ; but who that has had his reason stolen away by that delightful scientific romance (and there be many who must plead guilty to such /ése-majesté against truth) will not confess that his ultimate, verdict upon the book might be expressed in somewhat similar terms ? _ The ‘ Dynamical Theory’ and the ‘ Vestiges’ are as necessarily connected to one another as reaction to action—as the tyranny of des- 1386 Bibliographical Notices. potism to the license of revolution. Let us hope, that now the cycle of superficiality is complete—that the disease has run its course, and that we are in a manner vaccinated for cosmogonies ; and having once for all put in our most decided protest against both the spirit and the substance of the work under consideration, we proceed to perform our remaining duty to the reader, namely ; to set before him without malice or extenuation, ‘The Dynamical Theory of the Formation of the Earth.’ And first let the author speak his own estimate of his work : ‘‘ We finally believe that scientific research has attained a state of perfection sufficient to enable us, by judiciously blending its truths with those of revelation, to produce such a system of cosmogancy (cosmogony ’) as shall entirely satisfy the human mind, as shall meet all its requirements, by convincing the understanding while it invigorates our faith in the word of God.” These are large promises. Let the reader judge by what follows whether they be fulfilled or not. Mr. Ritchie’s theory is to the following effect :— In the period indicated by the Mosaic expression, ‘ In the begin- ning,” the earth moved in its orbit round the sun, but was without diurnal rotation, without atmosphere and without light; its surface was everywhere a plain, and deeply covered by the waters of an ocean composed of water containing “silex, alumina, lime, magnesia, ba- rytes, strontites, zirconia, glucina, potash, soda, and ammonia— oxides of various metals, especially iron and manganese, carbonic and fluoric acids, hydrogen and oxygen, with muriatic, sulphuric, and most probably nitric acid” (p. 452. vol. i.) ‘in chemical combi- nation.” Notwithstanding all these ingredients, this ocean “possessed all the characters of fresh water as far as the nourishment of its vegeta- tion was concerned ;” and covering its bottom there was a luxuriant growth of those plants which now constitute the coal, and these, ac- cording to our author, were all acotyledonous. There were no land animals, nor indeed any which breathed and had the faculty of locomotion in its proper sense (none “‘ moving by aeriated blood”’ is our author’s favourite expression). Now the plants continually decomposed carbonic acid, and set free oxygen into the water of the primeval ocean. The animals conti- nually separated carbonate of lime from the same menstruum, As they died and putrefied, they gave forth ammonia. What became of the ammonia and oxygen is not stated; they must have existed in some marvellous chemical state not at present understood. Will it be believed that the origin of all these extraordinary and baseless assumptions lies in the first chapter of Genesis? thus :— «< Darkness was upon the face of the deep.”’ ‘‘ And the spirit of God moved upon the surface of the waters :’’ therefore the earth was dark and covered with water : «© And God said, Let there be a firmanent in the midst of the waters, and let it divide the waters from the waters.” But as the firmament was not made till after the period called “In the beginning,”’ there could then have been no atmosphere : ae Bibliographical Notices. 137 *“ Let the earth bring forth” .. . . “the herb yielding seed,” &c. As herbs yielding seed were created on the third day, they did not exist before ; therefore the plants of the primeval ocean were acoty- ledonous : “* Let the waters bring forth the moving creature that hath life” —dependent upon light and air, adds Mr. Ritchie somewhat gra- tuitously. But as this did not happen till the fifth day, those ani- mals which existed in the “ period of non-rotation”’ were independent of light and air. If the astronomer, the chemist, the zoologist, the anatomist, the botanist, the geologist cry out that no man in his senses could make assertions so utterly at variance with all the fundamental truths of their respective sciences, we only beg to refer them to Mr. Ritchie’s book ; and, by way of commentary, to Mr. Tristram Shandy’s chapter on Hobby-horses. But more surprising propositions are to come: darkness is not a mere subjective matter ;—it is an entity (so that perhaps after all Peter Schlemihl really did sell his shadow), and is identical with attrac- tion. Light on the other hand is expansion, and when it was first created was not “separated from the darkness,” but existed mixed up with it. There must have been a sort of general Oxford-gray tinge ahout the universe. When the light was “divided from the darkness,” the ether, of which it is composed, made a general rush, and impinging on the earth at some oblique angle, set it twirling. Then came a general bouleversement ; the waters of the primeval ocean rushed centrifugally to the equatorial regions, carrying with them the great fragments of rock which now exist in the boulder formation. The denser, deeper, strata of the earth broke centrifugally through the upper _. crust, and grinding and rubbing as they made their way, generated heat enough to produce all the present signs of igneous fusion. Mud and sand covered in the ocean plants, and prevented their being de- . composed by the heat, and all the animal inhabitants of the globe were entombed in the debris. So arose at once the whole thickness of the different formations, and the varied surface of the earth as it now is. At the same time the light, as principle of expansion, combined with the gases in the primeval ocean, and extricating them (how, is not explamed) as nitrogen and oxygen, they formed our present atmosphere. ; So that we owe this air we breathe to plants, which without the assistance of light evolved oxygen, and to the putrefactive decom- position of animals. Surely the reader has had enough of all this (as Mr. Dennis the critic, with more pith than politeness, used to call it) ‘clotted nonsense.’ If he have not, we must refer him to the work itself, for reviewers after all are but men, and have only a limited faculty of endurance ; and if he will not take our word for their ex- istence, to the same source he must go for an inexhaustible supply of errors—errors in orthography, errors in grammar, efrors in fact, with a whole army of sophisms of all sorts and sizes. 138 Zoological Society. He will see at page 39, vol. i. seven authorities given for the fact, that a saline solution may be evaporated to dryness ; and at page 11, vol.i., Blair’s Chronological Tables quoted as ‘ confirmation strong” of a statement made in the book of Genesis. And, lastly, if he be still bent on reading the book, we will hint to him a method, by which he may read almost the whole, and yet de- rive much edification. Our secret is, to read only the extracts from other authors. Mr. Ritchie has copiously employed the scissors, and his work is the reverse of amber, being chiefly valuable for the fragments which it contains. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. January 22, 1850.—Matthew Truman, Esq., M.D., in the Chair. The following papers were read :— 1. DescrIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF CHRYSODOMUS, FROM THE MOUTH OF THE MACKENZIE RIVER. By J. E. Gray, Ese., F.R.S. etc. ~ Sir John Richardson, M.D., on his return from the Arctic search- ing expedition, kindly presented to the Museum a series of shells which he had collected between the mouth of the Mackenzie River and Cape Parry: several of them were broken by the extreme cold during the wintering of the expedition at Great Bear Lake. The collections consisted of the new Chrysodomus here described, and the following species, which are exactly similar to the species brought home by Ross, Parry, and the other arctic voyagers from Baffin’s Bay, and are interesting as showing that these species are found more than half-way towards the Northern Pacific Ocean; viz.. Saxicava arctica. Very like S. rugosa, but larger. Hiatella arctica. Very large size, with the hinge-teeth almost entirely obliterated. Mya truncata. - Glycimeris siliqua. All young. Cardium Greenlandicum. On the shores. Crassina semisulcata, Leach, not Miller. In the mouth of the river: eaten by the birds. Buccinum glaciale. The egg of a large species of Natica was abundant on the sands, probably NV. ampullaria, Lamk.? Curysopomus Heros. Shell elongate ; spire conical, longer than the mouth ; whorls con- vex, two or three upper with a strong central keel, rest with irregularly placed distant rounder tubercles, the last rounded, not keeled ; throat white. Var. 1. Whorls as with a strong, central, continuous keel ; the last slightly nodulose. , Su eee is Egg-cases ovate-oblong, erect, on an expanded base, contracted beneath ; surface deeply punctated, granular. Inhab. Arctic Ocean. This shell is very like Chrysodomus despectus, but differs from that species in the form and surface of the egg-cases, as well as by the greater convexity of the whorls, and the strength and angularity of the keel on the upper whorls. . Like the other species of the genus, the white, opake, outer coat of the shell is very much inclined to separate from the inner or cen- tral coat, which presents, where the outer coat is removed, a smooth surface of yellowish or brown colour. Dr. Richardson observed several specimens of this shell in the sand-hills which edge the coast, some distance from the sea. I have named this species Heros, as being the finest of the genus, and in commemoration of the enterprise and heroic conduct under great hardship of its discoverer. Zoological Society. 139 2. REMARKS ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE VERTEBRATE SkeLeToN. By Epwarp Fry. The objects of the present paper are,—Ist, the brief statement of the probability that there are laws which govern animal form, in ad- dition to the law of final causes; and 2nd, the @ priori discussion of certain propositions about the vertebrate skeleton; being an attempt to illustrate the vertebrate by some invertebrate forms, and thus to show their unity of plan. Section I. The existence of laws governing animal form is rendered probable by the discovery of such laws as regards the forms of plants, all whose parts may be referred to a leaf as the fundamental archetype, as is shown not only by the correspondency in many normal condi- tions, but also by the transmutations of parts, and the monstrosities to which the petals, sepals, stamens, &c. are liable. Though the greater simplicity of plants, and the more numerous monstrosities to which they are liable by nature or art, render the existence of laws of the kind spoken of more readily apparent in them than in animals, the nature of the proofs and of the conclusions are alike in both cases. It may, secondly, be remarked, by way of showing a general pro- bability for such a scheme, that there exist unities of structure both in different animals and in different stages of development of the same animal, which are independent, so far as we know, of unity of end; or, in other words, that final causes do not explain all the affi- nities and resemblances which we are able to trace*. And again, it must be observed, that those remarkable likenesses, which are observable in many or all animals, between their various forms and conditions up to maturity, on the one side, and the various * This part of the subject has been fully illustrated by Prof. Owen in his various writings. 140 Zoological Society. members of the animal kingdom up to their own position in the seale, on the other hand (so that, for instance, man passes through forms resembling, but not identical with, those of many animals from the lowest monad up to his own position in the scale), are inexpli- cable on the theory that the forms of animals are regulated by final causes only; but are in perfect accordance with that other which holds that there is expressed in the structure of animals some abstract idea, which running through all the frame, and modified to all pur- poses of need, and manifested in all variety of conditions, is yet one and the same. It must be admitted that the force of these arguments may, to some extent, be barred by an assertion which it is difficult fully to answer, viz. that our ignorance of final causes is so great as to allow us no room to argue on the existence of other causes from their ap- parent inadequacy; nevertheless as the other supposition seems to have in it no improbability, but as I think the contrary, it may be admitted as at least what best suits our present knowledge. The belief in the existence of other laws of organization besides that of final causes does in no wise lessen or obscure the argument of natural religion derived from it, which was advanced with great per- tinency by the ancient Stoical philosophers, and has been amplified by Derham, Paley and others in our own country. I now proceed to the second portion of my paper. Srction II. There are reasons derived from the structure of animals below the Vertebrata which might induce us to expect that the vertebrate skeleton should be composed of elements of a common character. 1. So soon as the nervous system assumes the form of a line or chain down the body of the animal, the whole structure puts on a segmental or annular arrangement. Thus in the Annelida the body consists of numerous segments, similar one to the other, with the exception of the anterior one or head, which is sometimes slightl different in form, but in other instances only distinguishable by the presence of a mouth. Each segment has its proper nervous ganglion, connected by two fibrous commissures with those of the neighbouring division. 2. But these segments are subject to change. Thus the Poly- desmide, a family of the Myriapoda, exhibit the posterior part of the body composed of segments similar to those above described, whilst in the anterior part each segment is the result of the coales- cence of two original ones. In the Chilipoda, the same process has gone on further; so that all the apparent segments are thus com- posed by the anchylosis of two original ones at an early period of growth, as proved by the two pair of legs which each one bears, and the double nervous ganglia which they contain, the nervous centres of the original elements having approximated to one another without coalescence (Newport on Myriapoda, Phil. Trans. 1843). 3. But not only does the progression from lower to higher forms in the scale of the animal kingdom teach us how segments of the Zoological Society. 141 body originally similar may be changed—the progression of indivi- duals does the same thing. The larval condition of insects undoubt- edly corresponds very nearly with the Annelida ; the arrangement of the body and the relation of each segment to the nervons system ‘are similar. But the perfect state shows a very great modification in the form ; many segments have disappeared by coalescence, whilst the equality of size originally existing between them has been lost by reason of the centralization of functions ; the nervous centres have often been removed from their respective segments, yet the number remains the same ; for although only nine centres appear in the abdo- men (Blanchard sur les Coleoptéres, Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 1846, part i.), yet the last has been shown in the Lepidoptera (New- port on Sphinx, Phil. Trans. 1832) to consist of two which have united. 4. The same segmental arrangement of the body, and the same _ ganglionic condition of the nervous centres in accordance with the rings of the body, obtain throughout many members of the class of the Articulata. We now descend to two more particular propositions, resulting from and embraced in the foregoing, but which we nevertheless pre- fer to illustrate separately. ; There are reasons to expect that the head of the Vertebrata should be composed of segments similar to those of the body. 1. We have already noticed the close resemblance between the anterior segment or head and the following ones in the Polydesmide. 2. In the larval insects the similarity is great; but in the perfect one a number of the other segments become anchylosed, and enter into the composition of the head, in accordance with the law, that the more perfect an animal is, the more complex and individualized are its parts, and consequently the more is its abstract nature hidden under its teleological manifestation. The divisions between the seg- ments entering into the composition of the head sometimes remain permanently recognizable in the external skeleton. The number of these segments has been a much-vexed question among entomolo- gists, the numbers advocated by different naturalists having been two, three, four, five and seven. I am inclined to believe the real number of these segments to be four :—1st, because of the very slight evidence for the presence of any other, the fifth segment being considered as entirely atrophied, and no corresponding manducatory organ ap- pearing ; 2nd, from four being the only number at all discoverable in some insects, as in the Hydroiis piceus (see Newport on Insecta in -Todd’s Cyclopzdia) ; 3rd, because the brain (é. e. the coalesced ganglia of the cranial segments) of the Necrophlageophus longicornis has been discovered by Newport, at the period of its bursting its shell, to consist of four double ganglia (Newport in Phil. Trans. 1843). We next consider the reasons for supposing that the organs com- posing the mouth of the Vertebrata should be the homologues of those of locomotion. It must be remarked, that everything now to be said assists most strictly in support of the preceding proposition, 142 Zoological Society. and would have been introduced under that head but for the sake of conyeniency in illustrating the vertebrate skeleton. 1, In the Crustaceans the jaws differ in scarcely any other cha- racter than size from the true legs used in locomotion. 2. In the Myriapoda the members of the basilar segments of the head are jointed and retain the form of true legs, but are used for prehension (Newport in Todd’s Cyclopzedia). 3. In Insects the tarsal joints of the cranial legs are undeveloped ; the femur and coxa are small or confluent with the under side of the segment, whilst the tibie are alone enormously enlarged, and thus become elements in the complex mouth of Insects; their muscles, however, being attached to the basilar and posterior lateral parts of the head, just as if they still subserved the purposes of locomotion (idem). 4, All the parts of the complex mouth of Insects are thus referable to the segments of the head. In the Great Water Beetle this is clearly shown ; the manducatory organs visibly resemble the proper organs of locomotion, and are articulated to the distinct segments idem). : 5. We must remark intermediate normal conditions between the true locomotive and manducatory form of leg ; as in the genus Onitis, where the prothoracic legs are without tarsi, and the tibize are termi- nated by sharp hooks; and in the Budos bison, a species of a neigh- bouring genus, where the tibize strongly approach in form the proper mandibles of the head: also, 6. A monstrous condition in a specimen of Geotrupes stercora- rius, where the prothoracic legs were arrested in development and the tarsi were absent, so that they very closely resembled the form of the mandibles (idem). Section III. The spinal cord of the Vertebrata is homologous with the gan- glionie cord of the Articulata. 1. The elements of the systems are alike, being in both cases cellular nervous matter and commissural fibres. 2. The experiments and investigations of recent physiologists have proved the real independence of the segments of the cord contained in each vertebra, insomuch as each performs separately from the others its own reflex actions, just as is the case in the ganglionic cord of the Articulata; so that, as far as its reflex actions are concerned, the cellular or dynamic element of the spinal cord is not one organ or centre, but a series of independent organs or centres, as is seen in the Insects, the external longitudinal fibres serving only as commis- sural or communicating portions. 3. Those ganglia of the Insects which are perfectly separate in the larval condition often exhibit a tendency to fusion in the perfect con- dition (Blanchard wt antea). Thus in the Coleoptera the last abdo- minal ganglion is always formed by a fusion of several original ones ; the first and second abdominal often form a single mass with the metathoracic, whilst in the Chafer this last is united with the meso- thoracic (idem). In like manner the fourth and fifth segments in 7 Zoological Society. 143 the perfect insect are fused together. In the Polydesmide, the two first segments which bear legs unite their nervous centres with the first subcesophageal, so as to form a short cord similar to that of the Ostracion and some other fish (Newport on Myriapoda, Phil. Trans. 1843). In the Scorpion the fusion has gone so far as to form a sort of medulla oblongata, giving rise to eight pairs of nerves (idem). In Nitidula enea all the abdominal ganglia have united to form a short cord (Blanchard wé antea, plates); and in Calandra palmarum the ganglia of the whole body have approximated so as to form a conti- nuous moniliform cord (so far ganglionic in appearance as that the distinction between the segments has not been obliterated), which is placed in the anterior portion of the body (idem, plates). 4, The ganglionic cord of Insects undergoes the same alteration at its posterior extremity that the spinal cord of the Vertebrata does by its withdrawal from the caudal vertebree and the formation of a cauda equina, as may be clearly seen in Blanchard’s plates (wé antea, e.g. in the Nitidula enea, the Calandra palmarum, and the Dyticus mar- ginalis). ; 5. In the Chilognatha, or higher order of the Myriapoda, the ganglia coalesce so as to form a uniform spinal cord, the commissural fibres no longer occupying intervening spaces as in the Chilipoda, ‘but forming the external layer of the nervous cord (Newport on My- riapoda, Phil. Trans. 1843): 6. Whilst the true vertebrate fish Orthagoriscus mola exhibits exactly an opposite character in the ganglionic condition of its myelon (Owen’s Lectures, ii. 173, on the authority of Arsaki). Section IV. A vertebra is the correlative in the osseous of a centre in the _ nervous system. This appears to me to be the most general possible definition of a vertebra, and therefore the most philosophical. The general idea of the relation of the osseous and nervous centres involved in it, though not the relation of the segments of each one to the other, was thus expressed by Oken: ‘Bones are the earthy, hardened, nervous system; nerves are the spiritual, soft, osseous system—Con- tinens et contentum’’ (quoted by Owen, Rep. Brit. Assoc. p. 242). 1. The number of vertebre constituting the spmal cord always corresponds with the number of segments in the cord as indicated by the number of pairs of nerves given off. When more than one pair perforate one piece of bone, it results from an anchylosis of several vertebrae, as in the sacrum; and the coccygeal vertebre, which ap- pear to be an exception to the definition, are not so in reality, the spinal cord passing into them in the foetal condition, and being gra- dually withdrawn just in the same manner as is the case in some of the Coleoptera. As is clearly seen in them, too, the cauda equina represents the nerves of the vertebree from which the cord has been withdrawn. Some Vertebrata, as e.g. the Python, retain the original relation of the vertebree and centres throughout the whole of the spinal cord (Owen, Report ut antea, 221). 144 Zoological Soctety. 2. The same dependence of the vertebree on the nervous centres is shown by the fact, that the tail which is reproduced by Lizards, in the case of the loss of that member, is a single bone, because although bone may be reproduced, the spinal cord cannot be (Owen ut antea, 254). 3. In accordance with this definition may also be cited the very long vertebra which is formed on that part of the spinal cord of the Anourous Batrachians which does not give off nerves, and which is not the result of anchylosis of several elements, but arises from one point of ossification (Martin St. Ange, Recherches anatomiques et physiologiques sur les Organes transitoires et la Métamorphose des Batraciens, Ann. des Sci. Nat. No. xviii. p. 401); and also the invariableness of the number of the vertebree in the Mammalian’s neck, resulting from the presence of the same number of nerves, and irrespective of the length of the vertebre. Section V. A segment is the representative in the Articulata of a vertebra in the Vertebrata. This view has been advocated by Geoffroy St. Hilaire, both in his “Mémoire sur la Vertébre,’’ in the ninth volume of the ‘ Mémoires du Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle,’ and previously in a memoir read by him before the Academy in 1820. Nevertheless, the argument on which I would mainly rest it, is not yet universally admitted, for we find M. Emile Blanchard very recently asserting that nothing really indicates the analogy between the spinal cord of the Vertebrata and the ganglia of the Articulata. 1. We have seen what a close relation of correspondence exists in the Articulata between the segments and the ganglionic nervous centres; and we have endeavoured to prove that in the Vertebrata a vertebra is the correlative of one of the spinal nervous centres; and also that the spinal cord of the one class is the representative of the ganglionic cord of the other; whence it appears, that a segment of the Articulata and a vertebra of the Vertebrata must be homologous. 2. The ossification of the centrum of a true vertebra is first peri- pheral, and subsequently fills up the interior with osseous matter (Owen ut antea, 256). Thus if we suppose a vertebra stopped in the first stage, and forming the external instead of the internal sup- port of the body, we have a segment of an articulate creature, with only an histiological difference, which must by no means be allowed to conceal from us the true nature of a part (Geoffroy St. Hilaire, Sur la Vertébre, wt antea, p. 92). 3. If to this view it should be objected, that the including in the one case what is excluded in the other dispels all semblance of homo- logy, it must be answered— a. That notwithstanding this difficulty, the general homology of the vertebrate and articulate skeletons as wholes has long been ad- mitted, though this more particular one of their parts has not been. B. That the heemal arch of the Vertebrata, whose normal office it is to enclose the main blood-vessels of the body, and which office it Zoological Society. 145 exclusively performs in many cases, is yet in others so developed as to enclose a mass of viscera, viz. in the thorax. y. In the Testudina we have an example of those vertebral ele- ments which are usually internal, becoming external, and including not only all the viscera, but having the whole muscular system at- tached internally, as in the Articulata, and even the limbs arising from the inside instead of the outside of the thorax. 4. It presents no difficulty that the segments of the Articulata have no superior or inferior arches like vertebrae, because both the spinal cord and circulatory organs which those arches are respectively designed to protect are included within the body (St. Hilaire). 5. To the order of development of a vertebra in the lateral pro- cesses for locomotion being produced subsequently to the body, we have an analogous case in that the Myriapoda are at birth and for some time afterwards apodal, and subsequently acquire their nume- rous legs (Newport on Myriapoda, Phil. Trans. 1841). This is also the case with some other articulate animals. Section VI. The brain of the Vertebrata is a modification of a series of four ganglia homologous with those of the spinal cord. 1. In the Amphiowus that part of the cord which must be regarded as the homologue of the brain, because it gives off five pair of ce- phalic nerves, is only distinguished from the other part of the cord by its pointed anterior extremity, its posterior part being entirely like the other ganglia; even its greatest vertical diameter is not greater (De Quatrefages on Amphioxus, Annales des Scien. Nat., third series, vol. iv.). 2. We have already noticed that the two large cephalic ganglia of the Centipede are the result of the coalescence of a series of four ganglia, as they appear in the fcetal condition, each of these nervous centres supplying nerves to the senses. Closely corresponding with this arrangement is that displayed by many of the fish, as e.g. the Eel, where the brain is only a series of four closely arranged ganglia. And this same original scheme seems to me traceable throughout all the Vertebrata to man himself. There are, however, as the great centralization and individuality of the organ would lead us to expect, many variations and modifications, which tend at first sight to con- ceal its real nature, as e.g. the removal of the olfactory ganglia to a great distance from the other elements of the brain, with which they only maintain their connexion by means of filiform crura, as in the Whiting and many fish; the amplification of the segments of the encephalon by the addition of supplementary ganglia, as the hypo- aria, hypophysis, &c. as they occur in many fish, and some of which are retained in the higher orders, or the cerebrum in the cartilagi- nous fishes, and in all animals upwards to man, and which compara- tive anatomy teaches us is only to be considered as a special appen- dage to or development of the prosencephalic ganglia; or the ex- treme development of one pair of ganglia so as to obscure the others, Ann. § Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. vir. 10 146 ; Zoological Society. as the cerebellum in the Sharks, Sawfish, &c. (Owen’s Lectures, ii. 175) ; or the very diminutive size of a segment, as the cerebellum in many reptiles ; or the coalescence of the pair, and consequent obli- teration of the mesial division, just as is equally the case between the two halves of the spinal cord, as in the cerebellum. 3. Embryonic anatomy, too, comes in to strengthen the conclusion of comparative anatomy, that a series of four ganglia is the essential element of the brain, and that all the other parts of which it consists in adult life of the higher Vertebrata, including of course the cere- brum, are superadded. The argument of the preceding sections, exclusive of Section I., and the conclusion to which it is intended to lead, may thus be stated :— Considering that the head of the Insecta, Myriapoda, &c. is com- posed of a series of segments serially homologous with those of the body, as its brain is of ganglia serially homologous with those of the cord; that a vertebra is the general homologue of a segment as the spinal cord is of the ganglionic cord ; and that the brain of the Ver- tebrata consists of a series of four segments; there appears a strong probability that its head in like manner shall consist of a series of four vertebrze. 3. MoNOGRAPH OF THE SPECIES OF MyocHAMA, INCLUDING THE DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES FROM THE COL- LECTION OF H. Cumine, Esa. By Arrour Apams, R.N., F.L.S. etc. Myocuama, Stutchbury. Testa inequivalvis, adherens ; valva affixa dentibus duobus mar- ginalibus, divaricatis, ad umbonem disjunctis, foveold trigond intermedid alteram testacee appendicis extremitatem, cartila- gine corned connexam, excipiente ; valva libera dentibus duobus inequalibus, parvis, divaricatis, alterd appendicis extremitate foveole intermedia insertd ; umbones valve libere interne, alte- rius externe, recurvi ; impressiones musculares due orbiculares, distantes, laterales; impressio muscularis pallit sinu brevi lato, ligamentum tenue externum. MyocuaMa Anomiorpes, Stutchbury. M. testd rosed, tenui, fragili, costis prominentibus radiantibus dichotomis ; valvd li- berd valdé convexd ; umbone extra apicem valve alterius pro- ducto ; epidermide tenui pellucidd. Long. 14; lat. 35 alt. {%. Hab. This species is always regularly radiately ribbed, but when found attached to smooth shells the ribs are smooth, but if fixed to Trigo- nia pectinata they are crossed by tubercles. Myocuama TrRANsverSA, A. Adams. M. testd inequilaterali transversd fused, subquadratd, antice longiore postice breviore subtruncatd, radiatim costatd, costis subnodosis interdum di- —— Zoological Society. 147 chotomis, concentrice minutissimé striatd, valvd liberd subcon- vexd, umbone extra apicem valve alterius producto. : Hab. Cape Upstart, 8 fathoms; Mr. Jukes. (Mus. Cuming.) Myocuama Srranoet, A. Adams. M. testd luted, tenui, fragili, corrugatd, costis nodosis, non distinctis, concentricé striatd, lineis radiantibus asperis ad marginem ventralem distinctiort- bus ; valvd liberd depressd umbone plano cinerascente non extra apicem valve alterius producto. Hab. Port Jackson; Mr. Strange. (Mus. Cuming.) 4. DESCRIPTION OF NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS CUMINGIA, WITH SOME ADDITIONAL GENERIC CHARACTERS. By Artuur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. Etc. Cuminaia, G. B. Sowerby. Testa bivalvis, inequilateralis, equivalvis, latere antico rotundato, postico hiante subacuminato ; dentibus, cardinali, in utrdque valvd unico, parvo antico, lateralibus in alterd valvd ad utrum- que latus uno, valido, in altera nullo ; ligamento interno foveole subcochleariformi afixo ; impressionibus muscularibus duabus lateralibus distantibus, antied irregulari oblongd, postied sub- rotundatd ; impressione musculari pallii sinu maximo. All the species of this genus gape more or less posteriorly, are more or less lamellose, and the cavity for the cartilage is spoon- shaped and projects into the cavity of the valves, differmg in this re- spect from Amphidesma or Semele. Cuminecra simiuis, A. Adams. C. testd subtrigonali-ovatd dc- cussaté striatd, lineis transversis concentricis, lamelld unicd prope marginem ventralem anticé latiore rotundato supra angu- lato postice angustiore subrostratd, ared posticd clausd, lunulé lanceolato-ovatd, margine ventrali posticé coarctatd. Hab. N.W. coast of America. (Mus. Cuming.) Cuminera Creru, A. Adams. C. testd ovatd compressd sube- quilaterali, albd, opacd, sublevi, nitidd, striis transversis con- centricis alveolisque irregularibus, latere antico angustiore ro- tundato, postico latiore, margine ventrali integro arcuato. Hab. Found at Talcuhano, Chili, by Capt. Clery, French Marine, attached to fuci in shallow water. (Mus. Cum.) CumInGIA ANTILLARUM, A. Adams. C. testd ovato-trigonali, concentricé lamellosd ; lamellis subdistantibus, interstitiis valde longitudinaliter striatis, latere antico breviore latiore rotun- dato, postico longiore, angustiore subrostrato, valde hiante, margine ventrali postice subsinuato. Hab: West Indies. (Mus. Cuming.) Cuminera rraciuis, A. Adams. C. testa transversd ovali albd fragili subpellucidd concentricé lamellosd ; lamellis elevatiuscu- lis, subdistantibus, interstitiis tenuissimé longitudinaliter stria- tis, latere antico latiore margine sinuato, postico angustiore ro- tundato subflexuoso, margine ventrali integro arcuato. Hab. Guadaloupe ; Governor Admiral Tourbeyre. (Mus.Cuming.) : 10* 148 Zoological Society. CuMINGIA striata, A. Adams. C. testd ovato-trigonali sub- ventricosd albd tenui fragili; striis transversis concentricis ele- vatis confertis, interstitiis longitudinaliter striatis, latere an- tico latiore rotundato, postico subucuminato, margine ventrali postice coarctato. Hab. Conception ; seven fathoms, sandy mud; H. C. (Mus, Cu- ming.) Cumrineia stnvosa, A. Adams. (C. testd subtrigonali albd semi- pellucidd subequilaterali concentricé lamellosd, insterstitiis lon- gitudinaliter substriatis, latere antico sublatiore rotundato, postico angustiore, margine ventrali posticé valde sinuato. Hab. West Indies. (Mus. Cuming.) February 12.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. The following papers were read :— 1. On THE TRICHOGLOSSINE GENUS OF Parrots, Eos, witTH THE DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEW SPECIES. By CHARLES Lucian, Prince Bonaparte, MEMBER OF THE PRINCIPAL ACADEMIES OF EUROPE AND AMERICA. The genus Eos is, like Hclectus, a new instance of the impropriety of that middling course (as disgusting in science as it is in polities), of uniting together by two and two, four and four, &c., small groups (or States), which, natural by themselves, have no stronger relation to each other than to any other member of their family. Take for example (comparing them to Naples and Sicily !) Spiza and Paroaria, Bon., united by G. R. Gray under his Spiza! amongst the Fringillide, and amongst the Parrots Psittacodis* and Eelectus confounded together by the same process! The genus Hos is intermediate between the two subfamilies Trz- choglossine and Loriine. Although it may astonish some natural- ists that I do not consider it as one of the latter, still, on account of its tail, its anatomy and its habits, I keep it within the boundaries of the former, in close relation with my new genus Chalcopsitta +, * Since I speak of Psittacodis (the only green Genus of Lorine Parrots, which forms the same beautiful passage from Loriine to Psittacine that Eos does from Trichoglossine to Loriine), let me submit to the Society the phrases of two new species that make the whole number hitherto known five: they come as near Psittacodis magnus or sinensis (with which I for that reason compare them) as the three Eclecéi do to each other :— 1. Psirracus MaGNuS et sINENSIS, Gm. (viridis, Lath.; lateralis, Shaw; Mascarinus prasinus, Less.; Psittacodis magnus, Wagl.; Eclectus! polychlo- ros! Gr. ex Scopoli) Pl. Enl. 514; Edw. B. t. 231; Lev. Perr. t..132. Major : iliis rubris: margine alarum cyaneo: cauda apice subconcolori. 2. PsirracopIs INTERMEDIUvS, Bp. Mus. Lugd. Minor : iliis rubris: margine alarum rubro: cauda apice subconcolori. 3. Psirracopis WrsTERMANNI, Bp. Zool. Soc. Amst. Minor : iliis concoloribus: margine alarum ceruleo: cauda apice subeconcolori. Dedicated to the able and modest Director of the Zoological Society of Am- sterdam, where this new Parrot is living. + This new genus of mine, though composed of decided Trichoglossine Parrots, =— Zoological Society. 149 which connects it with Trichoglossus, the type and centre of the sub- family ; as on the other side Lathamus and Charmosina connect the same T’richoglossus through Coriphilus (and especially by means of Lathamus) with the subfamily Platycercine. It may be characterized by its elegant form, small stature, com- pact, red plumage with more or less blue; compressed, moderate, red bill, with the cere apparent (not concealed as in Eelectus); short feet, with robust toes and powerful, arched, very acute nails; and longish, not very broad, wedged tail. It is composed, to my knowledge, of only seven species ;—five already described (and some of them too many times) in the systems, and two new ones, which form the subject of the present paper. And when I say that only five are the hitherto known species of Los, it is because I do not count Kos variegata and Eos Isidorii of Wagler, since, the first is evidently nothing but a variegated or pied bird, and the other, named, described and figured by Swainson, appears identical with Hos riciniata, for which the false name of cochinchi- nensis cannot be retained. Of the other three (out of the ten ad- mitted by our friend G. R. Gray, in his ‘Genera of Birds’), F. scin- tillata is a Chalcopsitta, and £. cervicalis and ornata are Tricho- ~— glossi! 1. Eos cyanocenta, Bp. E. rubra; maculd magnd periophthalmicd cyaned: humeris ex toto, remigibus elongatis rectricibusque magnd ex parte nigris. Long. 9 poll. ; alee, 63 poll.; caudze, 4 poll. Close to Hos indica or coccinea, but having no blue on the head, back or breast ; and instead, a large blue patch, including the eye and covering the cheek, which Hos indica has red; the black also is more predominant on the wings, and the red tinge duller. I found the specimen upon which [ did not hesitate to establish my species among the endless treasures of the Leyden Museum. 2. Eos seMILaRvaATaA, Bp. E. coccinea ; vittd a guld ultra oculos, maculd utrinque scapu- lari, crissoque, eyaneis: remigibus brevibus rectricibusque apice tantum nigris. Long. 9 poll. ; alee, 53 poll. ; cauda, 4 poll. Resembling Zos rubra, but much smaller and half-masked ! shows a strong affinity, not only to the Lorine but also to the Platycercine. It is composed in fact of 1. PLatycercus ATER, Gr.(Psittacus nove guinee, Gm.; Ch. nove guinee, Bp.) ; and of » 2. Eos scintiuxata, Gr. (Psittacus scintillatus, Temm.; Ch. scintillans, Bp.); to which I have added a third new species, also from the Moluccas :— 3. CHALCcopsiTTa RUBIGINOSA, Bp. Mus. Lugd. ex Ins. Barabay et Guebe. E. purpureo-badia, capite obscuriore ; subtus fasciolata, plumis singulis lunuld mediand et apicali nigricante: remigibus rectricibusque virescentibus caudd ; apicem versus gradatim lutescente. Rostrum rubrum: pedes nigri: irides albe. Magnitud. Turdi. 150 Zoological Society. I picked up this beautiful species in the rismg Museum annexed to the Zoological Gardens of Amsterdam ; and as soon as he became aware of the value of his bird, Mr. Westermann, as a compliment to Dr. Schlegel and myself, with a liberality of which few men even of science are capable, made a present of it to the Leyden Museum ; where, duly greeted by Mr. Temminck, the typical specimen is safely deposited. To complete the monography of the genus, I add the comparative phrases of the five other species, all of which have several beautiful representatives in the Leyden Museum. 1. Eos rnpica, Wagl. E.. coccinea ; fascid verticis latissimd, cervice, dorso, pectore, ti- bitsque, cyaneis: tectricibus alarum internis et remigibus apice nigris. Synonyms. Psittacus indicus, Gm. Psittacus variegatus, Gm., Lath. ex Buff. Pl. Enl. 143. Psittacus coccineus, Lath. Eos indica, Gr. Eos variegata, Gr. Perruche des Indes orientales, Buf’. Pl. Eni. 143, accidental var.! Le Lori-Perruche violet et rouge, Levaill. Perr. t. 53. Hab. In Insulis Moluccis. 2. Eos rusra, Wagl. E. rubra; crisso, scapularibusque cyaneis ; tectricum majorum margine apicali, remigibusque primartis externé nigris. Synonyms. Psittacus ruber, Gm. Psittacus borneus? Gm., Lath. jun. Psittacus czruleatus, Shaw. Psittacus cyanonotus, Vier. Eos rubra, Gr. Lory de la Chine, Buf’. Pl. Enl. 519. Le Perroquet Lori @ franges bleues, Levadll. Perr. t. 93. La Perruche écarlate, Lev. Perr. t. 44. Hab. In Insulis Moluccis ; Amboina. 3. Eos cursrensis, Wagl. E.. coccinea, sepius tamquam squamata ; plumis pilei, colli, pec- toris et laterum margine nigro-virescentibus : alarum fascia du- plicit remigibusque apice nigris. Synonyms. Psittacus guebiensis, Auct. Psittacus squameus, Shaw. Eos squamata, Gr. ex Scopoli. Lory de Gueby, Buff. Pl. Enl. 684. Le Lori éeaillé, Levaill. Perr. t. 51. Hab. In Insulis Gueby, Buron et Ceram. Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 151 4. Eos riciniata, Bp. . rubra; vertice, collo et maculd abdominali magnd, cyaneis : tectricibus alarum remigibusque ad apicem laté nigris. Synonyms. Psittacus cochinchinensis, Lath. Psittacus riciniatus, Bechst. Psittacus cucullatus, Shaw. Lorius Isidorii, Sw. Zool. Ill. n. s. t. Lorius riciniatus, Mill. Eos cochinchinensis, Wagl., Gr. Perruche 4 chaperon bleu, Levaill. Perr. t. 54. Hab. In Ingulis Moluccis. Gilolo et Ternate, Forsten, Miiller ; nec in Cochinchina! 5. Eos cyANOSTRIATA, Gr. E. rubra, alis caudéque, nigro variis ; maculd postoculari nigro- ceruled: dorso striis ceruleis. Synonyms. Lorius borneus! Less. Traité d Orn. p. 192, nec Lath. Eos cyanostriata, Gray and Mitchell, Gen. of Birds, t. 103. -Haé. In Insulis Moluccis, minimé in Borneo! BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH. Dec. 12, 1850.—Professor Fleming, President, in the Chair. The following were appointed office-bearers for the year :— President.—Professor Balfour. __ Vice-Presidents.—Dr. Seller; Professor Fleming; Dr. Parnell; Dr. Cleghorn. Secretary.—Dr. Greville. Treasurer.—Mr. Evans. Curator of Museum.—Mr. J. T. Syme. Assistant Secretary and Curator.—Mr. G. Lawson. A letter from the Rev. W. A. Leighton was read, requesting spe- cimens of Lichens belonging to the genera Endocarpon, Verrucaria, Sagedia, Collema, Opegrapha, and Calicium, in order to aid him in a work on the Angiocarpous Lichens of Great Britain. Any member who could aid him with specimens was requested to communicate through Dr. Balfour, or direct to him at Shrewsbury. The following communications were made :— _ 1. Dr. Balfour, ‘An Account of a Botanical excursion to Ben Chonzie and other mountains near Crieff, in October 1850.’ He remarked that the mountains had been neglected by botanists, but were very productive. Among the plants gathered were :—Sazi- fraga oppositifolia, stellaris and nivalis, Potentilla alpestris, Sib- baldia procumbens, Gnaphalium supinum, Polystichum Lonchitis, Woodsia ilvensis, Asplenium viride, Poa Balfourii, Silene acaulis, 152 Botanical Society of Edinburgh. Thalictrum alpinum, Draba incana, Carex capillaris, Hieracium al- pinum, Lastrea Filix-mas var. erosa, and L. dilatata var. montana. At the upper part of Glen Turrit, Dr. Balfour remarked the occur- rence of numerous mounds resembling moraines. 2. Mr. Charles Lawson, jun., ‘‘ On the growth of the Tussac Grass (Dactylis cespitosa) in Orkney.” Mr. Lawson remarks :— Mr. Traill of Woodwick, in Orkney, has been the most successful cultivator, and from a letter written by him, I give the following particulars regarding his method of culture :— Previous to June, some pasture ground is selected and trenched. During the first week of that month turnip seed is sown in drills 4 feet apart. So soon after as wet weather sets in, Tussac grass plants are dibbled in between the rows of turnips, at a distance of 3 feet apart. After the turnips are removed for use, manure is wheeled in and potatoes set on the same ground. By adopting this method of culture, the Tussac is cultivated with no expense beyond the outlay for the plants and the labour of dibbling. The work requisite for the two intervening crops is found to be quite sufficient to keep the Tussac plants clear, after which they need no further care, and speedily close up the rows. Where prac- ticable, however, it would be much better to commence with a field previously manured for turnips, by which a saving of the ground in wheeling manure during winter would be effected. Mr. Traill thus sums up the advantages of the Tussac:—1. The enormous produce of a highly nutritive food for cattle. 2. Having this food every day in the year equally plentiful. 3. The conver- sion of a poor unproductive field into the most productive of the whole farm in two years, without outlay beyond the plants themselves. 4. The ease with which it can be cut and carried off in snowy weather, and the certainty with which a farmer can count his supply of fodder. 5. When cut down for use, it recovers its bulk in two months in winter, and in about five weeks in the summer. During the four years over which Mr. Traill’s experiments extend, the plants have been steadily increasing in height, and at the present time the oldest ones have attained 7 feet. When not cut, Mr. Traill notices that the leaves continually augment in number, length and breadth, whilst about a fourth of the older leaves gradually turn yellow and dry up, become brittle, and fall to the ground. It is somewhat remarkable, that this decay does not take place at particular seasons, but is progressively developed throughout the year. January is the time of flowering, but the flower spikes are fully formed in December, generally during the first week. While the necessity of procuring strong and healthy plants will naturally suggest itself to all, the cultivator must bear in mind, that it is necessary to the vitality of the plant that it be kept free of weeds for at least two years. This, Mr. Traill very satisfactorily proved last year by selecting twelve fine healthy plants, and sowing ryegrass around them. As the ryegrass got up, one half of the Tussac was completely killed, and of the remainder scarcely a single plant can be discerned. fy F {Ex ‘4 As to the soil in which the plant is grown, Mr. Traill gives the following, progressing from the best to the worst :— Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 153 : 1. Dry sandy peat. 8. Any wet peat and earth. 2. Wet do. 9. Dry peat and clay. 3. Any dry sandy soil. 10. Wet do. 4. ,, wet do. }1. Dry friable clay. 5. ,, dry peat do. 12. Wet do. 6. ,, wet do. 13. Dry stiff retentive clay. 7. 5, dry peat and earth. 14. Wet = do. do. Mr. Traill’s soil, generally speaking, is of the very worst kind; but he overcomes this disadvantage by mixing sand, peat, and retentive clay. The principal objection to this soil is, that the plants, perhaps atenth, die out the first year, and sometimes a few in the second. If they survive this period, they thrive quite as well as those grown in the better soils. Mr. Horsburgh of Tongue, one of the factors of the Duke of Sutherland, has, at the request of his Grace, also instituted a series of experiments with the Tussae, which, however, in their results, are somewhat different from those of Mr. Traill, Mr. Matheson, or the Messrs. Lawson. Mr. Horsburgh obtained in 1846 two plants of the grass, which “tillered out,” to use his own words, ‘ beautifully.” In the following year, by a division of the roots sixty plants were obtained, which were planted in his garden at Tongue. In 1848 the plants were again divided, and a portion of them dibbled into mossy ground, exposed to the influence of the sea spray. In the year fol- lowing (1849), all the plants, with few exceptions, flowered and pro- duced abundance of apparently good seed, which was sown in August of the same year, but did not vegetate. In December, the plants in the garden were cut, and the grass given to cattle, who devoured it » greedily. In the spring of 1850 a number of the plants which had been cut, withered away and completely “died out.’ A few of the healthy plants were again divided, and set in a patch of sandy ground near the Ferry at Tongue (west coast of Sutherland), and at the present date are reported to be healthy and thriving. Very few of the plants in Mr. Horsburgh’s garden bore seed this year. A portion of last year’s seed, which was saved for further experiment, was sown in June of the present year and vegetated freely ; but in consequence of being hoed up by an ignorant lad, the result of this experiment cannot be known. Mr. Horsburgh states as the result of his obser- vation, that the Tussac thrives best in rich garden soil, where its growth is very luxuriant, while on poor mossy land the plants thrive very indifferently. The greatest length of blade of Mr. Horsburgh’s specimens was 6 feet; but the average was only between 4 and 5. All the plants stand the winter very well. Mr. Horsburgh’s gardener is inclined to attribute the decay of the cut plants to the nibbling of mice, which little animals not only lived upon them, but constructed their nests at the base of the thick bushy tufts. . Mr. Matheson’s experiments, as to the growth of the Tussac grass 4 154 Botanical Society of Edinburgh. in the Lewes, are contained in the Journal of the Royal Agricultural Society of England. The results of Messrs. Lawson’s experiments will be found in the last edition of their Treatise on the Cultivated Grasses. 3. Mr. James Backhouse, jun., ‘An account of the rare Alpine plants picked by him in the Clova, Glen Isla, and Braemar districts, in Aug. 1850.”’ The following are the plants noticed, with his re- marks upon them :— Hieracium cerinthoides (Fries). On the mica rocks, in the gorge of the Eannach, near Loch Lee; also at the head of Glen Fiadh, and = pa ravine of the White Water. Found originally by the late Mr. - Don. HT. Oreades (Fries). Ravine of the White Water ; Cairntoul. No British station previously known ? H. sp. nova? Resembles H. melanocephalum of Fries, but has large broadly obovate bluntish leaves, forked panicles, and enormously large shaggy heads. Two specimens gathered in a vertical fissure (almost inaccessible) on the great crag of Lochnagar. H. cesium (Fries). Canlochen Glen. White Water, &c. &e. H. rupestre (Allioni, Koch and Fries). A new and interesting species, which seems to be unquestionably the above-mentioned plant. Cairntoul. H. atratum (Fries). Maintains the same distinct character, on Loch Esk Craig, Clova, Lochnagar, Canlochen, Garachary and Ben- na-bourd. H. pallidum (Fries) var.? Near to H. persicifolium (Fries) : a curious and interesting plant. HT. alpinum, typical. On Lochnagar and Ben-na-bourd? Exactly the same as the plant from Glara-mara (Cumberland). It is covered all over with long shaggy white silk, and has broad-based short in- volucral scales. Its ligules are strongly ciliated. Under cultivation this plant becomes still less like H. melanocephalum. H. sp.’ Allied to H. alpinum, but differs in several respects, and seems to keep its characters. Ben-na-bourd and ravine of the Gara- chary. Hi. nigrescens, On granite rocks almost exclusively. Poa cesia. Very abundant and fine in a ravine in Canlochen Glen. P. Balfowrii®? Along with the previous one. I have not the slightest hesitation in pronouncing my P. Balfourii? specifically distinct from P. cesia, with which it grows, but retains a perfectly different character. The two species may be described as follows :— P.cesia. Plant 4 to 6, (sometimes) 8 inches high, erect, rigid, bluish green, or slightly tinged with purple in the florets. Branch- lets of the panicle spreading rigidly at right angles when growing. Florets acute; free. Leaves broad and short; joints covered and confined to the lower fourth of the stem. Ligules very long. (P. cesia loses its character by pressing.) P. Balfourii® Plant 6 to 9 inches high, erect, rather slender, purplish green (not at all czesious), spike often rather lax, branchlets spreading, but not at all rigid. Florets ovate, slightly webbed. Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 155 Uppermost joint one-third from base ; occasionally all the joints con- cealed. Leaves narrower than in the former species. Ligules very long. Both the species appear to form tufts in the same way. In exa- mining the latter I never thought of its being P. Balfourii, from the root of that species being described as creeping, and the ligules similar to those of P. montana, whereas they are as dissimilar as those of P. annua and P. nemoralis. P. cesia has not the remotest connection with P. nemoralis. My impression is that P. montana and P. Par- nellii are both varieties of P. nemoralis. P. nemoralis. Alpme form. Canlochen Glen. P. montana. Sparingly in Canlochen Glen, and near Loch Esk, Clova. P. laxa (vivipara). Abundant in and below the ravine on Loch- nagar, intermixed with P. minor and Aira alpina (vivipara). P. alpina (vivipara)? Strange diminished form. Ravine of the Garachary and on Cairntoul. The true and evident P. alpina vivi- para grows there also, but looks very different. P.laxa is there likewise, I suspect. Carex leporina. In two stations above the corrie of Loch-nan-ean (Lochnagar). In two new stations in the great ravine of the Garachary north of Cairntoul, and spread over a locality half a mile long! in the corrie of Lochan-nain, Cairntoul. One specimen nearly a foot high. Five stations in all. C. saxatilis (pulla). Locality half a mile long! in the corrie of Lochan-nain, Cairntoul. Cerastium latifolium. A very beautiful object by the margins of rivulets on Cairntoul, and in the ravine of the Garachary. Stellaria cerastoides. Cairntoul, Ben-na-muic-dhui, and Ben-na bourd. Arabis petrea. At the same places. Crepis succisefolia. Canlochen Glen. Saxifraga rivularis. In “the ravine” on Lochnagar; in two ‘stations above the corrie of Lochnan-ean. In a corrie on the south _side of Cairntoul. Abundant in the corrie of Loch-an-nain, north side of Cairntoul. Also on the eastern cliffs of Ben-na-bourd ! Mr. Backhouse failed in obtaining Carer Grahami and Sazi- JSraga cespitosa. He found Woodsia ilvensis in great abundance. 4. Mr. Thomas Anderson, ‘‘ A short account of the Flora of the district around Clonmel, including parts of the counties of Tipperary and Waterford.” On Galtymore, a mountain rising to the altitude _of 3000 feet, and lying about seventeen miles west from Clonmel, which is composed of a coarse conglomerated sandstone, resting on the limestone of the surrounding district, he found on the banks of a rill near the summit, Saxifraga hirta associated with S. stellaris. At Glendine, near Youghal, he gathered Trichomanes érevisetum. Near Clonmel, Bromus maximus was discovered, the only previous station known for it being Jersey, where it was found by Mr. Ba- bington. The season having arrived for noting the flowering of plants in the 156 Miscellaneous. Botanic Garden, Mr. M‘Nab stated, that the Helleborus niger was in full flower on 2nd December, Dr. Balfour exhibited from Dr. Jameson of Saharunpore, specimens of Daphne Cannabina, and samples of the paper prepared from it ; and gave an account of the mode in which the paper is manufactured. MISCELLANEOUS. THALASSEMA NEPTUNI *. SEarcHING for Venerupis irus in limestone thrown on the beach (at Clonea, near Dungarvan) I split a lump into two, which presented the appearance of a honey-comb, being perforated by holes, and in each what appeared to be a large maggot. However, on examining them I found them to be the veritable spoon-worm. On carefully removing them I found that the perforations in the stone were per- fectly circular, and which the animal azcurately filled, so that its power of locomotion, if any, in this position must be very cireum- scribed. However, when placed in the finger-glass it exhibited some indication of locomotion ; but the tube was the organ over which the animal appeared to have the greatest power, in some instances ex- tending it to four times its own length—in fact, making it appear like a filament, but even here flattening it out in some portion of its length, and then changing it suddenly to another ; but in all cases the tube presented a patulous opening. I obtained specimens of Gastro- chena pholadia in the same stone. VICTORIA REGIA. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. Botanic Gardens, Regent’s Park, Jan. 24, 1851. GENTLEMEN,—In your Number for October last, p. 310, you have done me the honour to insert my observations on the names of the Victoria, in which I stated that “the specific name Amazonica ought to be retained, or rather it ought never to have been altered.” There has since appeared in Mr. Paxton’s ‘ Flower Garden’ for Ja- nuary a copy of Mr. Gray’s paper on the same subject with notes by the editor, and concluding with the following paragraph :—“ So much for Mr. John Edward Gray. Another proposal made by Mr. Sowerby to change the name of Victoria regia to that of V. amazonica, be- cause it now appears that the plant was originally called Huryale ama- zonica, we do not think worth serious consideration.” This passage will of course be taken for no more than it is worth by those natu- ralists who value the established rules of nomenclature ; nevertheless I feel called upon to trouble your readers with a notice of it, because, as the previous observations are in defence of the name Regia, it must be intended to reject Amazonica, although it offers no argument against the latter name, but, on the contrary, it admits the right of priority. The only remaining plea for rejecting Péppig’s original * Extract of a letter from Dy. Farran to Prof. E. Forbes. _— , x ; : Miscellaneous. 157 name is, that the name Regia is contained in a letter from Sir H. W. Wheatley to the President of the Royal Geographical Society (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. December 1850) conveying the Queen’s plea- sure that the plant in question should be dedicated to Her Majesty ; but it appears by a letter from Capt. Washington (Secretary to the Society) to Dr. Lindley (Annals, Dec. 1850, p. 493), that the Queen had very properly accepted the dedication conditionally. That Her Majesty should be graciously pleased to accept the dedication of the plant is indeed an honour to the science of betany, and the reserve expressed respecting the genus shows a just anxiety to support the established rules which must apply also to the name of the species. No reason therefore remains for retaining the name Regia: but it is much to be regretted that it was so hastily advised. I have lately been shown that I am not the first to suggest that Victoria amazonica would be the proper name. The editor of the ‘Magazine of Science’ (vol. i. p. 22. for 1840) has stated in a note, that ‘‘ the new name then, unless retained by the consent of Dr. Pép- pig, must be given up.” Yours, &e., J. De C. Sowrersy. Last of Spiders captured by F. WALKER, Esq. For the names of the spiders in the following list Iam indebted to the kindness of Mr. Blackwall, who has also specified the sex and the epoch of growth of each spider. The localities of a few are mentioned ; all the rest were found near Southgate. Segestria senoculata, November 1847. Immature, June, July 1849. Under fallen pales near woods, and in crevices of the bark of plane-trees. Lycosa (agretyca’?). Immature, May 1848. Salticus coronatus. Male adult, May 1848. cupreus. Male adult, May 1848. Clubiona accentuata. Immature, May, June 1848, July 1849. (amarantha’). Male adult, May, June 1848, June 1849 ; male immature, April 1848, November 1847 ; female immature, No- vember 1847. Under fallen pales on the borders of woods. When young on the beech in May, feeding on Aphis Fagi. Clubiona (corticalis?). Male immature, November 1847. Pachygnatha Clerckii. Male adult, August 1849; female adult and immature, August 1849. Pachygnatha Degeeri. Male adult, May 1848, August 1849; female, August 1849. Female, September, Broadstairs, 1848. Hecatrge spinimana. Female adult, July 1849. Thomisus cristatus. Male immature, May, June 1848, August 1849 ; September, Broadstairs, }848: male adult, May, June 1849, May, Birchwood, 1847. On the juniper.—Female immature, June 1848, 1849. The young of a species of this genus dwell in moss during the winter. Thomisus citreus. Male adult, May 1848. Dolomedes (mirabilis?). Female immature, July 1849. Philodromus aureolus.. Immature, November 1847, May 1848 ; 158 Miscellaneous. male immature?, May 1848; adult, June 1849; female adult, June 1848, July 1849. Abdomen of the male bright purple. Epeira diadema. Female immature, May 1848. conica. Male immature, March 1848, October 1847 ; female immature, March, April 1848. Epeira eucurbitina. Male adult, May, June 1848, June 1849 ; female immature, May, June 1848 ; female adult, June 1848. Epeira (inclinata’?). Male adult, June, August 1849; female adult, July 1849. Epeira (Solers?). Female, September, Broadstairs, 1848. bicornis. Male adult, June 1848. Tetragnatha extensa. Immature, April, May, September (Broad- stairs), October 1847. On the spruce fir.—Male immature, March, May 1848; male adult, August 1849; female adult, September (Broadstairs) ; female immature, June, August, October. Linyphia triangularis. Male adult, August 1849; September, Broadstairs, 1848: female? immature, July 1849. Linyphia (montana’?). Male immature, August 1849 ; female, Au- gust 1849. Linyphia (rubra?). Male adult, April, May 1848. cauta? Male immature, July 1849. Oonops pulcher. Female, November 1847. Theridion lineatum ; var. formerly known as T.. redimitum. Male immature, May, June 1848, June 1849 ; male adult, June 1848, July 1849 ; female adult, June, July 1848, 1849 ; female immature, June 1849. Theridion Sisyphus. Female immature, August 1849. nervosum. Male adult, May, June 1848, June 1849 ; female adult, June 1848. Theridion pulchellum. Male adult, May, June 1848, June 1849 ; female adult, May 1848 ; September, Broadstairs, 1848. Theridion denticulatum? Male immature. Under bark of plane- trees, December 1847. Theridion pallens? Female adult, May 1848. On the Circulation and Digestion in the lower Animals. By Prof. Acass1z*. Prof. Agassiz read a paper on the circulation and digestion in the lower animals, showing that the circulation in the Invertebrata cannot be compared to that of the Vertebrata. Instead of the three conditions of chyme, chyle, and blood, which the circulating fluid of the Vertebrata undergoes, the blood of that class of the Invertebrata which he had particularly studied, the Annelida, is, according to Wagner, simple chyle, coloured chyle ; the receptacles of chyle in different parts of the body are true lymphatic hearts like those found in the Vertebrata : this kind of circulation is found in the Articulata and Mollusks with few exceptions, some Echinoderms, &c. In the Meduse and Polyps, instead of chyle, ehyme mixed with water is circulated: this circulation is found in * Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1850, p. 206. Meteorological Observations. 159 some Mollusks and intestinal worms ; it may be seen plainly in Beroé. Prof. Agassiz thinks that the embryological development of the higher animals shows a similar succession in the circulating function. He also examined the connection of respiration with the circulation: in Vertebrata, the gills are found between branches of the blood system ; in Invertebrata, the chyliferous system is acted on by the respiration ; the gills of fishes, then, cannot be compared to the gills of Crustacea, Articulata and Mollusks. No gills are connected with the chymi- ferous circulation ; animals having this circulation have no true respi- ration ; they have only tubes to distribute freely aérated water to the different parts of the body.—Silliman’s American Journal for July 1850. —_ METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR DEC. 1850. Chiswick.—December 1. Slight haze: overcast: drizzly rain. 2, 3. Overcast. 4—6. Foggy. 7. Foggy: fine: dense fog. 8. Foggy. 9. Foggy: slight fog at night. 10. Foggy. 11. Foggy: overcast. 12. Rain: cloudy and fine: foggy. 18. Very dense fog: cloudy and fine. 14. Clear: boisterous, with rain. 15. Overcast ; slight rain: warmer at night than at noon. 16. Clear: overcast. squally. 17. Clear: rain, 18. Frosty: fine: rain. 19. Foggy : overcast: clear. 20. Frosty: fine: frosty. 21. Frosty and foggy: slightrain at night. 22, Frosty: fine: foggy.. 23. Frosty and foggy: hazy : foggy. 24. Hazy: foggy: overcast. 25. Clear and very fine. 26. Hazy. 27. Overcast: exceedingly fine: overcast. 28. Clear: very fine. 29. Fine. $0. Fine: cloudy: overcast. 31. Overcast: rain ; drizzly. Mean temperature of the month ...........ssesseseseeenseneeeees S847 Mean temperature of Dec, 1849 .......... anocernse Syscnetihedocas 37°17 Mean temperature of Dec. for the last twenty-four years ... 39 °85 Average amount of rain in Dec. ......... Sehosseeesa seeseeee 1°58 inch. Boston.—Dec. 1. Fine. 2,9. Cloudy. 4. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 5, Cloudy. 6. Fine. 7,8. Cloudy. 9. Foggy. 10—12. Cloudy. 13. Foggy. 14. Fine: rain and hail p.m. 15. Cloudy: rain p.m. 16,17, Fine: rain p.m. 18. Fine. 19. Rain: rain a.m. 20—23. Fine. 24. Cloudy. 25. Fine. 26. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 27—31. Cloudy. Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.—Dec. 1. Frost, hard: cloudyr.m. 2. Rain and high winds all day. 3. Dull and moist: rain preceding night. 4. Mild: rain heavy a.m.: fog. 5. Wet, though not heavily, all day. 6. Fair and fine: moist p.m. 7. Frost a.m.: fog r.m. 8. Frost: fog all day. 9. Frost, hard: clear and sharp. 10. Frost hard: barometer falling. 11. Fair a.m.: rain at noon. 12, Fairand clear. 13. Heavy rain and high wind. 14. Heavy rain: boisterous. 15. Fair, but cloudy and threatening. 16. Occasional dropping. 17. Moist ; snow onthe hills. 18, Frost keen: snow on the hills, 19,20. Frost hard. 21. Rain for twelve hours: cleared p.m. 22. Frost, raw: cloudy.” 23. Fair, but cloudy: shower p.m. 24. Rain: high wind r.m. 25. Fair and tem- perate: wind strong. 26. Fair: preceding night wet. 27. Fair a.m.: shower p.m. 28. Fair and drying. 29. Drizzling all day. 30. Rain very heavy. 31, Con- tinued rain and high wind. Mean temperature of the month ............ deadas Aya daa see cee asaln Oro Mean temperature of Dec. 1849 ........... Eee weanbeowe awiaaa cea $7 °1 Mean temperature of Dec. for twenty-eight years ......... ow. 38 °3 tate TH WPGC NS 49), ce. cnc cetedecse cet geteriemna ses sn>enntnbesbs vesesee 4°20 inches, Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Dec. 1. Clear: hazy. 2, Rain: clear: aurora. 8, 4. Clear. 5. Cloudy: rain. 6. Cloudy: clear: aurora. 7. Fine. 8. Fine: hoar-frost: fine: aurora. 9. Fog: clear. 10. Bright: drops.. 11. Cloudy: drops. 12. Bright: showers. 13. Cloudy: clear. 14, Clear: cloudy. 15. Bright : showers. 16. Showers: clear. 17. Sleet-showers. 18. Frost: clear: frost.. 19. Showers: clear: frost. 20. Frost: rain. 21. Showers. 22. Hazy. 23. Hazy: damp. 24. Cloudy: fine: showers. 25. Showers: cloudy. 26. Drizzle. 27,28. Sleet-showers. 29. Cloudy: damp. 30. Showers: clear: showers. 31. Cloudy: showers. Co. “ANS ch ae ge se Lv ae B ZS |96-9z | 92-6 “as : er| sbhl Lel ¢ ' : 06'6% /. | de] | lates) 2 | Bua I Ie ase eee ele = ‘ 9¢| gz | oF | ’ : 6% | GL-6% |0£0.08 |Lzz-08 | * ms | €b | Sah | Sar £96 ep |98-6% | €9-62 | 00-0€ | 96-62 | Lg-6 ZB-0F | “6% ‘| €eh | fer | 6€| 0G] Le 83 | 8V | 99.6% | 9-62 | 96-62 | $6.62 oa 7% \SEZ-OF |S9z-0€ | “8% . F 8:62 |SZ1-0€ |L6 es m | | PF | PE) ESP) Se ie 9V | 68.6% | 08-63 | 00-08 | 06-6 1-0€| *L@ 4 c z | SP ; ; Z@ | 68-6% |0S1-08 |SSI-0£8 | ° te ae “msm | mu [tmsal a | 6P rod | iF) SP) of] S% | B€ $0.08 | 20 of 0L-62 | 02-0€ | $0.0 |ZL1-08 |SSP-0€| “Fz Betta ote cet te 50. *asm| as | cmss | eas ah 1H ja “oy €f! 3 a7 | 16.68 pn.0b pied wy pee: PZS-0€ 985.08 | *€% fey Sb ef aus ‘ : | o€| 2 | oF | ; : .0€ | PI-O£ |6zP-0€ |PzS.0€ | * Ol. Ol ‘Zt a . AAU u gf | $18 | Go| see 4 £8-6% | 89-62% | 90-08 | L9.6 P2S-0€ | “Z a . ‘au |caua | ea | | 78} 8%] 61 | oF jog. 8:62 | 06-62 |1€%-0€ ELz-08 | * go [lee Bt [mea ncaa | one | (OE 196 |EE| WP) GE] Se fp se6e FOaE apot shee SL gore Gree ot Shot Ton, (cantcaaal snalScete ee TEASE fOr eve te | oy 96.62 |Lz.62 | 01-62 Pan sae ale ie, ; ‘asm | om |oms | OF | Sop § P62 | 16-8 ee 6% b2b-6z “BL og. | «ms | «ms | mss | « fhb |fof) {1h SLE| cf | Bh | % | L6-9% | 18-82 £8-8 |£01.6z 922-60) *L it Neue ideas eel te ev | 6€ |S) eh S.of| o€ | S¢ | 89:82 CP-8z |08-8% | 8-87 | L9-8z \Sl0-6z Fzz-6! : a 4 s ge. ° "0G VOC: Ot Ve ran aaa) Pe) oe OEE, fe BO) 298 | EP Be | See 86-86 [95-82 |08-82 | 96.8% 16-82 |P£6.60 € Be : v| op \foe!§ e G (99.Rz |S1-6z |06- £6.66 €S0-60| “SL s zo. | -m | ms | «ms | «ms Ps f9°|for G-gf| Of | og | 8% | 1€-66 PE-62 |81¥.60 PZL-60| * | ¥h for! sp! 18:62 |9€-62 |SE-6e | 05-66. Bi vt as | *s | ‘ms | "eP SCP 100) SP) £7) Of | OS | £9.62 | LP-6 @ 0-62 |L1L.6 L1g-6%| “EL . el Saeies | 8%| Sh| €€| oF ) 6% | €9-6% | £9-62 | LS-62 |Z£6.62, : ‘oS Ss Ss £cp i IV z | CV 0S-64 79:6 g \P06-62 ol ; % gz| LE| $F % | LG-6% | 69-62 89-6z |926.62. T1C as |urwo| aa | 6 | eh 862) Le) 8% | ab | £8.62 |£0.0€ | 926-60 F10-08 | “11 C) P . : 1S €| 92] 6 98-62 | 10-08 | 76-62 |9V1-0€ OF : MU s ‘as gf | for | of! Le o | g€ Z4-0€ |Zz.0€ |S1-0€ | 81-0 ot 0 Z-O0€| ‘Ol ‘mu | s | a | g€| fr |See] Shi 6£| gz | LE 92.08 |oz.0€ | 02.0f | L1.0 00-08 |€62,0£ 61€.08 °6 ‘ws | +s |ems | €b | 19 | 2b GCE| 9% | OP | 61.0E /91-0€ | $1.08 OL. & Lees as ey ae ‘as | 's [cs | EV) 1G) a¥) 18) Le) 2£ | Sp |1z08 |60.08 | 12.08 oor laren Greer ieoe| “s : i e ; u -0€ | 00-0€ |SPE-08 |Z ‘ 7} ae |Sap (alps (Reasons cop lay Getic ae toeee Pan eesloeer 6 of |LLE-0£| “9 3 5 ; v| 17 ¢ 80-0€ | 16-62 | $8-6z |€rz- ¢ | “rs bien eu oP s | for | Ser | sels 8€ | 0S | 16-62 | 69.6 BOL LOp GE) 3 ‘ass | -as | + alee I Ge|ish| oP Z | 26-66 | OL-62 | 79-68 |660-0£ 180-08 | “e110. | a8 Fo ee pies Sea HL ‘gh 9-68 le i tees 18-68 | SL-62 | 16-66 | 08-62 1B. HELO ¢ @ os ‘or | for |¥60| ge| oc] Fe | IP (e600 |eooe |s6.6e 68:62 | 16-62 |L2z-08 992-08 | ° 22 oe w | | Bo | ,v a me ine : ; 6% | 16-62 | £8-6% |CE1-08 |261-08 | “I q2/52/2|2 | 52 es) 8 | 5e| 2 2 f= Oe Da Ok ca aayez/ Sig) ea|s2) 8 | Fe] - SSL RR Sah Baie hm he | 6 | Oe | Oe xe | Pd y ? x 8 FE Pa you pues ‘anys | 33 oe es “OS8T ‘u Ze — - ‘auyig | -saryuing |* * “YOTASIYD “yormpueg |, ; Pic} \ ees ny ‘PULA wits S AIUAIO arrys-saryguing |; * > “yormsty : +19] 9UIOUIIAUT, ae eel : =o *1ajoWOIeg EG F's, ‘XANWUC) “asupyy younpung qv ‘ : a 7 “wa. “ay Ag fu0 nMpUDY 1D “UOISNOTD *d “Ad 2y7 Ag pun § fuopuo'T avau ‘MOIMSIHD 70 fy; pup SAMIHS-saIMIWA(T ‘sump YpunBard ‘ : ; QM Ajaroog jounynay4ozy ay fo uapivy ayy tiers had bepipias Aa aad $17 ka omer : QQ) Jonsop0.L09a yy THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SECOND SERIES.] No. 39. MARCH 1851. XIV.—Note on some Bones and Eggs found at Madagascar, in recent Alluria, belonging to a gigantic Bird. By M. Istpore Grorrroy-Saint-H1.arre*. We received the day before yesterday from M. Malavois, a planter in the Island of Réunion +t, some objects of such great in- terest, that we deem it a duty to submit them immediately to the attention of the Academy. They prove the existence at Mada- gascar, geologically recent, of a bird of gigantic size, new to sci- ence, but with regard to which there existed, as will presently be seen, some indications. The discovery of these objects was made, in 1850, by M. Aba- die, captain of a merchantman. During a stay at Madagascart, M. Abadie one day observed, in the hands of a Madagascan, a gigantic egg, which the natives had perforated at one of its ex- tremities, and which they employed for various domestic pur- poses. The accounts which M. Abadie received from the Mada- gascans soon led to the discovery of a second egg, of nearly the same size, which was found, perfectly entire, in the bed of a tor- rent, amongst the debris of a land-slip which had taken place a short time previously. Not long afterwards was discovered, in alluvia of recent formation, a third egg, and some bones, no less gigantic, which were rightly considered as fossil, or rather, ac- cording to an expression now generally adopted, as subfossil. All these objects were immediately forwarded, unfortunately without the necessary precautions, from Madagascar to the Ile de la Réunion, and thence to Paris: one of the eggs arrived broken into a multitude of fragments, but it can be restored ; the two others are in a perfect state of preservation. * Translated from the Comptes Rendus for Jan. 27, 1851. - Commonly called Bourbon.—H. E. S. + On the south-west coast of the island, according to M. Malavois. It _ will be seen hereafter that another egg has been discovered at the north- _ west extremity of the island. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. vii. 11 162. = M. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire on some Bones and Eggs The objects which I have the honour to place before the Aca- demy, are the two entire eggs, a piece of the shell of the broken egg, and some osseous fragments, one of which especially, as will be seen, is of great interest to science. The two eggs which are now before the Academy differ little in size, but much in form. One of them has the two ends very unequally convex ; the other represents almost exactly an ellipsoid of revolution. The following are the dimensions :— Ovoidal egg. eee egg. metre. Long diameter .s.ccccse.sseeeees 0°34* 08 32 Transverse diameter ........+0++ 0°225 0:23 Large circumference .....-++- 0°85 0:84 Small circumference ......:.. 0°71 y i2 SIZE, Sas sc caucanensteespadiskus ets a 0: ‘008887 The thickness of the shell i is about 3 millimetres. We shall give comparatively the principal measures, taken or calculated in the same manner, with the Ostrich and the other large birds of the same group, and with the Hen :— Ostrich. Rhea. Casowary. Emu. Hen. m, m. . m, m, Large circumference 0°46 0°35 0-365 0°335 0-16 Small circumference 0°425 0°30 0:29 0°27 0:14 c.m. cm, c.m. cm. cm, SSIZGy, ccaranuis nes pounce 0:001527 0:000735 0:000532 0:00526 0:000060 The thickness of the shell, larger in proportion, is in that of the Ostrich 2 millimetres. It is 1 millimetre with the Casowary, and less with the other birds. According to the preceding measures, it appears that the ca- pacity of the egg of the large bird of Madagascar is about 83 litrest, and that, to represent its size, it would require nearly 6 eggs of the Ostrich, 12 of the American Ostrich or Rhea, 163 of the Casowary, 17 of the Emu, and 148 of the Hen. We may add, contrasting with each other the two extremes of the series, that this same bulk is equal to that of 50,000 eggs of the Humming- bird. Are the eggs which have just come to us from Madagascar, those of an immense reptile or of a gigantic bird? This was the first question which suggested itself on their discovery. The examination of their shells, the structure of which is similar to that which is observed in those of the large birds with rudimen- tary wings, and particularly of the Emu, would have sufficed for the solution of this question ;’ but it is given much more di- rectly and completely by the bony fragments which have come * In English measure the ovoidal egg is about 133 inches by 83 inches. -—H. E. §. f A litre is =61-028 English cubic inches. —H.E. S. = wa ny a 4 ———-- ;-- of a Gigantic Bird from Madagascar. 163 with the eges. One of them is the lower extremity of the large metatarsal bone of the left side: it has the three trochlear apo- physes; two of them are even almost untouched. It is enough to cast a glance upon this eminently characteristic piece to re- cognise that it belongs to a bird. Moreover, on examining it with some attention, we soon arrive at the following conclusions. The great bird of Madagascar differs considerably from the Dodo ; it wanted that greatly developed thumb, by which the large bird of the Mauritius differed from the Struthionians and the Caso- warians; this we are authorized to conclude from the non-exist- ence, at the bottom of the large metatarsal bone, of the inden- tion which corresponds with the insertion of the thumb in the Dodo and the other birds whose foot presents the same confor- mation. In this point of view, the Madagascar bird approaches the Dinornis; but it differs from it, as well as from the other allied genera recently discovered in New Zealand, in the very dilated and depressed form of the lower portion (and probably of the greater part) of the metatarsal bone*. As for the Ornithichnites, on the one part, and the Ostrich and other allied genera, no one would assuredly be induced to assi- milate them to the gigantic bird of Madagascar, which hence- forth should become the type of a new genus in the group of the Rudipens or Brevipens. We shall give to this genus the name of Aipyornis+, and to our species the epithet of maximus. The consideration of the other osseous fragments will confirm, we may already assert, the inductions to which we have just been led by the examination of the great metatarsal—the portion to which we have first directed our attention, as eminently proper to characterize not only the class and order, but even the genus to which the precious fragments transmitted by M. Malavois are to be referred. Such a study will doubtless enable us to discuss {that which we could not as yet do with advantage) the value of the affinities which connect the pyornis with the various ge- nera of the same group, and to determine with some accuracy the dimensions of this ornithological giant. Meanwhile, and with a view to answer the questions which have been addressed to us from all quarters, we shall restrict ourselves, on this last point, to some remarks, intended especially to prevent the exag- gerations in which some might be apt to indulge. The long diameters, in the eggs of pyornis and Ostrich which we have compared, are, in the one case, 32 centimetres, * Immediately above the trochlear apophyses, this bone is near 1 deci- metre across, and its thickness scarcely exceeds 3 centimetres A deci- metre higher up, we find 0:07 metre again for the transversal diameter, and only 00375 for the antero-posterior diameter. + Alta or magna avis. From aims, tall, large; and épus. Ls 164 M. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire on some Bones and Eggs and, in the other, 16; they are therefore to one another as :: 2:1. With respect to their bulk, it has been seen above that these eggs are nearly ::6:1. Are we to suppose that the two birds have the same proportions as their eggs? The Ostrich being 2 metres high, 'the height of the Zpyornis would then reach 4 metres. We think that it would be erroneous to admit this proportion. If we possessed no other elements of determination than the eggs of the Aipyornis, we should have to recollect that, even amongst birds very nearly allied, the dimensions of the eggs are far from being exactly proportional to the size of the species which pro- duce them: the estimate therefore which we have mentioned, would for this reason alone be very doubtful. But we can go still further: we think that even at present we are warranted in reducing this estimate*. According to the comparison of the osseous parts, the 4pyornis must be a less slender bird and with legs proportionally shorter than the Ostrich. Possibly its size was, with relation to that of the latter bird, almost in the pro- portion of 6 to 1; but its body was not supported on limbs quite double the height. The estimate of the stature of the Apyornis, as founded on a comparison of that bird with other Rudipens than the Ostrich, with the Emu, for example, confirms this inference. Calcu- lated according to the long diameters of the eggs, it would give, for the Afpyornis, no longer 4 metres, but only about 3°8 metres, the Emu being 1°50 metre high, and its egg 0°125 metre long. From the comparison of the terminal portion of the me- tatarsal in the Emu, and the corresponding part in the Apy- ornis, the one measuring 5 centimetres, and the other 12 centi- metres, we should deduce a result which agrees very well with the preceding: the height of the Apyornis would be about 3°6 metres. We thus arrive, in various ways, at this conclusion, that the stature of the Zpyornis would be comprised between 3 and 4 metres, and consequently greater than that of the Dinornis gigan- teus itself; since the stature attributed to this last by Prof. Owen? is a little less than 38 metres. We must remark, that the comparison of the extremity of the metatarsal of our Apy- ornis with the same part in the Dinornis, gives, in fact, a dif- * And it would even be reduced, by a comparison of the eggs, made, not according to the long diameters, but after the transverse, or from the cir- cumferences. The egg of the pyornis is proportionally a little more elongated and less arched than that of the Ostrich. t+ On Dinornis, in the ‘ Transact. of the Zool. Society of London.’ The last of the plates of this remarkable memoir (pl. 30), Scale of altitude, gives the Dinornis giganteus a height of 93 feet (English), that is to say, 2‘9 metres. This estimate is, however, lower than that which other authors admit. of a Gigantic Bird from Madagascar. 165 ference of dimension in favour of the first ; but this difference is very slight, and might be explained as well by the diversities of proportion as by an inequality of height. Can so gigantic a species, which has lived without doubt in times not far remote from our own, and of which it cannot even be asserted that it has entirely disappeared from the surface of the globe*, have remained so long, to the present day, without anything having revealed its existence to the naturalists of Europe? We could not postpone, until the appearance of the memoir which we intend to publish on the 4pyornis, adverting to some indications relative to this bird which science already possesses. Shall we place Flacourt amongst the number of the authors who have known, at least by hearsay, the gigantic bird of Ma- dagascar? Is it the Apyornis which that celebrated traveller mentioned, two centuries ago, under the name of Vouron-Patra? “Tt is,” he sayst, “a large bird which haunts the Ampatres, and lays eggs like an Ostrich ; it is a species of Ostrich. Those of the said places are not able to take it: it seeks the most de- sert places.” It is hardly necessary to add, that a passage so vague may quite as well, and better, apply to a bird of a high stature, but nevertheless lower than that of the Ostrich, as to a species so gigantic as the pyornis. If Flacourt did not know the pyornis, there is at all events | another French traveller, who unquestionably heard speak of | it, and who even saw one of its eggs, very similar to those which 1 we have described above. In one of the additions which Mr. ; Strickland has recently made to his remarkable work on the Dodo§, is found a document formerly considered as fabulous, but whose scientific interest is now placed beyond a doubt. Under the title “ Supposed existence of a gigantic bird at Ma- dagascar,” Mr. Strickland has given a curious relation, made in 1848, by a French merchant, M. Dumarele, to Mr. Joliffe, Sur- geon of the Geyser, and which the latter extracted from his private journal: M. Dumarele stated that at Port-Leven, on the north-west end of the Isle of Madagascar, he saw a gigantic egg, the shell of which was as thick as a Spanish dollar, and which held “the almost incredible quantity of thirteen wine quart bottles of fluid.” M. Dumarele offered to purchase the egg and send it to Europe; but the natives declined selling it, as it * The Notornis, at first known by subfossil debris, and regarded as an extinct species, has lately been found alive in New Zealand. See Ann. Nat. Hist. for November 1850, p. 398. + Histoire de la grande Ile de Madagascar, edit. of 1758, p. 165. + The Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. No. 23 (November 1849), p. 338. ‘ § The Dodo and its Kindred, London, 1848. 166 On some Bones and Eggs of a Gigantic Bird. belonged to their chief, and on account of its extreme rarity. Thus M. Dumarele was unable to produce any proof in support of his statement, and, without casting any suspicion on his vera- city, it was thought that he might have been imposed upon by the natives. According to these natives, who were of the race of Sakalavas, the gigantic bird of Madagascar still existed, but was extremely rare. In other parts of the island, on the contrary, its present existence is not credited; but at least a very ancient tradition is met with, relative to a bird, of colossal size, which threw down an ox and devoured it ; it is to this bird that the Madagascans attribute the gigantic eggs which are occasionally found im their island. We take this statement from an interesting letter, in which M. Lépervanche Méziére, a well-informed naturalist of the Isle of Réunion, kindly informed the Museum of Natural History of the discovery of the eggs of Apyornis, immediately on its having been made*. It is scarcely necessary to add, that the tradition which we have just mentioned would attribute to the Apyornis habits which are far from having belonged to it: it is a fable quite similar to that which exists in New Zealand, on the subject of the Moa, and which has no more serious foundation. The pyornis, like the Dinornis, was a Rudipen, and that species, of which popular belief has made a gigantic and terrible bird of prey, like to the Roc or Ruc of the Eastern tales+, had neither talons, nor wings adapted for flying, and must have fed peaceably on vegetable substances. * This new letter informs us, positively, that one of the eggs at least comes from the same bed as the osseous fragments. + The fables respecting the Roe may not indeed be unconnected with these discoveries of gigantic eggs, made no doubt from time to time in the island of Madagascar, and with the belief to which they have given rise among the natives. But it would be going too far to make of the Roe, with Mr. Strickland, a Madagascan bird, which we might then be induced to refer completely to the Apyornis. Mr. Strickland has misunderstood Marco Polo, the only authority whom he has here cited. Marco Polo, in his celebrated account (book iii. chap. 40), speaks of the Roc immediately after having treated of Madagascar, but not as belonging to that island. Quite the contrary, he makes it an inhabitant of quelques autres isles oultre Madagascar sur la coste du Midy (French edit. of 1556, p. 115); aliarum insularum ultra Madaigascar (Latin edit. of 1671, p. 157). [I can only say that in Marsden’s edition of Marco Polo (4to, London, 1818, p. 707), I read as follows :—“ The people of the island (viz. Mada- gascar) report that at a certain season of the year, an extraordinary kind of bird, which they call a rukh, makes its appearance from the southern region ;”’ &c. Polo states that the “other numerous islands lying further south”? were unfrequented by ships, and his account of the Roc unques- tionably refers to Madagascar.—H. E. StricKuanD.] se = —_- Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Mountain Limestone Fossils. 167 XV.—Descriptions of some new Mountain Limestone Fossils. By Freprerick M‘Coy, Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in Queen’s College, Belfast. Cyathopsis ? eruca (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Corallum very small, subcylindrical after a diameter of 3 lines, which it reaches at 6 lines from the apex, slightly curved ; length of large example 1 inch 2 lines, diameter 33 lines ; surface marked with coarse, longitudinal, obtuse lamellar striz, three in the space of 1 line; radiating lamelle strong, slightly irregular, connected by several curved thick transverse vesicular plates in the horizontal section, one of the lamelle stronger than the rest, and extending through the centre, where it is either thickened or confounded with a slight mesial boss of one of the transverse septa: vertical section, . middle third traversed by thick, subregular, transverse dia- phragms, convex upwardly, three interdiaphragmatal spaces in | line; outer third on each side formed of one or two rows of irregular large cells, formed by the junction and occa- sional duplicature of the deflected edges of the diaphragms. This so exactly resembles the Cyathaxonia cornu in size, shape and general external appearance, that it might be very easily confounded with it; even externally, however, it might be di- stinguished by the smaller number in a given space of its much coarser lamellar vertical striz ; internally it is easily distinguished by wanting the solid styliform axis, by the distinct transverse vesicular plates between the lamelle in the horizontal section, and the transverse septation, &c. of the vertical section. Very common in the black carboniferous limestone and shale of Beith, Ayrshire. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Caninia subibicina (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Corallum much curved, increasing, when young, at the rate of 6 lines in 1 inch to a diameter of 1 inch 3 lines, after which it remains nearly cylindrical for 2 or 3 inches more; surface with a thin, nearly smooth epitheca, marked with obsolete transverse undulations of growth; when the epitheca is removed, the very fine, equal, costal striz are brought into view, five in 2 lines at a diameter of 1 inch 2 lines ; the outer, small, vesicular area is rather more than a line wide, within which the sixty-five thick primary radiating lamellz extend, about 4 lines towards the centre, leaving the broad, flat, smooth, slightly undulated central portion of the - - diaphragms about 6 lines in diameter in parts of the cireum- 168 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Mountain Limestone Fossils. ference ; short secondary lamelle appear one between each of the primary ; lateral siphonal depressions strongly marked : vertical section shows the outer vesicula. area (at about the above diameter) 13 line wide, composed of about four very oblique rows of small rounded cells, extending upwards and outwards, from the broad deflected edges of the diaphragms, which latter are thick, tolerably regular, nearly horizontal in the middle, about three interdiaphragmatal spaces in 2 lines. This species is most nearly like Fischer de Waldheim’s figure of his Turbinolia (Caninia) ibicina, from which it differs in the greater number of the lamelle, &c. It differs from the C. gigan- tea in its smaller size, slender form, more regular and smoother surface, much finer cells of the narrow outer area. I suspect this may be the coral quoted occasionally by authors from moun- tain limestone, under the name of the Devonian Cyathophyllum flexuosum, to the figures of which it bears some resemblance in external form, but from which it differs in its greater size, coarser lamellar striz, deflected edges to the diaphragms, &c. Not uncommon in the carboniferous limestone of Kendal, Westmoreland. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Diphyphyllum gracile (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Corallum forming large masses of cylindrical tubes 2 lines in diameter, dichotomously branching and occasionally coalescing laterally ; surface marked with sharp longitudinal lamellar striz, about four in 1 line: vertical section shows transverse, very slightly convex, thick, smooth, regular dia- phragms reaching nearly across the tube, two interdiaphrag- matal spaces in | line, bent downwards at the circumference ; lateral vesicular area extremely narrow (less than one-fourth the diameter), of about one layer of cells: horizontal section, primary radiating lamellz thick, equal, extending less than halfway to the centre, leaving the broad smooth diaphragms or clear space in the middle nearly two-thirds the diameter ; between each pair of primary in some specimens is an extremely mi- nute marginal lamella. The small diameter of the tubes distinguishes this species easily from any other Diphyphyllum I know, and gives the whole much the appearance of Siphonodendron aggregatum (M‘Coy), but the lamellz do not extend nearly to the centre ; there is no axis, and the dichotomous fission of the star and tubes may be di- stinctly observed. Not uncommon in the impure limestone of Lowick, Northum- berland. (Col. University of Cambridge.) ’ Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Mountain Limestone Fossils. 169 Clisiophyllum turbinatum (M‘Coy). | Sp. Char. Corallum simple, turbinate, very rapidly enlarging, attaining the adult diameter of about 13 inch at 2 inches from the point of attachment ; surface of the strong external wall or epitheca marked by coarse, numerous, imbricating transverse strie, and a few larger inequalities of growth (no distinct lon- gitudinal striz except when abraded) : horizontal section, cen- tral area or axis nearly equalling one-half the diameter of the coral, composed of a close crumpling of fine vesicular plates, crossed by a few radiating irregular extensions of every fourth or fifth of the radiating lamelle, one of which, stronger than the rest, is usually seen to cross the middle (forming a thick mesial line in the vertical section, and a prominent crest in the cup) ; lamelliferous axis rather less than one-third of the whole diameter, radiated by about fifty-four strong, equal lamelle (at a diameter of 1 inch), connected by numerous delicate transverse vesicular plates ; four lamellz in the space of 2 lines near the margin ; outer or perithecal area less than one-fourth the width of the lamelliferous zone, from which it is separated by a thin definite boundary ; it is composed of about two ob- scure rows of small, compressed cells, more or less crossed by costal extensions of the lamellz : vertical section shows a strong, solid line down the middle of the axis or middle area, a thinner solid line defining the axis on each side, and a similar one be- tween the middle and external areas ; external area very nar- row, of about two rows of minute cells ; middle of about three rows of large rhomboidal cells formed of thin, moderately curved vesicular plates converging upwards and inwards at a low angle; inner area composed on each side of about three rows of cells, converging upwards to the mesial line, much smaller and more compressed than those of the middle area: terminal cup of moderate depth, lined by the thick, equal, ra- diating lamelle, the axis forming a moderately prominent boss in the bottom, crossed by a small prominent crestiform plate. This is easily distinguished from the other known species by its short, rapidly expanding turbinate form; it resembles the C. bipartitum in the crest-like median plate on the boss or central area (axis), but differs in having the axis much smaller, the middle area much larger, the perithecal area smaller, and the fewer lamellz, besides the difference in shape. The C. Keyser- lingi, like the last species, has short secondary lamelle between the longer ones; it also differs from this in its very slender form, and wants the crest across the axial boss in the cup, but is other- wise nearly allied, although very distinct as a species. 170 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Mountain Limestone Fossils. Common in the carboniferous- limestone of Beith, Ayrshire ; rare in the carboniferous limestone of Derbyshire. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Pteronites persulcatus (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Transversely trigonal, right valve gently convex, left valve diagonally tumid, posterior end broad, rounded, flattened anterior end and beaks forming a small, convex, obtusely pointed extremity ; a small space of the anterior extremity smooth, all the rest of the shell covered with small, coarse, rugged, flexuous, irregular ridges, for the most part alternately larger and smaller, and less than their thickness apart, those of the posterior wing nearly straight, radiating, those of the body arching downwards towards the ventral margin. Length of hinge 10 lines, greatest depth at right angles to the hinge 51 lines. This species is distinguished from the P. sulcatus (M‘Coy) and the P. semisulcatus (M‘Coy) (of which latter it has the exact form) by having all the posterior part of the shell striated ; im its ridging it agrees with the Lanistes rugosus (M‘Coy, Synop. Carb. Foss. Ireland, t. 10. f. 8), but the above form, and broad beak and anterior end seem to separate the latter. It grows larger than the above measure. Not uncommon both in the main limestone of Derbyshire and the black limestone resting on it: of large size in the impure limestone of Lowick, Northumberland. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Srresiopreria (M‘Coy), n. g. Etym. otpeBnds, perversus, and mrepor, ala. Gen. Char. Ovate or rounded, obliquely extended towards the anterior side; posterior wing broad, undefined, nearly rec- tangular, extending nearly as far as the posterior margin of the shell; anterior ear small, deeply defined ; surface smooth or radiatingly ridged ; one large, faintly marked muscular im- pression a little behind the middle ; one short, narrow tooth slightly diverging from the hinge-line on the posterior sides of the beaks; ligament confined to a narrow simple facet on the hinge-margin. These shells differ from some of the short-winged group of Avicula (or Pteria), to which they are most allied, by the obli- quity of the body of the shell being towards the anterior instead of the posterior side—the reverse, in fact, of what occurs in nearly all shells except the Lime. There are many species in the car- boniferous limestone, to which formation the genus seems at pre- Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Mountain Limestone Fossils. 171 sent confined, unless the Pterinea posidoniaformis (M‘Coy), (Syn. Sil. Foss. of Ireland, t. 2. f. 10) of the Upper Silurian strata belongs to it. AvicuLorectEeN (M‘Coy), n. g. Gen. Char. Inequivalve, more or less inequilateral, straight, or slightly extended ob- liquely towards the pos- a tC —._$—a/ terior side ; anterior ear WEF Ly flattened, smaller than WW / the posterior, sharply MM] | and deeply defined, with a deep notch in the right valve between it and the body of the shell for the passage of the byssus ; posterior ear slightly pointed, extending about as far as the margin of the shell, defined or not ; : ligament and cartilage Internal cast of Aviculopecten. confined to a narrow facet along the hinge-margin, no medial cartilage-pit ; muscular impression and pallial scar as in Pecten. It was only on seeing the fine suite of fossils from the dark limestone of Lowick, Northumberland, recently presented by the Rey. Mr. Jenkins to Prof. Sedgwick, and now in the collection of the University of Cambridge, that I recognized the characters by which the great bulk of the so-called Pectens of the middle and upper palzozoic rocks are distinguished from the true Pectens of the more recent formation and present sea. In the present fossils the posterior ear is largest, thus differing in an external character from Pecten and approaching Avicula, an affinity greatly increased by the internal structure exposed by the Lowick (and some Irish) specimens, showing that there is no mesial ligamen- tary pit beneath the beak as in the former genus, but, as in the latter, the ligament is confined to the hinge-margin, while in general form and little or no obliquity of the shell the resem- blance of the species to Pecten is so very striking that most writers agree in placing them in that genus. The discovery of this character fixes the zoological place of numerous carboniferous shells constantly varying hitherto in the systems between Pecten, Avicula and Meleagrina. Aviculopecten plano-radiatus (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Ovate, apical angle 80° in young specimens, 95° in adults from an upward curve of the anterior side, length and 172 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Mountain Limestone Fossils. width nearly equal, gently convex; beaks small, prominent ; ears very deeply defined from the body of the shell by a narrow very steeply inclined plane, left anterior one rotundato-qua- drate, obscurely radiated, posterior ones longer, falcately pointed, radiated by a few slender ridges crossed’ by the lines of growth; surface radiated with numerous ribs (thirty to forty at 12 inch from beak) which are smooth, broad, flat, more or less irregular in width, and separated by a very narrow im- pressed line towards the margin and body of the shell, but nearer the beak they are sharp, narrow and alternately larger and smaller ; the ears are sharply striated, parallel with the margin, and have a few narrow distinct radiating ridges. Width from 13 to nearly 4 inches. The radiations vary from 1} line to 3 a line wide in different specimens at the margin. This species differs from the P. pla- nicostatus (M‘Coy) in its being oblique and the much greater number of its ribs. Common in the carboniferous limestone of Derbyshire. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Aviculopecten Ruthveni (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Suborbicular; apical angle about 110° in the adult, from the upward curve of the sides, only 85° in the young ; length slightly exceeding the width, tumid; surface radiated by about fifteen thick, rugged ridges, between each pair of which are usually three smaller ridges, each pair separated by a concave space about equal to the thickness of the ridges ; ears large, the posterior one broad, extending as far as the margin of the shell, with three or four distant radiating ridges crossed by coarse lines parallel with the concave extremity ; anterior ear similar, but slightly smaller, both defined. Width from beak to opposite margin about 2 inches, length (at right angles to the width) about the same. Fragments of this species bear some resemblance to portions of the Pecten? quinquelineatus (M‘Coy), but it is distinguished by the much less number of the ridges, &e. I have dedicated it to Mr. John Ruthven of Kendal, the well-known enthusiastic col- lector of palzeozoic fossils. Rare in the impure carboniferous limestone of Dent, and one small specimen from the similar limestone of Lowick, Northum- berland. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Sanguinolites clava (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Elongate, claviform, three times longer than wide, ’ ; : Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Mountain Limestone Fossils. 173 anterior end large, obtusely rounded, dorsal and ventral mar- gin with a slight upward curvature, no byssal furrow ; poste- rior end slightly narrowed, subtruncate, rounded ; beaks large, obtuse, a broad ovate striated lunette beneath them on the anterior side; posterior lunette, the largest of the hinge-line, wide, hollow, bounded by the obtuse ridges of the dorsal mar- gins ; valves very convex in front, their depth beneath the beaks five-sixths of the width from them to the ventral margin, gradually becoming more compressed towards the posterior end, where the depth is only half the width ; posterior slope gently convex, undefined, diagonal ridge not marked ; surface covered with thick, rugged, subequal ridges, arising a little behind the anterior lunette, and slightly thickening towards the posterior slope, which is defined by their termination, and only marked by fine striz of growth parallel with the end ; anterior lunette and a small portion of the anterior extremity also nearly smooth ; the ridges, where the outer surface is pre- served, are covered with a minute irregular striation approxi- mately parallel with the margin. Length from anterior to posterior end about 5 inches 2 lines, width from beak to oppo- site ventral margin 1 inch 11 lines, depth of both valves 1 mch 9 or 10 lines. This fine species is remarkable for the clavate form produced by the gibbosity of the valves near the anterior end and the tapering towards the posterior extremity. Of the internal im- pressions I have only seen the anterior adductor, which is broad, rounded, and shallow. The only approximation to this species ublished that I know is an imperfect fragment of one end of a shell called S. maxima by Portlock, Geol. Rep. t. 36. f. 1, which is flatter with smaller beaks, a more truncate anterior end, &c. Not uncommon in the carboniferous limestone near Llangollen, North Wales. ! (Col. University of Cambridge.) Sanguinolites subcarinatus (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Elongate oblong, tumid; beaks very large, obtuse, near the small, rounded, anterior end, in which there is an abruptly hollowed space beneath the beaks; posterior end narrow, square, truncated ; diagonal ridge angular, slightly sigmoid, strongly defined from the beak to the respiratory angle ; posterior slope smooth, slightly concave ; sides slightly flattened, with coarse irregular striz and irregularities of growth parallel with the margin; ventral margin nearly straight ; hinge-line as long as the shell, its inflected margins broad, slightly concave, nearly at right angles to the plane of 174 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Mountain Limestone Fossils. the margin of the valves; cardinal ridge thick, obtuse, diver- ging nearly half the width of the posterior slope from the hinge- line. Length 1 inch 4 lines, proportional width from beak 4%, width at posterior end ;%6,, length of anterior end =4%, depth of one valve (greatest about the middle of the diagonal ridge) 15 100° This rare species is remarkable for its narrow square posterior end and strong angular diagonal ridge. It is proportionally shorter and less regularly ridged than the S. angustatus (Phill.). Goldfuss’s figure under this latter name nearly agrees with our shell and is no doubt identical. In the impure carboniferous limestone of Lowick, Northum- berland. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Sanguinolites variabilis (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Oblong, tumid, nearly closed at the ends; averaging twice as long as wide (sometimes a little more, sometimes a little less) ; beaks large, tumid, oblique, close to the anterior end, which varies from one-ninth in large, to one-seventh of the length in smaller specimens ; anterior lunette large, smooth, oval, contracting the round anterior end; ventral margin nearly straight, or commonly with a wide shallow sinus, very rarely with a slight convexity ; valves evenly tumid or with a slight broad mesial concavity or flattening ; posterior slope flattened, smooth, defined by a diagonal slightly sigmoid ridge, sharp and angulated near the beak, gradually becoming rounded and obscure towards the inferior posterior (respiratory) angle in old specimens ; greatest depth of the valves along this line and about half-way from the beak ; hinge-line with a slight up- ward curvature, posterior lunette very wide, concave, nearly horizontal ; surface marked by concentric wrinkles, variable in size and strength, usually thickening slightly on reaching the diagonal posterior ridge, almost always undulated and irre- gularly interrupted about the middle and anterior third of the sides (averaging five or six in the space of 3 lines from the beak, about the middle of the shell) ; periostraca sharply marked with close interrupted striz and a few minute scattered points, very rarely falling into close regular radiating lines; usual width 9 lines, length 1 inch 3 lines, greatest depth (a little behind the middle) 7 lines (occasionally 2 inches long). The irregular interruption and undulation of the concentric wrinkles in front of the middle of the sides is often very striking and beautiful and is always recognizable. It is very variable in the thickness and regularity of the ridges; it most nearly ap- proaches the S. regularis (King sp.), from which it differs in the Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Mountain Limestone Fossils. 175 undulatory interruption of the ridges at the place mentioned, and in being shorter, and the greatest gibbosity of the shell being along the anterior boundary of the posterior slope—it being much nearer the anterior end, and the posterior portion being compressed in that species, in which also the greatest gib- bosity is nearer to the dorsal margin, giving a much less tumid character to the lower part of the valves. From the S. sulcatus it differs in the wrinkles not uniting into few large wrinkles in passing to the posterior slope, &c. Rare in the carboniferous limestone of the Isle of Man; not uncommon at Lowick, Northumberland. (Col. University of Cambridge.) Leptodomus costellatus (M‘Coy). Sp. Char. Oblong, very tumid, width three-fifths of the length, depth of both valves about equal to the width ; anterior and posterior lunettes large, defined ; beaks large, tumid, incurved, terminal, anterior side obtuse, subtruncate, slightly oblique be- neath them; a small sinus in the ventral margin close to the anterior end, from which a narrow concavity extends nearly to the beaks close to the anterior edge; hinge-line nearly as long as the shell, with a slight upward curvature ; posterior end wide, slightly oblique, subtruncate, rounded ; ventral margin strongly convex behind the sinus; posterior slope abruptly compressed, smooth, or with a few lines of growth parallel with the margin, divided nearly in the middle by a small fur- row from behind the beaks; sides marked with numerous small, regular, close, narrow, rounded ribs parallel with the margin (about four in the space of 2 lines) ; these abruptly disappear on reaching the edge of the posterior slope, and unite on the anterior edge in front of the sinus in parcels of two or three to form a row of short thick wrinkles on that part. Length 1 inch 4 lines, width 10 lines, depth 10 lines, width of posterior lunette 12 line. I Jong imagined this to be the Hiatella sulcata of Fleming, but it seems Dr. Fleming agrees with Prof. Phillips as to that being identical with the Sanguinolaria sulcata of the latter. The present species differs from the Sanguinolites sulcatus (Phill. sp.) in its thin shell, short inflated form, want of the thick internal cardinal ridges, the more regular sharp ribs on the sides, and their uniting into large wrinkles on the anterior instead of the posterior end. Common in the carboniferous shales of Craige near Kilmar- nock ; carboniferous shales near Glasgow ; in the shaly beds of Lowick, Northumberland. . (Col. University of Cambridge.) 176 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. XVI.—Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. Brrxetey, M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Brooms, Esq. : (Continued from p. 102.] [With three Plates. ] 538. Dendryphium curtum, un. s. Effusum tenue ; floccis erectis, sursum in ramulos breves furcatos divisis ; sporis curvulis 3-7- septatis articulis constrictis. On dead stems of nettles, Dundee, W. M. Ogilvie, Esq. Black, forming very thin effused patches. Fertile flocci spring- ing from creeping filaments, erect, straight, septate, divided above into a few short furcate or trifid ramuli, which are surmounted by curved 3-7-septate spores, whose articulations are strongly constricted. A small but neat species, remarkable for the short forked ra- muli. The tips of these are often greatly constricted at the arti- culations when the spores begin to grow. D. atrum is far more loosely branched, though its spores resemble greatly those of our species. D. comosum is evidently a far less delicate species. Puate VI. fig. 9. a. Flocci magnified; db. tips of ditto more highly mag- nified ; ¢. spores. 539. D. laxum,n.s. Stipitibus brevibus sursum laxe ramosis ; sporis elongatis subflexuosis 7—11-septatis. On dead stems of Inula viscosa, King’s Cliffe. Patches effused, black. Flocci short, erect, articulated, send- ing off loose branches, which either sprmg at once from them or are replaced by a few swollen joints. Spores linear, curved, or somewhat flexuous, multiseptate, springing often from the forked tips ; articulations slightly constricted ; endochrome frequently containing a nucleus. This agrees in some points with Dendryphium comosum as figured by Corda, but less so with Wallroth’s description. The spores are more frequently septate, and the branches are even less completely disposed in a head than in Corda’s figure. The spores in this genus sometimes form moniliform threads, and sometimes exhibit the more usual mode of growth in Sep- tonema. In the present case we have not seen them very clearly spring from one another, but the whole structure is that of Den- dryphium, and indeed in certain states of the described species of the genus they are not proliferous, or only become so at a more advanced period of growth. Dactylium atrum belongs apparently - to the same genus. Puate VI. fig. 10. a,a. Flocci magnified: in one thread the spicules are apparent to which the spores are at first attached; 0. tip of fertile hres ; ¢. tip of another thread highly magnified ; d. spores. Ann.t Mag Nat. Hist. S.?. Vol.7. PVT SDe C. Sowerby set Ann. & Mag. Nat. st. Oe 2 Mol fee Vie a - Pa eee Rev" M7. Berkeley del, JT De C. Sowerby aot Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 177 540. D. griseum, n. s. Griseum ; floccis parce ramosis ; spo- risque cylindricis concatenatis, demum uniseptatis hyalinis. On dead nettle stems, King’s Cliffe, March 1850. Bluish gray, forming little patches ; flocci sparingly branched almost from the base, as far as we have seen inarticulate ; spores cylindrical, apiculate at either end, elongated, arranged in dicho- tomous chains, at length divided by a central septum. This is not like the other species, dark and opake. The line of demarcation between the chains of spores and threads is strongly marked. Prate VI. fig. 11. a. Flocci magnified; 6. one of the spor2s to show the mode of attachment; c. perfect spores less highly magnified. 541. Rninotrichum Bloxami,n.s. Sparsum candidum ; floccis fertilibus sursum clavatis ; sporis candidis subellipticis. On dead wood, Rev. A. Bloxam, Twycross. We have either this or a very closely allied species from South Carolina. Patches irregularly effused, seldom continuous, white or cream- coloured. Mycelium decumbent, white, septate. Fertile flocci erect, sometimes very sparingly divided ; tips clavate, bearing scattered spicules surmounted by subelliptic or slightly obovate spores, which are sometimes obtuse, sometimes apiculate. Occa- sionally the ultimate articulations of the fertile threads are mo- niliform and present the characters of Oidium. Very rarely the penultimate joint has one or two spicules. , This species comes near to R. repens, Preuss, but differs in the white, not cinereous mycelium, and subelliptic, smooth, white,» not broadly obovate, wrinkled cinereous spores. PuaTe VII. fig. 19. a. Flocci in various states springing from mycelium ; b, ditto, mycelium and spores more highly magnified. 542. R. Thwaitesii, n. s. Epigeeum flavum effusum; hy- phasmate contexto, floccis fertilibus adscendentibus dichotomis apicibus leviter incrassatis ; sporis globosis echinulatis. On the bare soil, Leigh Woods, Bristol, Aug. 2, 1848. Patches suborbicular or confluent, Thelephoroid, yellow with a pale margin. Hyphasma consisting of closely packed decumbent articulate threads, the ends of which rise up and are branched dichotomously, their apices swelling shghtly and clothed with globose echinulate shortly pedicellate sporcs. This beautiful fungus raises the genus Rhinotrichum almost to an equality with Aspergillus, some of whose species it closely re- sembles, differing in fact principally in the spores being single and not arranged in moniliform threads. PuaTE VI. fig. 12. a. Fertile flocci from a sketch by Mr. Thwaites ; b. tip of thread with spores highly magnified. 543. Sporodum Conopleoides, Cord. = Dematium hispidulum, Fr. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. vii. 12 178 Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 544, Owlium Tuckeri, Berk. in Gard. Chron. 1847, p. 779 cum ic. On the leaves, young branches, and fruit of vines. Extremely common and destructive. . A form or species with still larger spores occurs on Chrysan- themum Indicum. 545. O. abortifaciens, Lk. On the spikes of grasses, causing the diseased state of the ovule known under the name of Ergot. The production has been referred to a new genus Ergotetia, but not, we think, with sufficient reason. 546. O. porriginis, Mont. MSS.; Robin, tab. 4. fig. 10. On the scales of Porrigo lupinosa, Bristol, H. O. Stephens. 547. O. concentricum, nob. = Cylindrosportum concentricum, Unger, Exanth. tab. 2. fig. 9 = Fusisporium Urtice, Desm. no.930. On leaves of various plants : common. A variety of forms, as Fusisporium calceum, Desm., on ground ivy, F. Urtice, Desm., on nettles, another on violets, primroses, lettuces, docks, Trientalis, Helleborus, Ranunculus, &e. oceur, searcely differmg from one another. These are what Unger considered as Cylindrosporium concentricum, Grey. That is how- ever a very different thing. Should it be found that the various forms present really distinet characters, the species may be separated. At present however it appears best to include all in one comprehensive name. In all the forms we believe that the threads protrude through the sto- mata. Amongst the spores, some occur which are larger and uni- septate. It is possible that after the spores fall they may increase in size, as is, we believe, the case in many fungi, as in the genera Cladosporium, Fusisporium, &c., and as is ascertained to be the case in Elaphomyces. 548. Fusisporium bacilligerum, n. s. Griseo-album, hyphasmate obsoleto, sporis longissimis 5—7-septatis deorsum attenuatis apice subclavatis. On leaves of Alaternus, West of England. Occupying the centre of little brown spots. Hyphasma obso- lete; spores very long, hyaline, 5-7-septate, strongly attenuated below, obtuse and slightly clavaeform above, somewhat curved. A very distinct species, remarkable for its spores, which re- semble in form those of Hymenopodium sarcopodtoides, Corda. 549. F. roseolum, Steph. MSS. sub Fusidio. Roseolum, floccis brevibus ; sporis curvis elongatis 8-6-septatis. On decayed po- tatoes, Bristol, H. O. Stephens. Of a delicate rose-red, forming thin floccose patches ; fertile threads short. Spores curved, elongated, slightly obtuse, 3-6- septate, often slightly projecting at each dissepiment. i This approaches Dactylium, especially in the rosy tint which is so common in that genus. The spores however are those of a Fusivvorium. 7 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 179 550. F. feni, n.s. Hyphasmate parco floccis fertilibus bre- vissimis sporis oblongis rectis obtusis 1-2-septatis. On the cut surface of a hay stalk, Apethope, Norths., Dec. 1848. Orange-red, spreading in wide patches many feet in width. Hyphasma creeping, sparingly articulate. Fertile flocci very short. Spores oblong, obtuse at either extremity, 1-2-septate. Agreeing in habit with F. avenaceum, but differmg from all other species in the straight obtuse oblong spores. *551. Psilonia Arundinis, Desm. Exs. no. 460 = Psilonia Fes- tuca, Libert= Chloridium Festuca, Corda. Spye Park, on Carex paniculata, Feb. 1850. It is not uncommon on Arundo Phrag- mites. We can see no difference between the plant of M. Desmaziéres and that of Madame Libert, except that the spores in the latter are rather longer and more curved. The colour and general ap- pearance are exactly the same. 552. Helvella Ephippium, Lév. Ann. d. Se. ser.2. vol. xvi. p.240; Desm. Exs. no. 1414, On the ground in woods and groves, spring and autumn : common. This species is very near to H. elastica, and differs principally in its dwarf size and decidedly velvety coat. Scheeff. tab. 321 is evidently the same thing. This figure does not seem to be quoted by Fries. 553. Morchella esculenta, 8. conica, Fr. Syst. Myce. vol. ii. p. 7. Woods at Westbury near Bristol. This is considered as a distinct species by Persoon and other authors, but it seems to us nothing more than a well-marked variety. 554. Peziza Babingtonii, n.s. Minor ; supra convexa murino- fusca margine affixa, subtus concava pallide aquosa rugosiuscula fibrillis obsoletis. On rotten wood, Grace Dieu Wood, Leicester- shire, Rev. C. Babington. Cup half an inch or more broad, contracting greatly in drying, irregular in outline, convex above, mouse-brown, concave be- neath and slightly wrinkled, pale watery brown, fixed by the border. Asci linear, spores broadly elliptic. Paraphyses linear, their apices clavate. ; This curious production has occurred only once, and resembles a Rhizina more than any Peziza, but it has not the peculiar roots of that genus. We are unwilling to pass it by altogether, hoping that some one may meet with it and give more perfect information. It should be observed that the spores in R. levi- gata are naviculeform. 555. P. viridaria, n. s. Media mycelio expanso lanoso albo ; cupulis primum globosis demum hemisphericis sero expansis aquose cinereis. On damp walls of a greenhouse, King’s Cliffe, . 12* 180 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. Nov., Dec. 1845. Apparently the same species occurs on damp wood, on water-buts, &c. Cups at first globose, then hemispherical, at length expanded, 4-3 an inch broad, pale watery brown or cinereous, sessile, springing from a white cottony effused stratum. Asci linear ; sporidia widely elliptic, endochrome uniform, without any distinct nucleus. This resembles somewhat Peziza muralis, but it has no stem. 556. P. luteo-nitens, n.s. Conferta, luteo-nitens, cupulis con- cavis subregularibus demum flexuosis. On the bare ground, King’s Cliffe. Bright orange-yellow, when very young globose, then concave, gradually becoming irregular, and at length flexuous, smooth externally, 4-1 inch broad. Asci linear, sporidia elliptic with two nuclei. Paraphyses filiform ; apices slightly clavate. Resembling at first sight stunted specimens of Pez. aurantia, but essentially different, not only as proved by the habit, but the smooth, not echinulate or pointed spores. We cannot find any description of this species. 557. P. hirta, Schum, Sell. p. 422. On the ground, Wim- bledon Common ; South Wales, C. E. Broome; Wareham, Rey. W. Smith. Differing from P. trechispora in its smooth elliptic sporidia. P.umbrosa, Rab. no. 1011, appears to be the same species. We have a similar species from South Carolina with globose smooth spores which has been named P. spheroplea. Whatever Schra- der’s species may be, it cannot be the species of Rabenhorst, which certainly belongs to a different section. 558. P. livida, Schum, FI. Sell. vol. iu. p. 422; Fl. Dan. tab. 1915. fig. 3. On fir chips, Lockerbie, Sir W. Jardine, 1834. A beautiful species with the habit of P. scutellata, but with a livid dise and more convex. 559. P. ciliaris, Schrad. Journ. 1799, vol. ii. p.63; Fr. Syst. Myc. vol. ii. p. 89. On dead oak-leaves, King’s Cliffe, &e. 560. P. albo-testacea, Desm. Exs. no. 1415. On dead stems of grass, July 1840, King’s Cliffe. 561. P. apala, n.s. Minuta sparsa vel conferta, cupulis cum stipite obconicis extus furfuraceo-villosis cervinis ; hymenio plano obscuriore ; ascis clavatis, sporidiis elongatis filiformibus flexu- osis. On dead rushes, Spye Park, Batheaston, Feb. 1850: abundant. Minute, scattered or crowded; stem not very distinct, confiu- ent, with the cup obconical or subcylindrical, shaggy with flex- uous hairs, as is the cup, pale fawn-coloured. Hymenium fiat, darker. Asci clavate, sporidia filiform, flexuous, almost as long as the asci. ay ¢ Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 181 Externally closely resembling P. diminuta, Rob., in Desm, Exs. no. 1538, but more shaggy, of a less vinous tint, and with a plane, not concave, hymenium. ‘The asci are larger, and the sporidia, like those of many Hysteria, filiform, and not merely oblong as in the P. diminuta. The hairs too in that species are strongly pointed, whereas in the present they are obtuse. 562. P. corticalis, Pers. Obs. 1. p. 28, et add. p. 112. On bark, Rudloe, Wilts, C. E. Broome. 563. P. Clavariarum, Desm. Ann. d, Se. Nat. ser. 2. vol. viii. p. 8. tab. 2. fig. 1. P. nigra, Sow. tab. 307. On decayed Cla- varia, Rudloe, Oct. 1841. This species was omitted in the ‘ English Flora’ from want of specimens and sufficient information. It is now inserted with the name given to it by M. Desmaziéres. 564. P. mutabilis, n. s. E macula minuta fusca villosa erum- pens; primum hemispherica extus fusca, demum expansa con- cava pallide albida glabrescens ; sporidiis elongatis curvulis, On leaves of Aira cespitosa, Derry Hill, Wilts, Feb. 1850. Minute, at first presenting little. brown villous specks, from which the cups burst forth. Cups scattered, brown externally, hemispherical, villous, as they increase in size becoming smooth and changing to a dirty white. Sporidia minute, elongated, somewhat curved, containing two nuclei. Endochrome sometimes retracted to either extremity. We have not placed this curious species amongst the Tupezie, as the cups are essentially solitary. When old it bears some re- semblance to pale forms of P. atrata or P. palustris. 565. P. Chavetie, Libert, no. 26. “ Gregaria sessilis, cupulis minutis membranaceis hemisphericis concavis tomentosis albis basi pilis longis in subiculum instar telze aranez intertextis con~ coloribus ; disco subtremelloso fusco-nigrescente ; sporidiis g) »« bosis.” On oak chips, Rockingham Forest. This species resembles P. cesia, but is known at once by te yellowish or tawny tint which it assumes in drying. 566. P. Bloxami, n.s. Dense aggregata, mycelio niveo ins'- dens ; cupulis concavis pallide cervinis extus farmaceis, disco concolore. On fallen branches, Twycross, Rev. A. Bloxam. Very densely crowded so as nearly to conceal the white cottor y mycelium, in which the cups are half immersed. At first globos >, white and densely pruinose, acquiring as they expand a pale fawn colour and gradually becoming nearly smooth. Disc fawn- coloured. In dry specimens bundles of the cup are collected *n little patches so as to expose the white mycelium between ther. This species has much resemblance to P. pruinata, Schwein., but the cups are not black. It cannot be confounded with an other species. We have it from South Carolina. . 182 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on Rritish Fungi. 567. P. echinophila, Bull. tab. 500. fig. 1. On fallen invo- lucres of the common eatable chestnut, King’s Cliffe : abundant. 568. P. striata, Fr. Syst. Myc. vol. ii. p. 122. On dead stems of herbaceous plants: net uncommon. 569. P. Cacalia, Pers. Myc. Eur. vol. i. p. 285. On seed- vessels of Cheiranthus incana, Guernsey, Rey. T. Salwey. 570. P. nitidula, n.s. Firmula, minuta ; aquose pallida sti- pite brevi quali, cupula subhemispherica irregulari farmaceo- nitidula. On dead leaves of Aira cespitosa, Batheaston, Jan.1850. Scattered pale watery tan, firm, minute ; stem short, equal ; cup slightly concave, at first subhemispherical, then nearly plane, often irregular, covered with glistening mealy particles. Asci filiform ; spores minute, cymbiform; endochrome sometimes retracted to either extremity. Allied to P. clavellata, striata, Cacalie, &c., but distinguished by its uniformly mealy surface, irregular shape, and depressed, not clavate, cup. 571. P. Straminum, n. s. Cupula hemispherica sessili con- cava, margine incurvo, extus pallida farinacea, intus carneo-lutea. On the dead sheaths of wheat and other Gramineae, Fothering- hay, King’s Cliffe, Norths.; Rudloe, Wilts ; on Juncus, Oxton, Notts. Minute, not exceeding 4 of a line in diameter; cups hemi- spherical, concave, sessile or at length expanded, margin in- curved ; externally densely farinaceous, pale ; internally of a pink- ‘ish yellow or flesh colour. A very pretty species, which is distinguished from several allied Pezize on Juncus and Graminee by its farinaceous, not hairy, coat. 572. P. caucus, Reb. Neom. p. 386. tab. 4. fig. 17. P. amen- ‘talis, Fl. Dan. tab. 2084. fig. 2. On fallen catkins, King’s Cliffe. Our specimens agree exactly with the figure in Pers. Myc. Eur. vol, ii. tab. 30. fig. 2, to which we can find no reference. Peziza amentacea, Balb. in Act. Taur. vol. ii. tab. 2; Rab. Exs. no. 1019, is probably the same thing, and Peziza sclerotiorum, Libert, ap- pears scarcely to differ. 573. P. helotioides, Fr. Syst. Mye. vol. i. p. 185; Fl. Dan. t. 1855. fig. 3. On a dead branch, King’s Cliffe, Oct. 1837. Our plant agrees very nearly with that of Schumacher, who has alone described and figured the species. It is however of a ‘dull ochre rather than umber ; the stem is very thick, obconical, and merely a prolongation of the pileus; the hymenium con- vex, the asci clavate, and the sporidia oblong, sublanceolate, with two or more nuclei. If it be not the same with that of Schumacher, it is certainly undescribed. pees ae Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 183 573*. P. salicella, Fr. Syst. Mye. vol. i. p. 183. On willow twigs, King’s Cliffe, 1840. 574. P. rudis, Berk. in Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Berwick, p. 190. Fasciculata turbinato-stipitata hymenio plano hic illic depresso rugoso flavo-fusco subvinoso ; externe subtiliter fibrilloso-striata ; stipite elongato lacunoso vel striato. On shallow gravel and peat, Pease Bridge Dean, with Polytrichum aloides, Dr. Johnston, June 1846. A full description will be found in the place quoted above. Puate VI. fig. 13, a. Plants of the nat. size; 5. asci and sporidia mag- nified. 575. P. Clavus, A. & S. p. 306. Apethorpe, April 1841 ; Hartham, March 18438. Sporidia regularly oblong, elliptic, with a sporidiolum at either extremity. 576. P. testacea, Moug. Fr. El. 2. p.11. On an old nail-bag, King’s Cliffe. Twycross, Rev. A. Bloxam. 577. P. Spherioides, Pers. Myc. Eur. ; Desm. Exs. no.174, On stems of Lychnis dioica: very common. 578. P. cornea, n. 8. Minima gregaria sessilis primum glo- bosa flavo-cornea demum breviter obconica aurantio-fusca. On dead stalks of Carex paniculata, Spye Park, March 1850. Extremely minute, gregarious ; at first globose, yellow horn- coloured, then somewhat obconic or turbinate, becoming of a rich orange-brown, sometimes slightly hollow, but more generally flat and granulated; margin rather jagged ; sporidia fusiform, slightly curved. . An extremely pretty though minute species, which is, we be- lieve, undescribed, and quite different from anything published by Desmaziéres. 579. P. lignyota, Fr. Syst. Mye. vol. ii. p. 150. On dead wood, Wraxall, Som., Feb. 1845. Sporidia somewhat resembling those of a Diplodia. 580. Zuber macrosporum, Vitt. Batheaston and Munro’sWood, near Bristol. 581. 7. bituminatum, n.s. Uterus niger, globoso-ovatus, re- gularis, verrucis minoribus polyedris muricatus, basi in foveam excavatus. Venz leviter coherentes plerumque e fovea basilari in carnem immissx. Sporangia ovalia, longe pedicellata. Sporidia fusca, ovata, laxe cellulosa. Odor bituminis et Cochlearie ar- moracie fortissimus. Closely allied to Tuber estivum, Vitt., but easily distguished by the odour; it differs also -in the general form, being much more regular and the warts smaller, and in the existence of a basal cavity prolonged into the substance of the fungus, which is 184 Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. thus very light compared with 7. estivum, Vitt. The veins co- here very loosely, so that it is difficult to cut the plant im half without breaking it into frustules, which is not the case in T. estivum, Vitt. It shrinks very much in drying : some speci- mens were attacked by worms, and the flesh of these became quite black when dry. The sporangia have much longer stalks than those of Tuber estivum, Vitt. The sporidia closely resemble those of that species, but are slightly longer compared with their width, and have somewhat shallower cells. It ranges from the size of a walnut to that of a hen’s egg. In deep sand, Bowood, Wilts, Oct. 1847. 582. T. scleroneuron, n.s. Uterus rubro-fuscus, cartilagmeus, globoso-lebatus, minute verrucosus etiam subleevis, rimis strictis exaratus; ven irregulares, prerupte, e rimis et variis peridii puncti exorte, centrum versus cinerez, superficie tamen a spo- ridiis maturis rubro-fusce. Odor debilis subaromaticus. Spo- ridia rubro-fusea ovata minute cellulosa. This species differs from Tuber rufum, Vitt., in its firmer car- tilaginous texture, deep red-brown colour, in the form of its spo- ridia, which are ovate, not elliptic-elongate, and in its faint aro- matic odour. The venation also is more broken and interrupted. Tuber rufum, Vitt., appears to be its nearest ally. When dried, Tuber scleroneuron becomes as hard as a piece of wood. Bowood, Wilts, Oct. 1847. Onygena apus,n.s. Peridium album, sessile, globosum, my- celio tenui candido insidens, extus tomentosum, gleba matura rubro-fusca. On decaying bones under dead leaves and moss, Bristol, Nov. 1847. Peridia globose, white, sessile, seated on a delicate white my+ celium, about the size of rape-seeds, under a lens tomentose, but even, not rugose ; sporidia ovyate-elliptic, containing one or two granules colouring the internal mass of a dark chocolate. ~ Onygena corvina, Alb. & Schwein., an analysis of which is given in the ‘ Annales des Sciences’ for June 1844, closely re- sembles this species in structure. The only differences apparent are the absence of a stipes, and of the outer stratum of globose cells, as also of the asperities of the surface in that plant. 583. Patellaria citrina, nu. s. Cupulis planis extus pallidis, hymenio citrino ; sporidiis filiformibus. -Ascobolus citrinus, Chev. Fung. Ill. Fase. 1. tab. 31. On rose-twigs lymg in a running stream, Penllergare near Swansea, M. Moggridge, Esq., April 1847. Our plant answers exactly in outer appearance to that of Chevalher, having a broad flat yellow hymenium with a pale border. The asci are clavate and contain long filiform sporidia. We suspect that these are what M. Chevallier calls asci, consi- ) die Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi, 185 dering the included granules as sporidia, exactly as Madame Li- bert has done in Stictis Sesleria. We have another pezizeform fungus from Mr. Mogeridge also found in water, with no definite margin, of a grayish tint, spark- ling from the prominent asci, which contain elliptic sporidia. This curious plant belongs apparently to the genus Psilopezia. 584. Tympanis saligna, Tode, Fung. Meck. tab. 4. fig. 37. On twigs of privet, Lucknam, Wilts. A very curious circumstance has occurred in this species, which we presume from Tode’s figure to be identical with his plant. In the same hymenium the fruit of a Diplodia and that of a Tym- panis were present. This is somewhat analogous to the occur- rence of more than one species or genus in the same spot of Uredo, and Fries informs us that he has observed a similar fact in Hendersonia Syringe. 585. Cenangium Ribis, Fr. Sc. Suec. no.131. On dead branches of currant-trees, Thame, Dr. Ayres. 586. Phacidium Rubi, Fr. Scler. Suec. no.56. On dead bram- ble stems, Twycross, Warwickshire, Rev. A. Bloxam. The asci, paraphyses and sporidia are just the same as in P. coronatum. 587. Hysterium curvatum, Fr. H. elongatum vay. B., Fr. El. i. p- 138. On dead rose and bramble stems, Shrewsbury, Rev. W. A. Leighton. Certainly distinct from H. elongatum in its longer, more deli- cate spores, in addition to other more obvious characters. _ 588. H. commune, Fr. Syst. Myc. vol. u. p. 589. On dead stems of herbaceous plants, Bristol, H. O. Stephens. 589. H. typhinum, Fr. 1. c. vol. ii. p. 590. On Typha latifolia, Oswestry, Rev. T. Salwey. OomYcEs, n. g. Perithecia erecta in sacculo polito sursum libero recepta; os- tiola punctiformia. Asci lineares ; sporidia filiformia longissima. Fungus leticolor graminicola insectorum ova referens. 590. Oomyces carneo-albus = Sph. carneo-alba, Labert, Fasc. 8. no. 241. On leaves of Aira cespitosa, Spye Park, Wilts. Scattered, shining, pale flesh-coloured, conical, truncate above, and marked with the ostiola, 2 line high. Perithecia 3-7, ver- tical, closely packed in the common tough receptacle. Asci elon- gated, cylindrical. Sporidia filiform, extremely long, flexuous. A very pretty production, which can scarcely be forced into the genus Spheria. It resembles greatly an Acrospermum, though differmg completely in structure, and hike that genus might easily be mistaken for the egg of some insect, such as Crioceris. The structure is not visible until a section be made, except so far 186 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. as the perithecia are indicated by the little dimples in the trun- cate apex. 591. Hypocrea myrmecophila, Cesati, Rab. Exs. no. 1033. “Ochroleuca, stipite filiformi tenacello; clavula ovoidea ad basin sterili, superne costata acutiuscula e peritheciorum summo ostiolo gibberulosa.” Leigh Wood, Somerset, May, on some species of Ichneumon. A single specimen only of this pretty species occurred at Leigh Wood, exactly accordig with the individuals published by Raben- horst and others gathered at Breschia by Cesati, communicated by De Notaris. 592. H. farinosa, n. s. Late expansa candida, peritheciis con- fertis hyalinis farinosis. On fallen branches, Milton, Norths., Mr. Henderson ; King’s Cliffe. A more downy form occurred at Bach Hall, Chester, on decayed Stereum, July 1848. Spreading for some inches over decayed wood, on which it forms a thin white coat. Perithecia minute, subglobose, hyaline, nearly collapsed in the centre when dry, growing from a white mealy subiculum ; at first delicately cottony. Asci filiform, con- taining sixteen elliptic sporidia. A very pretty little species resembling H. hyalina, but far less compact. The older individuals acquire a dull yellowish tinge. 5938. H. floccosa, Fr. Summa, p. 564. On Agaricus torminosus, King’s Cliffe. 594. H. luteovirens, Fr. 1. c. On Boletus edulis, Laxton, Norths. 595. Spheria marginata, Schwein. Journ. of Ac. tab. 2. fig. 8. On wood in the great stove at Chatsworth, Mr. R. Scott. The wood on which this species was developed had merely been placed in the stove, and was not of foreign growth. The perithecia agree precisely with those of the American species, except that they are somewhat smaller, as are also the sporidia. We have however no doubt about the species, which is very va- riable, and the sporidia are known to vary in different indivi- duals of Spheria which have been grown under different cir- cumstances. The sporidia are sometimes separated by a globose cell like the connecting cells in Anabaina. This structure occurs in other species occasionally. 596. Sph. coprophila, Fr. in Kz. Myc. Heft 2. p. 38. S. incana, Stephens in Ann. of Nat. Hist. Ser. 1.vol.iv. p.252. On cow-dung in dense patches, Stapleton Wood, Bristol, H. O. Stephens, Esq. A very pretty species, much smaller, but resembling S. con- ~ fluens, Tode. sci clavate ; sporidia filiform, flexuous, containing a row of nuclei. 597. S. confluens, Tode, Fung. Meck. t. 10. fig. 87. On decayed wood, as oak, willow, &e., near Bristol. Aca Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 187 *598. S. irregularis, Sow.=S. gastrina, Fr. 599. S. Ulicis, Fr. in Linn. v. 5. p. 544. On dead branches of Ulex Europea, Penzance, J. Ralfs, Esq. 600. S. podoides, Pers. Syn. p. 22; Moug. & Nest. no. 1074. On dead branches, Bristol, H. O. Stephens, Esq., Jan. 1845. Sporidia large, elongated, curved, 6—7-septate. 601. S. Kunzei, Fr. in Kze. Myc. Heft 2. p. 45. On fallen- branches of larch, Whittering, Norths., March 1850. 602. S. controversa, Desm. Ann, d. Sc. Nat. ser. 2. vol. xvii. p- 102; Exs. no. 1255. On dead twigs of ash, Sophera Japonica, stems of herbaceous plants, &c.: not uncommon. Varying somewhat in external appearance on different plants, a greater or less number of perithecia being collected together, and the spots are of a more or less deep black. All however agree in the fructification. *603. S. arundinacea, Sow. t. 336. An examination of the authentic figured specimen shows it to be identical with S. Godini, Desm. no. 439. Unfortunately our specimen of S. arundinacea, Desm. no. 438, contains no fructification. It clearly belongs, according to the character given in ‘Ann. des Sc. Nat. ser. 3, Jan. 1846, to the genus Hendersonia. The species, however, published under the name asa variety on Triticum, no. 126%, contains distinct asci and long curved septate sporidia. 3 604. S. caricis, Fr. Syst. Mye. vol. ii. p. 435. On leaves of Carices, West Water, Forfarshire, Mr. W. Gardiner. *605. S. pheostroma, D. R. & M. Fi. Alg. t. 26. f. 2=S. tristis B, Berk. Eng. FI. 606. S. evilis, A. & S.t. 9. f.4. On pine twigs, Wraxall, Som. 607. S. ochraceo-pallida, n.s. Peritheciis ochraceo-pallidis ovatis obtusis, ostiolo minuto papilleformi, ascis clavatis, spo- ridiis elongatis subfusiformibus triseptatis. On elm branches, Rockingham Forest. Gregarious, scattered or crowded ;_peri- thecia pale ochre, ovate, obtuse, with a minute papilleform ori- fice, more or less collapsed when dry. Asci clavate; sporidia elongated, fusiform when seen from behind, subcymbiform when seen laterally, triseptate. This was formerly considered as a state of Spheria sanguinea, ‘but the clavate asci and longer sporidia clearly distinguish it. We do not find any tangible distinction in the fructification of S. coccinea and sanguinea: in both the asci are linear, and the ‘sporidia elliptic and uniseptate. They vary indeed a little in ‘breadth and length, and perhaps more so in S. coccinea, but we have had more specimens to examine of that species. S. epi- . spheria agrees with them in fructification, as does S. Peziza. We 188 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. take this opportunity of stating that Mr. Thwaites has found both Stigonema atrovirens and mamillosum in fruit, and in both instances perfect asci and sporidia exist. The genus then does not belong to Alga, but to Collemals. It appears that Sp. affinis is nothing more than the fruit of the St:gonema. 608. S. muscivora, n.s. Mycelio effuso niveo lanoso peri- theciis congestis aurantiis semi-immersis ovatis ; ostiolo papille- formi ascis clavatis ; sporidiis breviter fusiformibus. On mosses upon the mud tops of walls in winter, King’s Cliffe. Mycelium forming white lanose patches 2 inches or more in diameter, and rapidly destroying the moss on which it grows. Perithecia collected im little groups more or less connate, half immersed in the mycelium, bright orange, ovate, sometimes col- lapsing laterally, orifice papilleform. Asci clavate; sporidia elliptic, pointed at either end, with a central septum, and the endochrome in either articulation bipartite, so that there are probably three septa when the sporidia are quite mature. Readily distinguished by its peculiar habit. The spores differ from those of S. Peziza, which collapses more and more regularly. We have this species from South Carolina on Jungermannie. *609. S. cucurbitula, Tode. This is easily distinguished from all similarly coloured species by its asci being filled with numerous minute curved sporidia. In our copy of ‘Scler. Suec.’ no, 188, it is substituted for Spf. coccinea. 610. S. flavida, Corda, Fasc. iv. t. 8. f.117, Nectria flavida, Fr. Summa, p. 388. On the decayed trunk of a tree, Leigh Wood, Bristol. The sporidia of this are totally different from those of Hypocrea farinosa, which it resembles much in outward appearance. In the latter they are minute and elliptic, in the present species elongated, fusiform and curved. 611. S. funicola, n.s. Peritheciis sparsis aurantiis ovatis sur- sum attenuatis pilis sparsis brevibus obtusis vestitis ; ascis clavatis, sporidiis oblongo-ellipticis triseptatis. On decayed rope, King’s Cliffe, Oct. 1841. Minute, scattered ; perithecia ovate, attenuated above, clothed with short obtuse colourless hairs; orifice obtuse, without any distinct papilla. Asci clavate ; sporidia oblong-elliptic when seen from the back, subcymbiform when seen laterally. The endo- chrome is more or less perfectly divided by septa into four parts. 612. S.papaverea, n.s. Conferta; peritheciis globosis excepto ostiolo maximo plano orbiculari radiato-sulcato albo vyelatis pete: ore rotundo. On rotten stumps, Batheaston, March 1850. Widely effused, crowded, springing from a brown mycelium ; a a ah +p, at Cea He Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 189 perithecia globose, black, finely areolated, covered, with the ex- ception of the orbicular, multisulcate ostiolum, with a white filmy veil. Asci linear; sporidia elliptic, subnavicular, brown. Of this most beautiful species we can find no trace. Its ostiolum, which reseinbles the stigma of a poppy, being separated by an abrupt line from the perithecium, is much like that of S. decipiens, Dec., though less deeply umbilicated ; but the perithecia, though crowded, do not form a confluent mass, but are distinct, not rigid, and far more delicate, not to mention other obvious points of distinction. Its external resemblance to S. pulvis pyrius is rather apparent than real ; the sporidia in that species are trisep- tate. This species appears more naturally associated with the Denudate, though there is certainly some brown byssoid matter from which the perithecia grow. PuaTeE VII. fig. 14. a. Plant nat. size; b. perithecia as seen from above and laterally magnified ; ¢. asci and sporidia highly magnified. 613. S. appendiculosa, n.s. Peritheciis sparsis globosis sub epidermide nigrefacta polita maculis minoribus orbiculatis centro pertusis nidulantibus ; sporidiis ovato-lanceolatis appendiculosis. On dead twigs of bramble. Perithecia globose, scattered, nestling under small orbicular black shining specks, and penetrating them by the ostiolum, round which there is often a little white meal. Sporidia ovato- lanceolate, at first hyalme with an apiculate process, which gra- dually separates by a constriction and ultimately falls off. Resembling closely S. tomicum, Lév., but differmg materially in the much larger and more highly developed sporidia. S. cly- peata, Nees, again is externally very close, but the sporidia are triseptate, the endochromes being all drawn from the concave to the convex side. S. clypeiformis, De Not., is the same thing. S. clypeata, Fries, no. 398, is very different in habit, being much smaller and confluent, with torulose triseptate sporidia. We have also an unpublished species from Dr. Montagne, in which the perithecia are strongly collapsed. Puate VII. fig. 20, Asci and sporidia of Spheria appendiculosa highly magnified. 614. S. culmifraga, Fr. Syst. Mye. vol. ii. p. 510. Two very distinct varieties of this species are published by Des- maziéres. A third has occurred at Rudloe more highly developed, the perithecia crowded and slightly hispid, and the acute ostiola elevating the cuticle. We have seen foreign specimens marked S. trichostoma, with the description of which, however, our plant does not agree. In all the three varieties the sporidia are curved, fusiform, and multiseptate, one of the articulations sometimes projecting beyond the rest, like the band on the body of the common earth-worm. : 190 Mr. J. Hogg on Dr. Nardo’s Classification of the Spongie, XVII.— On Dr. Nardo’s Classification of the Spongiz, and further notices of the Spongilla fluviatilis. By Joun Hoge, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S. &e. My attention having been lately called to the October Number, 1849, of the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ 1 read at p. 242, that Dr. Nardo had proposed, at the Scientific Congress held at Lucca in 1843, a new classification of the Spongie, divi- ding them into five families, as follows :— Family I. Corneo-spongia. Family II. Stlico-spongia. Family III. Calci-spongia. Family IV. Corneo-silici-spongia. Family V. Corneo-calci-spongia. By comparing these with my “ proposed divisions of the order Spongie,” published two years before, at pp. 5 and 6 of the Sep- tember Number, 1841, of the ‘ Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist.,’ it will be seen that Dr. Nardo’s classification is in most essentials much the same as mine; the only new part appearmg to me to be his last or fifth family, which I suppose comprises those spe- cies wherein horny fibres combined with calcareous spicula may have been detected; and which, at the time of my writing the communication above referred to, were not known to exist, as I have stated at p. 3, from M. Milne-Edwards’s observation, and again at p. 6 of the same September Number of the ‘ Annals.’ On a recent perusal of Mr. Carter’s papers on the Freshwater Sponges of Bombay, as reprinted and published in the ‘ Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist.,’? April Number 1848 and August Number 1849, I found that his descriptions are not very clear, but con- tain some ambiguity and difficulty ; and that the author had, during the progress of his examination, changed (as other authors. had previously done, when engaged upon the same remarkable and puzzling substances) his opinion respecting their nature. I was however happy in noticing that he had confirmed my ac- counts in several important particulars, especially with regard to the sporidia or seed-like bodies of the spongilla, to the modes of development and growth from them, and to the power of the sun in turning the yellow sponges green when exposed to his rays. Following some of the French naturalists, Mr. Carter con- siders, with them, that the freshwater sponges consist of a con- geries of animals identical with the infusorian Proteus (April Number 1848, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. p. 310), which is the Ameba of Ehrenberg. Now, as I have before remarked (Linn. Trans. vol. xvii. p. 397) that this Proteus, or Ameba, is an ani- malcule of complex organization, possessing, according to that and further notices of the Spongilla fluviatilis. 191 distinguished German zoologist, with other true organs of ani- mals, several stomachs or gastric sacs ; so then, before these na- turalists shall have decided that the animal-like pieces or frag- ments of the sponge are in reality infusorian animalcules, it is necessary to prove that these pieces or fragments are such orga- nized beings, and that they are in fact furnished with one or more gastric sacs:—for it is not sufficient to state that they resemble the infusorian Amebe. Every known animal is possessed of a stomach, or stomachical, or gastric sac, and therefore the sponge, or spongilla, if an ani- mal, must of necessity be endued with, at least, one of such sacs,—otherwise it cannot possibly be esteemed as belonging to the animal kingdom. If unfurnished with that organ, it can only be strictly considered as an animal-like being,—~. e. one bearing greatly the resemblance of a lower or infusorian animal. Con- sequently those who assert the affirmative of this question, viz. that sponges are animals, are bound to prove that they are so; for, according to the general rule, the affirmative is alone capable of proof. Mr. Carter, indeed, having first written (p. 306, April Num- ber 1848, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.), that “as to the animality of the freshwater sponge I think there can be no doubt what- ever ;” at a later period says (in a subsequent Number, August 1849, p. 98), “ Respecting the position which Spongilla holds among organized bodies, I feel incompetent to offer an opinion.” But he has previously (in the same paper and Number, p. 82) asserted—“ The time appears to have arrived for abandoning the question of the animality or vegetability of Spongilla, for the more philosophical consideration of the position it holds in that transitionary part of the scale of organized bodies which unites the animal and vegetable kingdoms.” From this view of the subject I must totally differ, for there surely can be no true phi- losophy in considering these, or any other like natural bodies, as partaking of both animal and vegetable natures,—that is to say, not strictly pertaining either to the animal or to the vegetable kingdom—yet uniting both, or in a state of transition between the two, or m what may be termed, an animal-vegetable province. If such philosophy be admissible, we may then expect to hear of some natural substances being considered as partaking of, and so uniting, the animal, vegetable, and mineral kingdoms; as for instance, what were formerly named Lithophyta, or more fully, Lithophytozoa, and therefore to be classed in a new division— the Animal-vegetable-mineral province. Thus, instead of three kingdoms in Nature, we should have five; or possibly as some might prefer to style them—three kingdoms and two subking- doms or two provinces. 192 Mr. J. Hogg on Dr. Nardo’s Classification of the Spongie. Wishing to repeat some of my former experiments on the Spongilla fluviatilis, I this summer procured a fine piece grow- ing upon a brick, and kept it in fresh water from July 13 to July 25. Obtaining from it many of the locomotive sporules, I placed some of them whilst they were fresh and in full activity in a little water under the highest power of my microscope ; but I could not say positively that their motions were effected by means of cilia. I now, however, strongly lean to that opinion ; for I fancied that I could at times, in a strong light, discern some cilia. My microscope is an old one (by Jones), and not having sufficient magnifying power I could not satisfy myself of the presence of cilia: indeed the sporules themselves are so small and delicate that they require much skill in observing, a great light and a powerful microscope to enlarge sufficiently such ex- ceedingly minute organs as cilia, and especially when continuing in rapid motion. So also, the existence of the same organs in other parts of the sponges may probably hereafter be ascertaimed by the assistance of a microscope of a recent and improved con- struction. I have lately been enabled to witness through the microscope the curiously formed spicula much resembling cotton-reels, which were taken from the spicular crust of the sporidium or seed-like body of our freshwater sponge. See Mr. Carter’s Pl. IIL fig. 6 f and d, August Number 1849, ‘ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.’ On again submitting this summer a living mass of the Spon- gilla, placed in fresh water, to the direct and full influence of the sun, I found the same results, which J have before detailed, to occur with regard to the development of the green colour. ‘The same mass, which, as far as I could perceive, was entirely devoid of any Conferve, or other minute plants growing upon it, like- wise gave out in the sun’s rays numerous bubbles of gas: many of these I collected with care and put them into a little phial ; I then inserted a small lighted taper, which I observed to burn with increased clearness and beauty when it came in contact with the gas derived from those bubbles within the phial; thus showing, as it appeared to me, that the gas so evolved was oxygen. I may, moreover, mention that the same Spongilla was inha- bited by a great many of the remarkable green sponge-insects which have been previously described by Mr. Westwood, and which I have usually noticed as accompanying that living substance. Communications have not long ago been made relative to the powers of “ certain sponges ” in excavating holes in the valves of shells, which are highly interesting; yet they appear to me to require much further investigation. Can these holes and perfo- rations be chiefly caused by the “sponges,” or rather Clione secreting or giving out a strong acid, which, acting on the lime Mr. J. Alder on the genus J effreysia. 193 of valves of the Mollusca, would readily create, or materially assist in creating, such excavations? But I must note, these perforating “ sponges” do not seem to be true sponges—merely species of Cliona—a genus, according to the accurate accounts of ‘Dr. Grant, Dr. Johnston, De Blainville, &c., belonging to the class Zoophytes, and which is described by them as a polype fur- nished with about eight short tentacula. Postscrirt.—In addition to the green insects above men- tioned, I observed in July last, numerous other insects, or rather larve or Caddises, enveloped in cases made of the Spongilla itself, and living parasitically on that substance, but which I do not remember to have seen before in any other mass of the Spongilla. 1 preserved several of these in spirits, and recently. forwarded them for examination to Mr. Westwood. In a letter, dated February 5, 1851, this gentleman has informed me, that “the second kind is truly a Caddis, and will turn to a species of Phryganea or Mystacida. It is quite certain that it has no sort of relationship with the former green insects. It would be very interesting if you could observe the Spongilla now and at a later period, so as to determine the pupa state of these insects, and if possible, to rear them to the perfect state. I have looked care- fully over Pictet’s ‘ Researches on the Phryganide’ without being able to find any larve precisely agreeing with yours—which are not very remarkable, seeing the peculiar nature of their habitat.” XVIII.—On the genus Jeffreysia. By Josoua AupEr, Esq. To Richard Taylor, Esq. Dear Sir, Newcastle, February 13, 1851. Ir is with great reluctance that I again trouble you with any observations of a controversial nature, but in justice to others as well as to myself, I think it necessary to say a few words in de- fence of a genus of mollusks described by me in Forbes and Hanley’s ‘ British Mollusca’ under the name of Jeffreysia. An account of the animal on which it is founded was published in the ‘Annals of Natural History’ for May 1844, when I pointed out the propriety of raising it to the rank of a genus. The same view was taken by Professor E. Forbes, and at his request I drew up the generic characters inserted in the ‘ British Mollusca’ ; the privilege of naming it being politely conceded to me as the dis- coverer. More recently Mr. Clark, in a late Number of the ‘ Annals,’ has redescribed the same animal, and has placed it in his genus_ Chemnitzia * (including the Chemnitzia, Odostomia, * To avoid circumlocution I shall here use the name Chemnitzia in the sense that Mr. Clark takes it, though I do not agree in the propriety of adopting this name for the whole group. c Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. vii. 13 : 194 Mr. J. Alder on the genus Seffreysia. and Eulimella of Forbes and Hanley), stating that he can see in it no deviation from the generic characters of that tribe, but ‘only the specialties of individual animals,” and he considers that - “ the soft parts give such decisive proofs of identity with the genus as to leave no alternative.” Occasion is hence taken to censure those naturalists who make new genera out of species that have already provided for them “suitable and characteristic generic receptacles.” It may therefore be necessary to examine more carefully into the suitableness of Chemnitzia as a generic recep- tacle for the species in question, especially as, so far from con- sidering it so, I had previously no idea that any naturalist, who had examined the two, would have placed it even in the same family with that genus. With respect to the shell, Mr. Clark says, that “the reflection of the apical turn alone would almost have determined him’ to allocate it in Chemnitzia.” J agree with Mr. Clark in the value of this character in determining the genus (or rather family) to which a species belongs. But the question is, has the shell of Jeffreysia this character ? According to my observations, it has not: and I am supported on this point by the testimony of Mr. Jeffreys, who has stated in the ‘Annals’ for January last, that he has examined about a hundred specimens without finding such a character in any of them. We now come to the operculum, which, as 1 have stated in the description of the genus, is very peculiar. Mr. Clark says that this species has “ the usual corneous operculum ” of Chem- nitzia ; but what that gentleman considers the usual form we have some difficulty in making out from his imperfect descriptions of this part. It may be as well, therefore, to state what the real character of the operculum in Chemnitzia is. There are two prin- cipal types of form in this part—the spiral and the annular: to these may be added the unguicular, which perhaps may generally be reduced to a rudimentary or abnormal form of one of the others. The operculum of Chemnitzia is formed on the spiral type ; that of Jeffreysia on the annular. These differences will be better understood by giving a figure of each, which I the more willingly do as the operculum of Chemnitzia (or Odostomia) is not figured in any British work. The spiral form in most of the species is incomplete, consisting of about half a turn, and the nu- cleus is terminal: in those species where there is a complete vo- lution the nucleus is brought a little nearer the centre, but is never central. The strie of growth run across the opercular disc, and there is an impressed line down the centre*. Very * | have figured the operculum of Chem. Rissoides, because Mr. Clark, in describing that species, compares it to the operculum of Jeffreysia dia- C. Rissoides. J.diaphana. en a ea : ty > eile Mr. J. Alder on the genus Jeffreysia. 195 different from this is the operculum of Jeffreysia. The nucleus is central, or equally distant from both ends, and placed close to the inner margin; and from it concentric lines of growth are seen to emanate. On the side next the pillar there is a strong rib, from which a process rises at right angles to the opercular disc, projecting internally. It is thus noticed by Mr. Clark : “It (the operculum) has marked striz of increment proceeding from a minute apophysis, which is the nucleus.” In what position is not mentioned. That the apophysis or process, which is large in proportion to the disc, is not the nucleus of the operculum, I think any one may satisfy himself by a careful inspection. The nucleus is the point on the side of the dise from which the con- centric lines of growth originate. The lines of growth on the apophysis increase in an opposite direction. We now come to the soft parts of the animal, which, accord- ing to Mr. Clark’s views, can alone furnish generic characters. The head of Jeffreysia is elongated into a kind of muzzle, which is cleft in front and produced into two tentacular processes ; the mouth has a pair of denticulated jaws, and a spinous tongue, similar to what is seen in Rissoa and other phytophagous gaste- ropods, to which tribe it belongs. The head of Chemnitzia is very short, without’ muzzle or additional tentacular processes ; the mouth has no jaws, but is furnished with a long, retractile proboscis, as in the zoophagous gasteropods ; and there are no spines on the tongue, or at least none have ever been detected. The true tentacles in Jeffreysia are linear and a little flattened : those of Chemnitzia are ear-shaped or longitudinally folded; a peculiarity confined to this group among the testaceous mollusca. The eyes in the latter are sunk in the head at the inner angles of the tentacles, appearmg externally as black spots: the eyes in Jeffreysia are largely developed, raised on slight bulgings, and placed on the back a considerable distance behind the tentacles. The foot in Chemnitzia is furnished with a conspicuous fold on the upper anterior surface, generally bilobed, forming what M. Lovén calls the mentum. The use of this organ is not un- derstood, but in some genera it shows a folliculated structure internally. The mentum is absent in Jeffreysia. Mr. Clark, in all his descriptions of the animals of Chemnitzia, has made the mistake of taking this organ for the muzzle, and hence his com- phana, “the nucleus,” he says, “ bemg at the centre of the pillar edge.”” This is not the case in my specimens. Again, in describing another Chemnitzia, which he supposes to be my Odost. nitida (Brit. Moll. vol. ii. p. 282), Mr. Clark says, the structure of the operculum is altogether similar to that of Jeffreysia diaphana. The other part of the deseription, however, seems to contradict this, as it is stated that “the striz of increment radiate conspi~ cuously to the outer margin.” 13* 196 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Coleophora. parison of it with the elongated muzzle of Jeffreysia is quite erroneous. From this review it would appear that almost every external organ is dissimilar in the two animals : Jeffreysia in fact belongs to the family of Littorinide among the phytophagous gastero- pods, Chemnitzia to the Pyramidellide among the zoophagous tribes. In conclusion I woutd ask, who is most open to censure in this case? The authors of the ‘ British Mollusca’ and myself for having introduced a genus on what Mr. Clark thinks insuf- ficient characters, or that gentleman himself for confusedly mix- ing up characters essentially distinct ? I am, dear Sir, yours very truly, JosHua ALDER. XIX.—Contributions to the Botany of South America. By Joun Mrurs, Esgq., F.R.S., F.L.S. CoLrorHora. Tus is a new genus evidently belonging to Thymeleacee, which I established a few years ago, upon some very singular floriferous buds sent to me from Rio de Janeiro by my son, who found them growing upon the trunk of a large and lofty tree in the dense forest that covers the ascent of the Serra d’Estrella, above Iguassu, that bemg a continuation of the celebrated Organ Mountain range, and not far from Mandioca, a place well known to all botanical travellers as the residence of Baron Langsdorff. Owing to the extreme height of the trunk, its branches were far beyond reach, so that it was impossible to procure a single leaf- bearing specimen. We can hardly imagine that the buds here described form a distinct plant, parasitic upon the lofty tree alluded to, as we have no imstance of any such parasiticism in that family ; on the contrary, it consists mostly of large trees, and we may conclude from analogy, that these are floriferous buds, emanating from the parent trunk: this is the more pro- bable, from the structure of the involucrating bracts that consti- tute the buds, which are imbricate upon one another, broad, con- cave, 4-lobed, destitute of any midrib or nervure, and marked by numerous parallel or radiating veins, somewhat like those seen in the fronds of Adiantum ; from this, they would seem to par- take more of the nature of involucrating bracts than of leaves. The chief peculiarities in its floral structure are the long filiform support of the ovarium, which is inclosed in a tubular petaloid hypogynous nectarium, whence its generic name, from KoNéds, vagina, and dopéw, fero. The only instance I can find of any Mr. J. Miers on the genus Tessarandra. 197 ‘similar vaginiform tube in this family is in the genus Erioselena of Blume. CoLEorHoRA, gen. nov.—Flores hermaphroditi. Perigonium coloratum, infundibuliforme, tubulosum, imo usque ad me- dium coarctatum, illic intus hirsutum, fauce extusque omnino glabrum, limbo 4- rarius 5-fido, laciniis acutis, reflexis, mar- gine ciliato-fimbriatis, apice inflexis, per sstivationem alter- natim imbricatis. Stamina 8-10, exserta, biseriata, 4-5 ad faucem corollz laciniis opposita, 4-5 paullo inferiora in sinu- bus cum laciniis alterna ; filamenta brevia, subincurva, inflexa ; anthere ovato-rotundate, introrse, subversatiles, 2-loculares, loculis connectivo crasso dorsali affixis et longitudinaliter de- hiscentibus. Pollen globosum, reticulatum. Nectariwm infun- dibuliforme, coloratum, glabrum, ovarium stipitatum cingens, perigonio dimidio brevius, imo e toro glanduloso parvo basi perigonii adnato ortum, ore 4-fissum, laciniis inequalibus, lmearibus, erectis: stipes filiformis, glaber. Ovarium ob- longum, gibbosum, utrinque attenuatum, pilosum, 1-loculare, l-ovulatum, ovulo anatropo ex apice appenso. Stylus erectus, filiformis, ovario equilongus, glaber. Stigma capitatum, in- clusum. Fructus ignotus.—Arbor Brasiliensis, procera ; foliis ignotis, trunco gemmulifero : gemme aggregate, globose, e brac- teis complurimis imbricatim convolutis : racemus glaber, sesqui- uncialis, pluriflorus. 1. Coleophora gemmiflora ;—gemmis involucratis, pisi magnitu- dine, conglobatis, e cortice ortis, bracteis concavis, suborbi- culatis, 4-lobatis, lobis rotundatis, crenato-incisis, 2 inferio- ribus minoribus, pilosis, fusco-rubris, margine ciliis albidis longis fimbriatis, rachi venisque destitutis, venis creberrimis, . € basi subparallelis ; racemo sesquiunciali, erecto, glabro, plu- riflori; pedicellis alternis, nudis, cum flore articulatis ; peri- gonio aurantiaco; vagina flava.—In sylvis primevis procul Iguassu, Prov. Rio de Janeiro*. TrEssARANDRA. _ With the exception of a single instance, recorded by Aublet, all the plants belonging to the family of the Oleacee, including the Fraxinee, possess unsymmetrical flowers, 2. e. a small 4-par- tite calyx, a corolla cleft to the base into four divisions, and only two stamens: it will not therefore excite surprise, if we find a ‘plant offering the normal number of stamens. This indeed occurs in the case of a very pretty shrub that I found near Rio * A drawing of this plant, with full generic details, will be given in the ‘Illustrations of South Amer. Plants,’ vol. ii. plate 61. 198 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Tessarandra. de Janeiro, for which some years ago I proposed a new genus under the name of Jessarandra, from técoapa, quatuor, avnp, stamen. Aublet describes his Mayepea as having the calyx and corolla of a Chionanthus, with four stamens opposite to the petals, an arrangement quite contrary to their usual position, which is alternate with them. In Aublet’s figure the stamens are shown to possess a distinct connective, both longer and broader than the anther-cells, a character at variance with the usual struc- ture of the order. This also partly occurs in Tessarandra, where the filaments terminate in a fleshy connective exceeding the length of the anthers which are affixed to it on its external face, thus offering another anomaly in their extrorse aspect and dehiscence. It also differs from other Oleaceous genera m its ovarium being seated and partly immersed in a fleshy dise which is adnate upon the torus. In all other essential respects, more particularly in the structure of the ovarium and of the fruit, Tessarandra re- sembles Chionanthus, so that it belongs evidently to Oleacee, and to the tribe Chionanthee. The following is an outline of its generic features :— TESSARANDRA (gen. nov.).—Calya parvus, urceolatus, 4-fidus, dentibus obtusiusculis, persistens. Petala 4, hypogyna, equa- lia, linearia, apice obtusa. Stamina 4, eequalia; filamenta bre- vissuma, dilatata, extus carinata, petalis alterna et iis basi sub- concreta; anthere extrorse, 2-loculares, loculis oblongis, ap- positis, parallelis, ad connectivum crassiusculum angustiorem filamento continuum et ultra eos productum dorso affixis, extus longitudinaliter dehiscentibus. Ovarium oblongum, subco- nicum, toro carnoso imo subimmersum, 2-loculare, 4-ovu- latum, ovulis geminis, collateralibus, infra apicem dissepimenti utrinque suspensis. Stylus brevis. Stigma 2-lobum, lobis crassis, divaricatis. Drupa baccata, abortu ]-locularis, 1—-2- sperma, putamine chartaceo, venoso-striato, endopleura tenui, chalaza apicali incrassata. Semina solitaria, rartus gemina, loculo conformia, exalbuminosa, cotyledonibus magnis, carnosis, plano-convyexis, radicula minima, discoidea, iis immersa, supera. —Arbuscula Brasiliensis, glaberrima : folia opposita, adpressa, sessilia, integerrima, ovata ; panicule avillares et fere terminales, laxe brachiate, pedicellis imo bracteatis. 1. Tessarandra Fluminensis ;—foliis sessilibus, ovatis, subcor- datis, apice obtusis et emarginatis, decussatis, erecto-adpressis, corlacels, venis prominentibus, subtus glaucis, ad axillas ve- narum barbatis, rachi prominente basi nodoso-incrassato ; ca- lyce extus pubescente, dentibus ciliatis, intus nervo promi- nente pilosulo ; petalis luteo-viridescentibus ; bacca majuscula, violacea.— Rio de Janeiro, 7. v. eS Mr. J. Miers on the genus Tessarandra. 199 This is a small tree with dense opake foliage, which I found growing upon the Morro Flamengo, a hill at the point of Bota- fozo Bay, near Rio de-Janeiro. Its opposite leaves are erect, almost adpressed to the stems, sessile, ovate, somewhat cordate at base, rounded, with a small emarginature at the summit ; they are 2 to 21 inches long, and 1} to 2 inches broad, with inter- nodes distant 4 to 2 of an inch; they are thick and coriaceous, ‘the upper surface dark green, rather polished, with raised vena- tions, and a minute pubescence scarcely visible by the naked eye ; beneath they are of a pale glaucous green, the midrib being thick and prominent, and tumid at base; a tuft of hairs adjoins the midrib at the base of each nerve. The inflorescence is generally terminal in the branchlets, in the axils of the young leaves, in slender panicles about 2 inches long, with oppositely divari- cating bracteated branchlets ; the pedicels being very short and square, with a small oblong, concave, reflected bract at base, with ciliated margins. The persistent calyx, scarcely a line in length, has a short cup-shaped tube, rising from a small fleshy torus, with its border divided into four unequal, rather obtuse, erect segments, the two lateral ones heing somewhat broader; these have on the inner face a very prominent midrib, which, as well as the margin, is beset with white ciliate hairs. The corolla con- sists of four alternate equal, linear, white, revolute petals, with a rounded apex and an inflected margin, about half an inch long and | line broad. The stamens are very small, barely a line in length ; the filaments being very short, broad, fleshy, expanding at the base, and though free, form a sort of hypogynous tube around the ovarium and within the base of the petals, with which they alternate ; they terminate in a fleshy connective that exceeds the anthers, forming an obtuse appendage at their sumnnt ; the anthers are coriaceous, oblong, with two distinct parallel cells fixed at the back of the connective, the dehiscence being thus extrorse, by a longitudinal fissure in each cell; the pollen is minute, yel- low, granular, and marked with rounded prominences at trian- gular distances. The ovarium is oblong, 2-grooved, 2-celled, the cells being lateral and opposite the broader segments of the calyx, each containing two ovules, suspended collaterally on the dissepiment a little below its summit. The style is very short and thick, terminated by a stigma, with two fleshy, obtuse, diva- -ricate lobes. The berry is dark purple, oval, about 3 of an inch long and é of an inch in diameter, with little pulp, inclosing a single coriaceous putamen, marked outside by several reticulated venous threads, branching from the base; it contains two seeds, which are often unequal in size, without any intervening disse- piment, or sometimes only one-by abortion ; the testa is thin, brown, with a slender adhering integument, and marked with a 200 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Aptandra. small chalaza on the apex over the radicle; the cotyledons are large and fleshy, filling the entire cavity of the testa, flat within and convex without ; the radicle is superior, very short and small, and appears like an umbilicate disk. The plant in Gardner’s Brazilian collection, no. 760, is identical with the above*. APTANDRA. The last collection of Mr. Spruce from the neighbourhood of Obidos, on the river Amazon, contains among many very inter- esting plants one of very singular and anomalous structure. It is arborescent, with slender, smooth branchlets and somewhat copious foliage, its leaves being alternate, smooth and petioled, but without stipules. Its inflorescence is axillary, in long slender branching panicles, the flowers numerous and minute, each being supported upon a long filiform ebracteated pedicel. The calyx isa short fleshy cup, quite free, with four short teeth, and hence almost quadrate. The corolla consists of four fleshy, linear pe- tals many times longer than the calyx, with their apex enlarged by a concave pointed expansion, valvate in zstivation, forming in bud a clavate head, surmounting a terete cylinder ; this at first opens like four reflexed valves, showing the anthers, but they gradually separate to the base, becoming coiled and revolute, like the corolla of a Hamamelis or a Chionanthus. The stamens consist of a thick, fleshy, cylindrical tube, nearly the length of the corolla, which has a clavate globular head, exhibiting the anthers, arranged externally upon this, almost solid, fleshy, globular connective; this has a very narrow orifice, and 1s perforated down the middle for the style and stigma, which are closely embraced by it. The anther-cells, eight in number, and equal in size, are imbedded upon the external face of this con- nective, forming an annular ring, each cell opening extrorsely, by the separation of its external membranaceous valve, which re- maining hinged at its base opens from top to bottom, and thus all become alike permanently reflected. The pollen is composed of white farinaceous granules, somewhat aggregated, and inclosed in the inner imbedded valves of the anther-cells ; examined under a microscope every granule is singularly cruciform, each arm being termimated by a small rounded extremity, with a similar globular elevation in the centre. Four small, fleshy, very distinct and free hypogynous scales invest the base of the staminal tube, and intervene between it and the petals, with which they alter- nate; they have a rounded and subemarginated summit, are striately grooved and marked on both sides with lines of inter- * A figure of this species, with generic details, will be shown in the ‘ Illustrations of South Amer. Plants,’ vol. ii. plate 62. es Mr. J. Miers on the genus Aptandra. 201 ‘mingling red spots. The ovarium is oblong, seated on a short stipitate support, is somewhat conical and compressed, with a groove along each flattened side, the style being continuous with its apex, and surmounted by a compressed, obtuse, oblong stigma, which is closely invested by the globular connective, so that it is difficult to extract it without breaking the style. The ovarium is unilocular at its summit and bilocular at the base, the incom- plete dissepiment corresponding with the grooves; a single ovule is suspended in each cell from the summit of the flattened axile placenta, which is an extension of the half-dissepiment, and each ovule appears enveloped by a distinct membrane, which is marked on. its dorsal face below the middle with short parallel lines of reddish dots; the lower part of the style, for the third of its length, is hollow, this vacuity being an extension of the unilo- cular space in the summit of the ovarium, showing distinctly that there exists no direct communication between the placenta and the style. The fruit is yet unknown, but the calyx evidently enlarges considerably, and the pedicei lengthens with the growth of the ovarium, as in Heisteria. These characters, of which the following is a diagnosis, evidently belong to no known genus: I therefore propose for it the name of Aptandra, from dro, necto, and avijp, mas, on account of the very curious union of the stamens into a single organ. ArranpRa (gen. nov.).— Calyz brevissimus, patelliformis, 4-sul- catus, 4. dentatus, carnosus,fructu augescens. Petala 4, qualia, calycis lobis alterna, carnosula, lineari-linguleformia, summo latiori concava, apiculo inflexo, zstivatione valvata, demum spi- raliter reflexa. Squame petaloidee 4, libere, crasse, rotun- datz, petalis alterne, inter eadem et tubum staminalem site. Stamen integrum (forsan e quatuor staminibus coalitis, petalis exterioribus oppositis compositum), cylindraceum, longitudine corollz, tubo tereti, carnoso, pistillum presse cingente; anthere ex loculis 8, oblongis, zqualibus, arcte in annulum extrorsim dispositis et in connectivum fere globularem crasso-carnosum, summo pervium immersis, singulatim valvula exteriori mem- branacea ab apice ad basin valvatim soluta, et hine diutine omnino reflexa. Pollen subfarinaceum, cruciformi-lobatum, granulis amplis. Ovarium conico-oblongum, subecompressum, 2-sulcatum, imo biloculare, summo uniloculare, loculo cum cavo styli longe continuo ; ovula in loculis solitaria, anatropa, obovata, apice placentz centralis liberee dissepimento adnate utrinque suspensa. Stylus filiformis, erectus, longitudine fere staminis, imo conicus et cavus. Stigma oblongum, compressum, obtusum, inclusum. Fructus ignotus.—Arbor biorgyalis, Ama- zonicus, glaber ; folia alterna, elliptica, penninervia, reticulata, 202 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Aptandra. petiolata, exstipulata ; inflorescentia dichotome paniculata, aav- illaris, multiflora ; pedicelli filiformes, subumbellatim aggregatt, uniflori ; flores minim. 1. Aptandra Spruceana ;—foliis ellipticis, subreflexis, apice su- bito attenuatis, utrinque glabris, subtus punctis minutissimis lentiginosis et pellucidis notatis, rachi nervisque rubentibus ; paniculis folio 3-plo brevioribus, pedicellis gracilibus, subfas- ciculatis, in fructu valde elongatis et crassioribus; bracteis linearibus e dichotomiis minutis et caducis.—Fluv. Amazo- nicus circa Obidos (Spruce) *. I have little to add to the previous description, except that the leaves are about 11 inch apart, 44 inches long, 24 inches broad, on a reflexed petiole of + inch in length ; they are thin in texture, with the margin turned back, especially toward the base, somewhat polished above, dull and pale beneath. The in- florescence, about 2 inches long, throws out four or five lateral branches, which are again dichotomously divided, each branchlet having a number of very fine filiform pedicels almost umbellately fasciculated, about 3 or 4 lines long, which subsequently grow to the length of an inch, and probably much longer when the fruit is matured; the flowers are 13 to 2 lines long, and 3 of a line in diameter before opening. I may here add an observation relative to the stamen, which has eight equal anther-cells : now as the calyx, corolla and petaloid scales are all 4-merous, it is to be presumed that this staminal organ is composed of four united stamens, each with two anther-cells, placed opposite to the pe- tals, and alternate with the intervening petaloid scales and the teeth of the calyx; and this is further proved by the fact, that no one anther-cell is exactly opposite to or alternate with the petals, but two cells are situated before each petal. From the foregoing details it will be seen that the exact posi- tion of Aptandra in the system is not easily determinable. At first view, from the very peculiar structure of the stamens, it seems to approach Cissampelos, but independently of other cir- cumstances, one fact, that of a simple biovular ovarium, at once excludes it from the Menispermacee. The several families included in the Columnifere of Endlicher, viz. Sterculiacee, Biittneriacee, &e., present the analogy of their filaments being more or less coherent at base into a hypogynous tube ; but there, a portion of the filaments is always free, as are also the anthers, which are very differently constructed, besides which, the ovarium consists of numerous carpels, united round '_* A representation of this plant, with generic details, will be given in the ‘ Contributions to Botany, Iconographie and Descriptive,’ vol. i. plate 1. Mr. J. Miers on the genus Aptandra. 203 a central axis, upon which ovules more or less numerous are attached by their ventral face; there also, for the most part, the corolla has a torsive or imbricated estivation, and in their general habit they do not agree. In like manner, the Meliacee present stamens, formed of a cylindrical tube, but this is many-toothed at its apex, and the 2-celled anthers, double the number of the petals, are quite di- stinct, affixed within the mouth of the tube, and burst introrsely by longitudinal fissures. They have also a free calyx, but its segments are distinct and imbricated. The corolla consists of four or five petals, sometimes valvate in estivation, though often imbricated, but they have no indication of any such petaloid scales as are seen in Aptandra. The ovarium is frequently sti- pitate, but most generally is imbedded at base in a fleshy cup ; it is plurilocular, with two or more ovules in each cell. The style is simple and the stigma clavate. Here are therefore some few points of resemblance, while others are again at variance with Aptandra, the general habit of which does not at all con- form with the Meliacee, which, for the most part, have pinnated or bipimnated, and often dentated leaves. In the Humiriacee we do not find any satisfactory analogies, for although the stamens there are partly monadelphous, or rather polyadelphous at base, and the anthers have a large fleshy connective, there is nothing approximative in the structure of these organs to what we find in Aptandra. The calyx consists of distinct sepals, which are decidedly imbricate, and the petals have a twisted, imbricated, and almost convolute estivation : the nectary is tubular, investing the base of the ovarium, is thin and membranaceous, and is interior with respect to the staminal tube, and bears no analogy with the petaloid scales of the genus under consideration. The ovarium is 5-celled, with two super- imposed ovules in each cell, attached to a central pomt of an axile column, which point enlarges to form a transverse spurious dissepiment across each cell; and finally, their leaves are very thick and coriaceous. The Hamamelidacee offer several strong points of resemblance, more especially in having four linear petals, which, when ex- panded, are in like manner spirally revolute ; the anthers some- times open by deciduous valves, they have an ovarium with two suspended ovules, and they possess also four hypogynous scales. But the ovarium is bilocular, and is decidedly adnate to the tube of the calyx, so that it is two-thirds inferior; the calycine seg- ments are large in proportion ; the zstivation of the corolla is torsively imbricate ; the ovules are in most cases several in each cell, although only one is generally matured, or when single they are suspended from the apex: there are two distinct styles; the 204. Mr. J. Miers on the genus Aptandra. hypogynous scales are not exterior to the stamens, but alternate with them, forming one common whorl ; the anthers are imtrorse and somewhat 4-celled, and their mode of dehiscence, although sometimes valvular, is very different, and finally the leaves are furnished with stipules. In Bruniacee we meet with extrorse stamens, but they offer few other points of analogy ; the ovarium is there inferior, and they have quite a different habit. The Alangiacee present some few points of resemblance, in the form and zstivation of their corolla, in the union of the an- thers into a tube, and in their ovarium with two suspended ovules; but the calyx is wholly adnate with the ovarium, the filaments are free, the introrse anthers burst by longitudinal slits, and the ovarium is distinctly bilocular. The Oleacee, especially Chionanthus, Linociera, and Tessa- randra, offer some degree of similitude, in the form of the calyx and corolla, but their ovarium is bilocular, the ovules are placed collaterally in pairs in each cell, the stamens are few and free, nai want the petaloid scales, and finally they have opposite eaves. Leonia presents stamens with the filaments united at base, but the tube thus formed is adnate upon a gamopetalous corolla, and the structure of the anthers is wholly different. The same objections may be offered to the Styracea, although they have often extrorse stamens. The anomalous genus Diclidanthera has its anthers furnished with reflexed valves, which, as in Aptandra, open from the top to the bottom ; but they are introrse, and by the adhesion of the filaments to the petals, appear sessile in the mouth of a gamo- petalous corolla, and it offers otherwise few analogies. There are some points of accordance in the Sauvagesiacee, in their internal row of petaloid scales, sometimes combined into a tube, and in having the stamens opposite to the petals. The anthers are extrorse, and even confluent into an incomplete tube in Luxembergia ; there exists also some analogy in their ovarrum being 3-celled at base and unilocular at summit, but they differ in their imbricated calyx and corolla, distinct stamens, the pa- rietal placentation of the ovarium, and their remarkably stipulate leaves... Luxembergia however is placed by M. Planchon, with much reason, among the Ochnacee. The Olacacee present many strong points of resemblance, for we have there, as in the genus under consideration, a small calyx with minute teeth, equal in number to the petals, which are ge- nerally four in number, often linear, of thickened texture, and valvate in zstivation ; they have also free appendages of various forms alternating with the stamens ; these last-mentioned organs ef ted Tee a Mr. J. Miers on the genus Aptandra. 205 are frequently monadelphous at base; they have an ovarium wholly superior in regard to the external calyx, often stipitate, and sometimes presenting two suspended ovules ; the inflores- cence accords, and the pedicels have deciduous bracts at their base ; and the leaves are alternate with similar venation. Added to these, it appears that in Aptandra the pedicel lengthens and the calyx enlarges with the growth of the ovarium after impreg- nation, as in Heisteria, and the resemblance in size and shape of its flowers to those of Gomphandra is very remarkable., But on the other hand, in Olacacee, the appendages are evidently sterile stamens, and in no degree partake of the nature and position of the petaloid scales of Aptandra ; the stamens are very differently constructed, the filaments are always separated from each other, often indeed more or less slightly agglutinated to the corolla, the bilobed anthers are distinct and introrse, and never open by reflected valves, and the structure of the pollen is very different ; the fully developed disk, that generally forms so striking a fea- ture in that family, is also wanting in Aptandra. In Olacacee we find the flowers generally issuing from bracteated, imbricated buds, but in Aptandra we see nothing of this kind. In the in- ternal structure of the ovarium of this genus a considerable dif- ference is there seen from that existing in most of the genera of the Olacacee. In the former the pericarpial covering is so very thin and transparent, that by transmitted light its internal struc- ture may easily be distinguished, and the vacuity in the conical base of the style is thus seen to be continuous with the cell of the ovarium, in the upper part of which the apex of the placenta is there seen to be quite free. In most of the genera of the Olacacee the ovarium is half enveloped by, and is partially adnate to a fleshy cup-shaped disk, which rises to half the height of the ovarium, and which supports the stamens and corolla, while the upper moiety of the ovarium is surmounted by a very thick fleshy gland, but no trace of any such hypogynous disk or epigynous gland is visible in Aptandra. In the internal struc- ture of the ovarium it presents however one of the strongest points of approach to the Olacacea, but it must be remembered that such a structure is not peculiar to that family, for it is found to exist equally in the Santalacea, Styracee (excluding of course Symplocacee), Ebenacee, Myrsinacee, and. Theophrastacea.. We must therefore look to this general character of an unilocular. ovarium, with a central placenta wholly distinct from the style, and more or less free or combined with spurious dissepiments, as belonging to a class composed of several orders, just as we unite into groups or classes, numerous other families, possessed of a bilocular or plurilocular ovarium, and others again that are uni- locular with parietal placentations ; and it does not follow, that 206 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Aptandra. we must associate other plants in Olacacee, merely because they: have an ovarium constructed in a somewhat similar manner. The existence of an inner whorl of petals, the union of the stamens into a thick columnar tube, the anthers imbedded ex- trorsely in an annular and almost globular fleshy connective, the peculiar mode of the dehiscence of the anther-valves, the curious structure of the pollen, the absence of the deep hypogynous disk and of the thick epigynous gland, are points quite at variance with all we find in the Olacaceea, where we meet with nothing in the smallest degree analogous to the very peculiar features that mark Aptandra. However striking its points of approach, it is evident that this genus cannot be referred to that family, although its position in the system may be proximate. There is yet another group of plants offering some features of resemblance, to which it is worth while to direct our attention ; I mean the Canellacee of Von Martius, the characters and real affinities of which are yet too imperfectly understood. It con- sists of three genera, all with their stamens united into a tube, as in Aptandra, and with extrorse anthers, although the cells are said to open longitudinally, but they vary greatly m their other -characters, and evidently belong to three several families. Pla- tonia is clearly referable to the Guttifere, with which it agrees in having opposite leaves; Canella probably has a considerable affinity with the Humiriacee ; and Cinnamodendron (the Canella axillaris, Mart, Noy. Act. 12. tab. 3) may perhaps be found to be allied to Aptandra, for besides its synantherous stamens, it has a similar whorl of petaloid scales intervening between the staminal tube and the petals. Hornshuckia has also a small truncated calyx, a corolla of six petals in two series, the inner smaller and cariated, extrorse stamens, and a 3-locular (?) ovarium, with a single ovule in each cell. Much will depend upon the structure of the fruit and seed be- fore any final decision can be made in regard to the nearest afti- nities of Aptandra, but taking the above-mentioned facts into con- sideration, we may draw the legitimate inference, that if, from its indubitably peculiar characters, it be considered as the type of a yet unknown group of plants (Aptandracee), it may probably find its station, in the arrangement of Endlicher, following the Berberidacee, taking its rank among that portion of the polype- talous Thalamiflore, with the segments of the corolla often in more than one series, and with an ovarium composed of two or more united carpels, and with one or few ovules attached to a placenta of somewhat gynophorous origin. It would thus stand at no great distance from the Menispermacee, which it resembles in its synantherous stamens with extrorse anthers and scale-like On some new species of Exotic Homopterous Insects. — 207 inner row of petals ; not very far from the Anonacee, because of their 2-seried petals, with valvate zestivation and extrorse stamens ; and near the Berberidacee, on account of their corolla in two series, of the valve-like dehiscence of their anthers, which are also extrorse, their stipitate ovarium, entire style and stigma, and the structure of the seed and embryo. In this same projected division, it appears to me, some other groups will before long find their place, and will thus mark a better gradation, and form a more complete link between the Polycarpice of Endlicher and those syncarpous orders with simple series of floral envelopes, which now exhibit too wide a space of transition between them. These will probably form a distinct class (Coniosperme from the development of the ovules on a cen- tral and more or less columnar placenta) intermediate between the Polycarpice and Rheades, and into it will enter more natu- rally the Berberidacee, which in truth are never polycarpic, for they have generally a solitary unilocular ovarium, with the pla- centz either central or by partial suppression, adhering parietally to the sides of the cell. We may consider this alliance as pre- senting a development of one or more carpellary leaves, with the sterile margins often somewhat partially introflexed, so as to form spurious dissepiments, and the ovuliferous placentz ema- nating from their basal or hypothetically petiolar supports, and united in a basal or columnar trophosperm. In this respect, it will be seen to be an intermediate stage of development between the Polycarpice and the Rheades, in which last class the mar- gins of the carpellary leaves are placentiferous, and there simply united together, and being elevated on their petiolar supports, thus form a distinct gynophorus: they offer some analogy with the Gynobasic classes, which at the same time exhibit a gyno- phorous origin, with the axile union of the introflexed placentary margins of the carpels. In the class I have here suggested, the Olacacee, Styracee, Ebenacee, Myrsinacee, &c. may probably find a better position than the stations assigned to them in most of the modern systems of arrangement, and I shall take an early opportunity of demonstrating the facts, and offermg the reasons, upon which such an opinion is grounded, as I propose soon to publish the description of several curious genera belonging to the Glacacee, Styracee, &e. XX.—Descriptions of some new species of Exotic Homopterous Insects. By J.O. Westwoop, F.L.S, &e. Tue following descriptions were forwarded some months since by me to Dr. Schaum for his memoir on the family Fulgoride in Ersch and Gruber’s ‘ Encyclopadie.’ As however that memoir 208 Mr. J. O. Westwood on some new species of was restricted by its authority to a summary of the already published species, I have thought it better to forward them to the ‘Annals of Natural History’ than to allow them to remain any longer in my portfolio. Genus CysTosoMA. Subgenus Chlorocysta, Amyot, MS. in Coll. Jard. des Plantes. Differt e Cystosoma typica (C. Saundersii) cellulis alarum antica- rum minus numerosis, scil. serie unica cellularum 10 iter cellulas magnuas 5 basales et cellulas 13 longas apicales. liter simillima. Cystosoma (Chlorocysta) vitripennis, W. C. pallide flavescenti-virescens, alis omnibus pellucidis vitreis viridi tinctis, abdomine maximo inflato, tympanis transverse sulcatis.— Long. corp. unc. 13. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 2}. Hab. in Nova Hollandia (M. Verreaux). In Mus, Jard. des Plantes, Paris. Aphana sanguinalis, W. A, sanguinea, capitis rostro filiformi recurvo supra prothoracem re- cumbenti, nigro; alis anticis nigro maculatissimis, costa maculis _ circiter 10 majoribus quadratis, apicibus castaneis immaculatis ; alis posticis albo-farinosis, maculis apicibusque pallide albidis ; ab- domine supra dense albo farinoso, corpore toto subtus cum pro- muscide sanguineo ; tibiis tarsisque 4 anticis nigris. 4. discolort Guer. proxima. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 24. Hab. in insula Ceylon. D. Templeton. Aphana Madagascariensis, W. A, capite thoraceque fuscis ; abdomine lato sanguineo, capitis rostro tenui, oblique porrecto, apice acuto, capite fere duplo longiori ; alis anticis fulvo-fuscis maculis numerosis parvis nigris, smmgula punc- tum album includente, tertia parte apicali immaculata ; alis posticis rufo-fulvis, apice externo, limbo tenui maculisque tribus discoida- libus nigris.—Long. corp. cum rostro fere une. 1. Expans. alar, antic. une. 2,4. Hab. in insula Madagascar. In Mus. Jardin des Plantes, Paris. Eurybrachis crudelis, W. E. pallide fusco-albida, alis anticis dilatatis margine antico sinuato, yenis obscurioribus, strigis punctisque numerosis minutissimis ni- gris ; alis posticis niveis, dimidio basali coccineo, maculisque tribus nigris rotundatis, prope marginem apicalem ; pedibus corpore con- coloribus, tibiis dilatatis, nigro parum irroratis, posticis interdum nigris ; promuscide ad pedes intermedios tantum extensa. FH. insignt, Westw. (Hope, Linn. Trans.) proxima. Expans. alar. antic. unc, 2. Hab. in insula Ceylon. D. Templeton. Omalocephala morosa, W. O. eapite et parte antica thoracis obscure luteis, hujus parte postica- Exotic Homopterous Insects. 209 - et abdomine nigris, segmentis sanguineo marginatis ; alis anticis sordide rufo-luteis, nigro irroratis, costa flavicanti, maculis 5 nigris ; alis posticis sanguineis apicibus nigris, pedibus obscure carneo-fuscis, abdomine subtus flavo, maculis lateralibus nigris.—Expans. alar. antic. unc. 14. Hab. apud Portum Natalensem Africee merid. Mus. Brit. et West- wood. Derbe substrigilis, W. D. luteo-fulva, segmentis abdominis carneo marginatis, prothorace utrinque pone antennas macula sanguinea, mesonoto punctis duobus fuscis utrinque ad basin alarum ; alis flavescenti-albidis, costa anti- carum magis flavescenti, venis anticis sanguineis, reliquis castaneis, strigis nonnullis tenuissimis fuscis in cellulis basalibus et postcos- talibus alarum anticarum, alis posticis venis minus numerosis quam in D. semistriata et strigipenni ; cellula antica elongata venas duas simplices (anteriore haud furcata) emittente ; cellula pos- tica etiam venas duas simplices ad apicem emittente ; pedibus gra- cillimis, pallide concoloribus.—Expans. alar. antic. une. 14. Had. in Brasilia. Mus. D. W. W. Saunders. Derbe (Phenice) mesta, W. D. nigra albo-variegata, capitis carina angusta frontali antennis et pro- muscidis articulo penultimo albis; mesonoti carinis tribus tenuis- simis margineque postico in medio latiori albis, pedibus albis, alis anticis nigris, costa dimidioque postico albo maculatis, posticis in- fumatis; cercis analibus lateralibus maris rectis apicibus incurvis et acuminatis.—Expans. alar. antic. lin. 6}. Hab. in India orientali (DD. Downes et Boys). Mus. Westwood, &c. Derbe (Phenice) tessellata, W. D. piceo-nigra albo-variegata, carina angusta faciei, antennis et pro- muscidis articulo penultimo longo albidis, mesonoto glabro carinis tribus gracillimis margineque postico albidis ; alis omnibus nigris albo valde tessellatis, anticis plaga magna communi triangulari alba versus basin marginis interni ; cercis lateralibus analibus maris cur- yatis apice clavatis spinaque interna brevi terminatis.—Expans. alar. antic. lin. 64. Had. in Sierra Leone. Mus. Westwood. Derbe (Phenice?) biclavata, W. D. luteo-albida, antennis brevibus, carina occipitali acute bifida, me- gonoti carina acuta media fuscescenti; alis anticis luteo-hyalinis, costa tenuissime nigro-marginata, apiceque luteo parum tincto ; alis posticis hyalinis fusco fasciatis, abdomine stylis duobus elongatis clavatis erectis terminato ; pedibus luteo-albidis ; femoribus nigro- striatis.—Expans. alar. antic. lin. 9. : Hab. in Africa tropicali. Congo. Mus. Brit. Derbe (Phenice?) dilatata, W. ‘D. nigra, luteo-varia, antennis perbrevibus ; carina occipitali prono- Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser, 2, Vol, vii. 210 Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. toque tenuissime luteo-marginatis, mesonoto carinis tribus tenuis- simis luteis ; alis anticis subhyalinis basi fuscis striga prope costam lutescente maculaque parva ovali prope basin hyalina, costa basi rotundato-dilatata, costa lutescenti guttis 13 minimis nigris margi- nalibus, nubila parva ante medium punctoque parvo in loco stig- matis fuscis ; alis posticis subfalcatis nigris punctis duobus costa- libus hyalinis ; femoribus anticis luteis, tibiis tarsisque fuscis ; fe- moribus posticis basique tibiarum piceis, harum apicibus, tarsisque albidis, promuscide luteo, basi macula magna nigra.—Expans, alar. antic. lin. 6. Hab. in Sierra Leone. Rev. D. F. Morgan. Mus. Brit. Derbe (Phenice ?) carnosa, W. D. tota luteo-carnosa, tibiis 4 anticis fuscis, alis flavido-hyalinis mar- gine costali pone medium anticarum margineque externo postica- rum fuscis, his puncto medio nigro ; articulo apicali promuscidis nigro, cercis analibus maris elongatis curvatis forcipatis ; abdomine foeminze cornubus duobus porrectis terminato,—Expans. alar. antic. lin. 7. Hab. in India orientali (DD. Downes et Boys). Mus. Westwood, &e. Derbe (Thracia) Essingtonii, W. D. luteo-fulva pronoti lateribus albo-granulatis, mesonoto carinis tribus angustis pallidis, scutello albido, abdominis segmentis intermediis piceis albido-granulatis, pedibus albidis ; alis anticis fusco-albidis fusco-maculatis, costa alba puncto majori ante apicem, maculaque obliqua apicali fuscis, antennis rufescenti-granulatis.—Long. corp. lin. 2. Expans. alar. antic. lin. 11. Hab. in Nova Hollandia apud Portum Essingtonii. Mus. West- wood, &c. . Derbe (Thracia) Pterophoroides, W. D, fusco-albida luteo-tincta, carina faciei et basi promuscidis fusco al- bidoque irroratis, antennis fusco-granulatis, pronoti lateribus deflexis, albido-granulatis, mesonoti carinis tribus fuscis albido irroratis fasciaque media transversa abbreviata albida, abdomine concolori albido-granulato ; pedibus, promuscide et alis anticis obscure albidis, his maculis fuscis minutissimis undique variegatis strigaque obliqua majori apicis alteraque angustiori abbreviata obliqua in medio mar- ginis interni, nigricantibus.—Expans. alar. antic. lin. 144. Hab. in Insula Ceylon. D. Templeton. XXI.—Notes on Chaleidites, and Descriptions of various new species. By Francis Waxxer, F.L,S. [Continued from vol. v. p. 133.] Encyrtus Petitus, fem. Flavus, antennis apice fuscis, alis viv ullis. Body pale yellow: head and chest convex, dull, very finely sha- greened: head short, broad; crown convex : feelers clavate, shorter a lec Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. 211 than the body ; first joint long and slender ; second long cup-shaped ; third and following joints successively increasing in breadth; club pale brown, elliptical, much broader than the ninth joint and more than twice its length: chest short, broad : abdomen nearly round, smooth, shining, depressed, rather shorter and narrower than the chest: legs pale yellow, of moderate length: wings rudimentary. Length of the body 4 line. Ireland. In Mr. Haliday’s collection. Myina annulipes (Haliday MSS.), mas. Lutea, pedibus flavis, mesotibiis apice nigris, alis limpidis. Body luteous, linear: head and chest convex, slightly shining : head as broad as the chest : abdomen obconical, depressed, apparently quite sessile, a little shorter than the chest: eyes and eyelets pitch- colour ; feelers luteous, filiform, a little longer than the body ; first joint yellow, long and slender; second short; third, fourth and fifth long ; sixth spindle-shaped, a little longer than the fifth : legs yellow ; tips of middle shanks black : wings colourless ; veins yellow. Length of the body 4 line; of the wings 4 line. Found at Holywood. In Mr. Haliday’s collection. Myina livens (Haliday MSS.), fem. Corpore antennisque lividis, pedibus flavis, alis sublimpidis. Body narrow, smooth, shining, pale tawny : head a little broader than the chest, prominent in front, marked above with brown: eyes dark red: feelers clavate, very pale tawny, rather longer than the chest ; first joint very pale yellow, long and slender; second cup- shaped; the three following joints forming a spindle-shaped club : chest linear, nearly flat, with a channel along the middle ; sutures of the segments indistinct: abdomen slightly increasing in breadth from the base till near the tip, depressed above, not keeled beneath, rather longer and broader than the chest to which it is closelyapplied: legs pale yellow: wings very narrow, nearly colourless ; veins pale tawny, not reaching the middle of the wing ; ulna hardly longer than the humerus ; radius none ; cubitus very short. Length of the body 2 line; of the wings 4 line. Cheetostricha dimidiata (Haliday MSS.). Ferruginea, abdomine nigro, antennis pedibusque flavis, his fusco variis, alis basi fuscis. Ferruginous: head transverse, short, depressed in front: chest short : fore-chest extremely short : shield of the middle-chest broad ; seutcheon small: abdomen black, smooth, shining, obconie, sessile, hollow above, keeled beneath, a little broader and longer than the chest: legs yellow; fore-thighs and middle-shanks brown at the base; middle-thighs, hind-thighs and hind-shanks brown, the latter ~ yellow beneath and at the tips : feelers nearly spindle-shaped, yellow, about half the length of the body ; first joint long ; second long cup- shaped, brown at the base; third broad; fourth, fifth and sixth forming a spindle-shaped club; sixth joint dart-shaped : fore-wings broad, brown from the base to beyond the middle; veins brown, not 14 . 212 Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. reaching beyond the middle of the wing ; humerus long ; ulna short ; radius very short ; cubitus rather short ; stigma large. Length of the body 3 line; of the wings line. Found at Holywood. In Mr. Haliday’s collection. Trichogramma vitripennis. Fulva, fusco varia, pedibus flavis, alis limpidis. Body tawny, linear, smooth, shining, paler and somewhat narrower than that of 7. evanescens: head and chest convex, slightly varied with brown : abdomen obconical, depressed, apparently quite sessile, a little broader but not longer than the chest, slightly keeled beneath : feelers tawny, clavate, not half the length of the body; the club is pointed: legs yellow: wings colourless; fore- wings very broad; veins tawny, not reaching beyond the middle of the wing ; humerus mode- rately long; ulna very short; radius none; cubitus long; stigma small. Length of the body 3 line; of the wings 3 line. Holywood. In Mr. Haliday’s collection. Oligosita collina (Haliday MSS.), fem. Lutea, antennis pedibus- que flavis, alis limpidis. Body rather narrow, bright pale luteous : head hardly broader than the chest : eyes and eyelets piceous; the former very large: feelers pale yellow, subclavate, brown towards the tips, much more than half the length of the body ; first joint very long ; second cup-shaped ; third and following forming a spindle-shaped club: chest short, nearly flat; sutures of the segments indistinct : abdomen spindle- shaped, depressed above, hardly keeled beneath, nearly twice the length of the chest to which it is closely applied : legs yellow, slen- der ; four hinder feet pale yellow with brown tips : wings colourless, very narrow, deeply fringed ; veins yellow, reaching a little beyond the middle of the fore-wing ; ulna rather longer than the humerus ; cubitus a little longer than the radius, with which it forms a very acute angle; wing-brand small, pale brown. Length of the body 4 line ; of the wings } line. On a mountain heath near Belfast. In Mr. Haliday’s collection. Synopsis of the 'TR1icHOGRAMMINI. “Trib. Trichogrammini. Tarsi trimeri. Tibiz antice calcari apice inciso. Antenne articulis 6, 3 extremis in clavam coarctatis (an semper?) : abdomen subsessile: statura Aphelini (Myine) fere, et huic magis affines videntur quam Eulophinis ; Oligosita vere pedi- bus gracilibus, tarsis 24 paris elongatis, alis longe fimbriatis Thy- sani speciem mentitur. “« Generum conspectus. * Ale antice seriatim pubescentes. i + Vena costam sinu tantum attingens ad ortum radii. 1. Tricho- gramma, Westwood. ++ Vena costam longius decurrens ante ortum radii. 2, Cheeto- stricha, n. g. Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chaleidites. 218 ** Ale vage pubescentes. ¢ Ale antice late, margine subtiliter ciliate. 3. Brachista, n. g. tt Ale antice angustez, longe fimbriate (plumate). 4. Oligosita, n. g.”—Haliday MSS. Cea Irene, fem. nea, capite eneo-viridi, scutello purpureo, abdo- mine violaceo cupreo, antennis pedibusque nigris, genubus tarsis- que basi piceis, alis fusco bifasciatis. Female. Body convex, smooth, shining: head coppery green, transverse, a little broader than the chest ; crown convex; front im- pressed : eyes black, rather large : eyelets three, placed in a triangle on the crown : feelers nine-jointed, slender, nearly filiform, inserted near the mouth, a little shorter than the body; first joint long and slender; second rather long, slightly spindle-shaped; third rather longer than the second; fourth and following joints of nearly equal length, each somewhat shorter than the third ; three terminal joints somewhat shorter than the preceding : chest coppery, spindle-shaped : fore-chest small, concave behind: shield of the middle-chest rather large ; sutures of the parapsides distinct; scutcheon purple, obconi- cal, rather large: hind-chest large, declining, and narrower towards the tip: petiole very short : abdomen spindle-shaped, violet-copper, slightly compressed, keeled beneath, having a few bristles at the tip, narrower but not shorter than the chest ; first segment long ; second much shorter than the first; third and following segments still shorter: sheaths of the oviduct black, hairy: legs black, rather long and slender; trochanters, knees, and base of the first joint of the feet pitch-colour: wings narrow, somewhat dusky, deeply fringed like those of the Mymaride; each fore-wing traversed by two broad brown bands ; ulna a little shorter than the humerus; radius much shorter than the ulna; cubitus very short; stigma small. Length of the body 1 line; of the wings 14 line. Allied to Gastrancistrus, and is perhaps one of the links that form a passage thence to. the Mymaride. Found by Mr. Haliday, in September, on the sand-hills at Port- marnock near Dublin. Iphitrachelus Lar, Haliday.—Female. Body black, convex, broad and short : head and chest dull: head broader than the chest; front convex : feelers brown, stout, club-shaped, inserted near the mouth, shorter than the body; first joint luteous, long and very robust; second cup-shaped ; third and fourth elliptical, rather longer than the second ; fifth, sixth and seventh very small ; eighth, ninth and tenth soldered together, forming a spindle-shaped club without a trace of division : chest short and broad: fore-chest not visible above: shield large; sutures of parapsides very distinct ; scutcheon small, obconical : hind- chest large, dark tawny, furrowed: abdomen elliptical, smooth, shining, shorter than the chest, and hardly more than half its breadth ; first segment very large, and occupying the whole back : legs tawny : wings slightly brown; fore-wings very broad. Length of the body 3 line; of the wings 2 line. Found by Mr. Haliday near Belfast. 214 Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. Megastigmus Atedius, fem. Niger, antennis, abdomineque piceis, pedibus fulvis, femoribus piceo-vittatis, alis limpidis, oviductu corpore vix longiore. Head and chest black, convex: head slightly punctured, almost smooth, tawny about the mouth, nearly as broad as the chest: feelers piceous, slender, very slightly increasing in breadth towards the tips, rather shorter than the chest ; first joint long, slender, tawny ; second cup-shaped, tawny ; third and fourth yellow, very small ; the following joints from the fifth to the eleventh slightly increasing in breadth and decreasing in length; club conical at the tip, more than twice the length of the tenth joint: chest very long, spindle-shaped, very finely shagreened ; it is also transversely rugulose, but the fur- rows are scarcely perceptible: fore-chest large, subquadrate, very slightly rounded and narrower in front, somewhat convex on each side ; its length nearly equal to its breadth: shield of the mid-chest very long with a scarcely perceptible ridge along the back ; sutures of the parapsides very distinct, converging together; axille parted by rather less than one-third of the breadth of the chest; scutcheon long and narrow, irregularly elliptical, having an indistinct suture along the back and a distinct transverse suture near the tip which is almost smooth: hind-chest large, obconical, declining, dull, roughly punctured, with a slight ridge along the back: petiole very short : abdomen spindle-shaped, convex, smooth, shining, slightly com- pressed, dark piceous, somewhat tawny on each side, a little shorter and narrower than the chest ; metapodeon occupying about one-fourth of the back ; octoon short ; ennaton and following segments longer : oviduct tawny; its sheaths black, pubescent, very little longer than the body: legs tawny; a slender piceous streak along each thigh ; tips of feet piceous : wings colourless ; veins brown ; ulna nearly one- third of the length of the humerus; radius much longer than the ulna ; cubitus very short, one-third of the length of the ulna ; brand small, emitting a short branch, and in conjunction with a large round dark piceous spot. Length of the body 13 line; of the wings 3 lines. England. In the collection of Mr. Dale. Callimome Frontinus, fem. Viridis, abdomine cyaneo-purpureo basi viridi, antennis nigris, pedibus viridibus, tarsis piceis basi flavis, alis limpidis, oviductu abdomine vir breviore. Body short, stout, compact, convex: head and chest green, finely shagreened : head as broad as the chest : eyes and eyelets red : feelers black, subclavate, rather stout and compact, shorter than the chest ; first joint green, long, slender; the following joints with the usual proportions: chest elliptical, also with the usual proportions ; tip of the scutcheon purple: abdomen long-oval, smooth, shining, bright bluish purple, bright green at the base, shorter and rather narrower than the chest; metapodeon occupying about one-third of the back, slightly concave at the base ; all the following segments are shorter : sheaths of the oviduct black, pubescent, very nearly as long as the abdomen : legs green; trochanters, knees and fore-feet tawny ; four My. F’, Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. 215 hinder feet tawny, pale yellow at the base, piceous at the tips: wings colourless; veins tawny; ulna full half the length of the humerus ; radius about one-third of the length of the ulna; cubitus not half the length of the radius; brand very small, paler than the veins. Length of the body 14 line; of the wings 24 lines. England. In the collection of Mr. Dale. Entedon Syma. In two specimens of this species from the neigh- bourhood of Aix la Chapelle, and given to me by M. Foerster, the shanks are more or less brown. Encyrtus Antistius,mas. neo-viridis, abdomine purpureo-cupreo, basi apiceque viridi, antennis nigris, pedibus fulvis, metapedum Semoribus viridibus tibiis piceis, mesopedum tibiis basi femoribus- que fuscis, alis limpidis. Head and chest convex : head green, very finely shagreened, con- vex in front, nearly as broad as the chest : feelers black, hairy, filiform, rather slender, nearly as long as the body ; first joint spindle-shaped, tawny, piceous above ; second cup-shaped ; third and following joints long, linear; club slender, slightly pointed, much longer than the preceding joint: chest coppery green, very finely punctured; fore- chest short, distinct above, narrow and rounded in front, its length about half its breadth : shield of the mid-chest short, rather flat, with no appearance of the sutures of the parapsides ; axillz nearly meeting on the back; scutcheon green, obconical, with a rim on each side to the tip: hind-chest coppery, shining, transverse, very short, nearly smooth, declining: petiole extremely short: abdomen oval, flat, smooth, shining, purplish bronze, bright green at the base, brassy green towards the tip, where it is thinly clothed with hairs, shorter than the chest and hardly equal to it in breadth: metapodeon occupying full one-fourth of the back; octoon and following segments shorter : legs tawny ; tips of feet brown; hips and hind-thighs green; hind- shanks piceous; middle legs dilated as usual, their thighs and the base of their shanks mostly brown: wings colourless ; veins brown ; ulna rather thick, somewhat less than one-fourth of the length of the humerus ; radius much shorter than the ulna; cubitus very little shorter than the radius ; brand extremely small. Length of the body 1 line ; of the wings 14 line. England. In the collection of Mr. Dale. _Encyrtus Saccas, mas. Nigro-eneus, abdomine cupreo-viridi, an- tennis fulvis, apice piceis, pedibus piceis, tarsis flavis, metatarsis Suscis, alis limpidis—Fem, Abdomine purpureo basi apiceque cu= preo-viridi. _ Male. Head and chest convex, brassy black: head finely shagreened, convex in front, nearly as broad as the chest: eyes and eyelets piceous : feelers tawny, filiform, very hairy, tips piceous ; first joint spindle-shaped; second cup-shaped; third and following joints linear ; chest rather long, nearly linear : fore-chest extremely short, hardly visible above: shield of the mid-chest long; its length nearly equal to its breadth, with no appearance of the sutures of the par- 216 Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. apsides ; axillz just meeting on the back ; scutcheon large, obconical, green at the tip: hind-chest and petiole very short: abdomen obconical, smooth, shining, flat, coppery green, brighter at the base, hardly more than half the length of the chest ; metapodeon longer than the following segments : legs piceous; knees and feet yellow ; tips of the latter piceous; hind-knees tawny; hind-feet brown: wings colourless ; veins brown ; ulna rather thick, not one-eighth of the length of the humerus; radius full twice the length of the ulna; cubitus shorter than the radius; brand extremely small. Fem. Feelers clavate, tawny, shorter than the chest; first joint spindle-shaped, green; second cup-shaped, piceous; the following joints from the third to the eighth successively increasing in breadth ; club piceous, short, flat, much broader than the eighth joint and more than twice its length: abdomen flat, nearly round, purple, bright coppery green at the base and at the tip, very much shorter and somewhat broader than the chest. Length of the body 1 line; of the wings 2 lines. ; England. In the collection of Mr. Dale. Entedon Philiscus, fem. Cyaneo-viridis, abdomine cupreo-purpureo, basi apiceque viridi, antennis nigris, pedibus viridibus, genubus tursisque fulvis, proale cuique macula magna fusca. Head and chest convex, thickly and finely shagreened, dark greenish blue : head hardly broader than the chest : eyes and eyelets dark red: feelers black, clavate, much shorter than the chest; first joint long, slender, green; second cup-shaped ; the following joints successively decreasing in length; club conical, much longer than the preceding joint: chest elliptical, rather short: fore-chest very short, but distinct; its length about one-sixth of its breadth : shield of the mid-chest short and broad; its length about half its breadth ; sutures of the parapsides indistinct; axille parted by full one-third of the breadth of the chest ; scutcheon large, nearly short, oval: hind- chest declining, transverse, rather short, almost smooth, with a ridge along the middle and a rim on each side: petiole very short: abdo- men short-elliptical, smooth, shining and dark bronze-purple, green at the tip, bright green at the base, scarcely keeled beneath, hardly narrower but much shorter than the chest; metapodeon occupying rather less than one-third of the back; octoon and all the following segments of moderate and nearly equal size: legs green; knees and feet tawny ; tips of the latter and the whole of the fore-feet piceous : wings colourless, broad; a very large pale brown spot occupying nearly the whole of the disc of each fore-wing ; veins brown; ulna longer than the humerus; radius very short, not more than one-tenth of the length of the ulna; cubitus also very short, but a little longer than the radius; brand very small. Length of the body 1 line; of the wings 2 lines. _ ; Var. 3. Chest coppery: hind-chest varied with green : abdomen bronze at the tip, varied with copper-colour at the base. England. In the collection of Mr. Dale. " Bibliographical Notices. Q17 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. An Introduction to Conchology, or Elements of the Natural History of Molluscous Animals. By GeorcE Jounston, M.D., LL.D. Van Voorst, 1850. Twenty years ago the author of this delightful volume commenced a series of letters with the view of converting the shell-collector into a man of science, and of rendering conchology more intellectually interesting by describing in readable language the relations of shells to the animals which make them, and the several matters of interest presented by the ceconomical, physiological, and systematical rela- tions of the Mollusca. He aspired to do the like service to mala- - eology which Kirby and Spence did for entomology. These letters were published in that delightful mixture of science and gossip, Lou- don’s ‘ Magazine of Natural History,’ a publication which, by spread- ing the taste for natural-history pursuits, did much to bring about the love for and distinction in natural-history science, now so honourably distinguishing Great Brita among the nations of Europe. Those who were young and. commencing their studies at the time the letters in question appeared remember well the interest they excited, alike from the excellence of their matter and the elegance of their style. Dr. Johnston has now carried out the idea he then projected, and a more charming volume has not been presented to naturalists for a very long time. Moreover it is so pleasantly written, so full of col- lateral information and literary illustration, that if put into the hands of a person unacquainted with science, it cannot fail to be read with delight, and to inspire a taste for the studies to which it is devoted. The discursive manner in which Dr. Johnston has treated his sub- ject is very favourable to a development of the interest appertaining to it. Conchology has got a bad name among the educated ignorant on the supposition that the study of shells is a mere trifling agreeable amusement, fitter for idlers than thinking persons. This notion is as false as unfair, and we are greatly mistaken if the volume before us does not go far to instil a better estimate of this pleasant branch of zoology ; not merely pleasant too, but important, for without a close study of it the paleeontologist cannot proceed with his investi- gations of extinct creatures, and, consequently, the geologist be se- riously thrown out in his comparisons of strata and determination of their relative age. In the end, the neglect of what the mass of the public esteem trifling, may tell seriously on that most sensitive organ common to a large portion of civilized mankind, viz. the pocket, since a very slight geological mistake arising from an error in the determination of a few fossil shells, may involve the fortunes of thou- sands and plunge whole families from wealth into penury. But mere conchology, in the old sense of the term, could scarcely effect much good, and one great service done by Dr. Johnston in his “ Introduc- tion”’ is the indissolubly linking in the mind of the student the study of the shell and that of its animal constructor. In a few years there will be no mere conchologists—all will be malacologists. 218 Zoological Society. An excellent feature of these chapters is an outline-of the history of conchology, setting before us very clearly the progression of the ideas of the naturalists who have devoted themselves to the working out of the systematic relations of the Mollusca. The details of a system of malacology cannot be said yet to have been attained, but every day fresh knowledge of molluscous animals is pouring in upon us, and in a few years there will be sufficient materials accumulated to enable the zoologist to attempt the construction of a natural ar- rangement of them. A work of this kind does not admit of extract within the limits of a brief notice, otherwise we could ornament our pages with many passages abounding in the finest eloquence, and warmed by that earnest and enthusiastic love of the beauties of creation, character- istic of one who has rendered so many and various services to British science. We might, were we disposed to be hypercritical, indicate a few defi- ciencies, and venture on a few differences of opinion, but we have de- rived too much pleasure from the perusal of this ‘ Introduction to Conchology’ to suggest faults or make petty corrections. The volume is beautifully got up, and so far as external aspect and printing can go, is as well adapted for the drawing-room as for the study. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. February 12, 1850.—W. Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. An ARRANGEMENT OF STOMATELLIDZ, INCLUDING THE CHA- RACTERS OF A NEW GENUS, AND OF SEVERAL NEW SPECIES. By Artruur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. erc. STOMATELLID&. Head broad, proboscidiform ; tentacles subulate, with a fimbriated lobe at their inner bases; eyes on peduncles at their outer bases ; mantle with the front edge entire ; muscle of attachment crescentic, open in front ; foot with a lateral membrane. Operculum rudimen- tary or none. Shell imperforate, with a crescentic muscular impres- sion, open in front. The family Stomatellide differs from that of Haliotide in the mantle not being fissured anteriorly, in the muscle of attachment being in the form of a horseshoe round the sides and posterior part of the mantle, instead of being oval and central, and in the shell not being perforated. In their habits they are littoral, living on coral reefs and attached to stones near the shore. Some of the genera, as Gena, Stomatella and Stomatia, have considerable locomotive powers, and glide, especially Gena, with some degree of celerity. The latter genus and Stomatia possess the faculty, common to some other kinds of mollusea, of spontaneously detaching a considerable portion of the hind part of the foot when disturbed or irritated. Zoological Society. 219 SromaTeLLA, Lamarck. Animal spiral, retractile within the shell; tentacular lobes trian- gular, with the front edge fringed ; foot small, not tubercular, not produced posteriorly, operculigerous, lateral membrane very wide, the circumference regularly fimbriated. Operculum orbicular, thin, horny, multispiral. Shell spiral, suborbicular, depressed, transversely ribbed or sulciferous ; spire more or less elevated, whorls rounded ; aperture large, wider than long, pearly within. SroMATELLA rmBRIcATA, Lamarck. Hab. Torres Straits ; Jukes. (Mus. Cuming.) Stomatella imbricata, Lamk. Ency. Méth. p. 450. f. 2; Hist. Nat. An. s. Vert. vol. vi. p. 209. STOMATELLA CANCELLATA, Krauss. Hab. Table Bay, Cape of Good Hope. (Mus. Cuming.) Stomatella cancellata, Krauss, Sudafrican. Moll. tab. 5. fig. 26. SroMATELLA COSTELLATA, Adams. S. testd suborbiculatd, con- vexo-depressd, albidd, imperforatd, costellis transversis obtusis striisque elevatis longitudinalibus decussatd ; spird subpromi- nuld ; aperturd magnd, obliqud, oblongd. Hab. ? (Mus. Metcalf.) SroMATELLA ARTICULATA, Adams. S. festd suborbiculari, im- perforatd, convexd, tenui, grised, costulis transversis nigro-arti- culatis, interstitiis lineis longitudinalibus elevatis ornatd ; spird prominuld, anfractibus rotundatis ; apertura oblongo-ovali, lon- giore quam latiore. Hab. Australia; Lord Hood’s Island, South Seas, on the pearl oyster; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.) STOMATELLA SULCIFERA, Lamarck. Hab. Philippines, Catbalonga ; island of Samar, under stones ; isle of Ticao, on the reefs, low water; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.) Stomatella sulcifera, Lamk. Hist. Nat. An. s. Vert. p. 210. STroMATELLA MACULATA, Quoy and Gaimard. Hab. Catanuan, province of Tayabas, island of Luzon, under stones, low water; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.) STOMATELLA MONILIFERA, Adams. S. testd suborbiculart, con- vexo-depressd, imperforatd, albidd, rufo-punctatd, costellis moni- liferis confertis transversis ornatd ; aperturd obliqud, subcir- culari. Hab. ? (Mus. Metcalf.) STOMATELLA DECOLORATA, Gould. Hab. Mangsi Island; Gould. Species unknown to me. “Allied to S. maculata, Quoy, but the spire is less elevated, aperture more round, and a plain white lunate area adjacent to the columella.” Stomatella decolorata, Gould, Expedition, Shells, p. 51. 220 Zoological Society. STOMATELLA PAPYRACEA, Chemnitz. Hab. China Sea and Sooloo Archipelago. (Mus. Cuming.) Turbo papyraceus, Chemnitz. Stomatella tumida, Gould, Expedi- tion, Shells, p. 51. STOMATELLA MALUKANA, Adams. S. testd suborbiculatd, con- vexd, imperforatd, transversim suleatd, longitudinaliter striatd, costulis transversis striatis cinctd, mustelind rufo-fusco varie- gatd, subtus costis albo rufoque articulatis ; spird prominuld ; aperturd ovali, longiore quam latiore. Hab. Molluccas. STOMATELLA ORBICULATA, Adams. S. testd suborbiculari, con- vend, virescenti, castaneo variegatd, transversim sulcatd, longi- tudinaliter striatd, costis confertis rotundatis; spird promi- nuld, anfractibus rotundatis ; aperturd subcirculari, intus viri- descentt. i Hab. Mosambique, under stones, low water; Rev. W. V. Henner. (Mus. Cuming.) SroMATELLA saponica, Adams. S. testd suborbiculari, imper- Soratd, convexd, fuscd, transversim costulatd, costulis confertis nodulosis, interstitiis tenuissime longitudinaliter striatis; spird prominuld, anfractibus costatis rotundatis ; aperturd subcircu- lari, intus margaritaced. Hab. Japan. (Mus. Cuming.) STOMATELLA HALIOTIDEA, Sowerby. Hab. Philippines, Oalaguete ; Loon, isle of Bohol, under stones, low water ; San Estevan, proy. South Ilocos; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.) Stomatella haliotidea, Sowerby, Genera. STOMATELLA FULGURANS, Adams. _ S. testd suborbiculari, sub- perforatd, convead ; spird acuminatd, apice acuto rosed, trans- versim sulcatd, carinulis transversis albo maculatis, longitudi- naliter striatis, striis subtis obsoletis, albidd lineis fuscis undu- latis variegatd ; apertura ovali, obliqud, intus margaritaced, valdé sulcosd. Hab. Bais, island of Negros, under stones, low water; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.) STOMATELLA SANGUINEA, Adams. _ S. testd orbiculatd, depressd ; spird prominuld, acutd, coccined, transversim tenuissime sulcatd, longitudinaliter oblique striatd, carinulis transversis subdistan- tibus nodulosis ; aperturd ovali, obliqud ; columella subcallosd, ared umbilicali albd, intus margaritaced sulcosd. Hab. Island of Ticao, under stones, low water; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.) SToMATELLA spEciosA, Adams. S. testd orbiculato-conicd, albd sanguineo maculatd, transversim carinatd, longitudinaliter valde striatd, carinis obtusis prominentibus carinulis intermediis ; spird prominuld, anfractibus tricarinatis ; apertura ovali, intus margaritaced. Hab, Grimwood’s Island; H. C. (Mus. Cuming.) a : i . Zoological Society. — 221. STroMATELLA cocciNEA, Adams. S. testd orbiculato-conicd, subperforatd, coccined, maculis albis seriatim dispositis in an- fractu ultimo ornatd, transversim tenuiter sulcatd, anfractu ultimo subangulato; spird prominente, anfractibus bicarinatis ; aperturd subcirculari, labio postice reflexo, calloso. Hab. St. John’s; Mr. Hartweg. STOMATELLA TIGRINA, Adams. SS. testd orbiculato-conicd, per- foratd, albidd, fasciis rufis radiatim dispositis ornatd, bieari- natd, carinis elevatiusculis, obtusis, transversim striatd, striis regularibus ; spird prominente, anfractibus angulatis ; aperturd subcirculari, labio subreflexo, calloso ; umbilico distincto, sub- obtecto. Hab. ——? STOMATELLA MARGARITANA, Adams. S. testd turbinatd, spird ~ elevatd, anfractibus rotundatis, rubrd longitudinaliter sub- striatd, transversim costulatd, costulis subnodulosis inequali- bus; aperturd suborbiculari, intus margaritaced, labro semicir- culart ; umbilico callo, obtecto. Hab. in littoribus Australie. (Mus. Cuming.) A small, red, transversely ribbed species, having very much the appearance of a Margarita. STOMATELLA BreorcaTA, Adams. S. testd turbinatd, subde- pressd, rubrd, albo obscure variegatd, transversim suleatd; spird acuminatd, anfractibus quatuor, anfractu ultimo porcis duabus prominentibus instructd ; aperturd subquadratd, intus marga- ritaced, labio subrecto, labro in medio biangulato, umbilico callo, obtecto. Had. in littoribus Australie. (Mus. Cuming.) A small red species with two rounded ridges on the last whorl and a subquadrate aperture. Stromatia, Helbling. Animal spiral, too large to entirely enter the shell, tentacular lobes digitated. Foot large, tubercular, greatly produced behind ; lateral membrane fringed, ending anteriorly on the left side in a fimbriated crest under the eye-peduncle, and on the right in a slightly projecting fold or gutter leading to the respiratory cavity. Operculum none. Shell subspiral, oblong, or suborbicular, carinated or tuberculated ; spire prominent ; aperture wider than long, pearlaceous within. STroMATIA PHyMoTIS, Lamarck. Hab. Philippine Islands, Matnag, province of Albay, Luzon, on the reefs; H. C. (Mus. Cuming.) SromaTIA AusTRALIS, Adams. S. testd haliotided, ovato-ob- longd, sublatd, olivaced, dorso levigatd, transversim tenué stri- atd, carinis duabus rotundatis, inferiori tuberculatd ; aperturd anticé dilatatd, labro supra ultimum anfractum ascendente. Hab. Darnley’s Island, Torres Straits, under stones; Jukes. (Mus, Cuming.) 222 Zoological Society. SroMATIA DUPLICATA, Sowerby. Hab. Cagayan, province of Misamis, island of Mindanao, under stones, low water; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.) SromMaTiA ANGULATA, Adams. S. testd orbiculato-convexd, sub- depressd, viriduld, transversim valde costulatd, interstitiis lon- gitudinaliter striatis, carinis duabus elevatis simplicibus angu- latis ; aperturd transversd, subcirculari, labro in medio biangu- lato. Had. San Estevan, province of South Ilocos, island of Luzon and island of Ticao, under stones, low water; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.) Stomatia pecussaTa, Adams. S. testd ovato-oblongd, longitu- dinaliter et transversim decussate striatd, carinis duabus sim- plicibus aut subtuberculatis angulatis prominentibus, pallida maculis fuscis variegatd ; spird elevatd ; aperturd obliqud, fere orbiculari, labro biangulato in medio. Hab. Sorsogon, province of Albay, island of Luzon, on smooth stones, 6 fathoms; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.) STOMATIA ACuMINATA, Adams. SS. festd haliotided, suborbicu- latd, subfuscd, cancellatd, transversim costatd, costis tribus pro- minentibus, medid valde prominuld tuberculatd, valde plicatd prope suturam, longitudinaliter elevate striatdé; spird promi- nuld, acuminata, anfractibus quatuor angulatis, labro in medio triangulato. Hab. Philippine Islands. (Mus. Cuming.) SToMATIA Lt1rRATA, Adams. S.testd orbiculato-convead, liris trans- versis subequalibus elevatis vie nodulosis, interstitiis valde lon- gitudinaliter striatis, prope suturam subplicatd, pallidd, fusco radiatim marmoratd; spird subprominuld, anfractibus rotunda- tis; aperturd obliqud, oblongo-ovali, labro convexo, rotundato. Hab. ? (Mus. Cuming.) STOMATIA RUBRA, Lamarck. Hab. Philippine and Corean Archipelago, (Mus. Cuming.) Sromatia NoTaTaA, Adams. S. ¢estd suborbiculari, depressd, pallide rosed, maculis purpureis valde distinctis ornatd, trans- versim carinatd, carinis acutis prominentibus subdistantioribus, longitudinaliter valde oblique striatd; spird subprominuld, an- Sractibus carinatis, apice acuto ; aperturd subcireulari, intus margaritaced et transversim sulcatd. Hab. ? (Mus. Cuming.) SToMATIA CANDIDA, Adams. S. testd suborbiculatd, depressd, candida, transversim totd carinatd, carinulis parvis confertis permuliis elevatiusceulis subnodulosis, interstitis longitudinali- ter tenuissime striatd ; spird depressiusculd, anfractibus rotun- datis ; aperturd obliqud, subcirculari, longiore quam latiore. Hab, Korean Archipelago, coral reefs; 4. H. (Mus. Cuming.) SromarTia PALLIDA, Adams. S. testd suborbiculari; spird acu- minatd, albd, radiis pallidis longitudinalibus pictd, transversim Zoological Society. 223 liratd, interstitiis decussate striatis ; aperturd transversd, sub- ovali, intus porcelland, labio subrecto, calloso. Hab. ad Insulam Lord Hood, dedicay. (Mus. Cuming.) A species somewhat resembling in colouring the striped variety of 8. notata, but which differs materially in form and sculpture. Microtis, new genus. Animal as in Sfomatia, but the foot with a deep anterior fissure for the head, and the front edge bilobed. Operculum none. Shell spiral, suborbicular, depressed, with two tuberculated ridges; spire slightly prominent ; aperture very large, wider than long, pearly within, columellar margin spiral, visible as far as the apex of the spire. Microtis TUBERCULATA, Adams. M. testd suborbiculari, halio- tided, valdé depressd, viride variegatd, transversim striatd, bt- carinatd, carinis tuberculatis, prope suturam nodulosim plicatd; spird vix elevatd, anfractibus carinatis ; aperturd magnd, ovalt, intus bisulcatd margaritaced. } Hab. Island of Capul, on the sands, high water ; H, C. . (Mus: Cuming.) Gena, Gray. Animal subspiral, oval, depressed, too large to enter the shell ; tentacular lobes plumose. Foot very large, tubercular, posteriorly pro- duced ; lateral membrane not fimbriated, more or less extended, and covering the shell. Operculum none. Shell subspiral, oblong, ear- shaped, depressed, smooth or striated; spire flattened, nearly obso- lete ; aperture large, pearly within. Gena PLANULATA, Lamarck, Hab. Isle of Camaguin, under smooth stones, low water ; Gindul- man, isle of Bohol, under stones; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.) Stomatella planulata, Lamarck, Hist. An. s. Vert. vol. vi. p. 210; Encyclop. Méth. pl. 40. f. 4 a, 6. GEENA AURICULA, Lamarck. Hab. Eastern Seas; Red Sea; Celebes. (Mus. Cuming.) Stomatella auricula, Lamk. Hist. An. s. Vert. vi. p. 210. Patella lutea, Linn. ' GENA NIGRA, Quoy and Gaimard. Hab, Eastern Seas. (Mus. Cuming.) Stomatella nigra, Quoy §* Gaimard, Voy. de? Astr. v, 3. pl. 66 bis, fig. 10-12. Gena pLumpBrA, Adams. G. testd haliotided, ovato-oblongd, dorso latere dextro gibbosd, sinistro planulatd, plumbed, decus- sate totd striata; spird prominuld, anfractibus rotundatis, anfractu ultimo ad suturam gibboso ; aperturd postice subcana- liculatd, labro in medio flexuoso. Hab. Java. (Mus. Cuming.) Gena stricosa, Adams. G. testd haliotided, ovato-oblongd, 224 Zoological Society. dorso subplanatd, totd striatd, striis irregularibus subconfertis, olivaced lilaceo alboque varid, fasciis subfuscis, pallidis alter- nantibus longitudinaliter ornatd, labro haud sinuoso. Hab. ? (Mus. Cuming.) Gena striaTuLa, Adams. G. testd haliotided, ovato-oblongd, dorso planiusculd, totd striatd, striis profundis subdistantibus, rubrd, flaveolo aurantiaco fuscoque varie pictd ; spird prominuld, nunquam subdistortd ; labro valdé flexuoso. Hab. Calapan, island of Mindoro, on small stones, 9 fathoms; H.C. Swan River, Lieut. Preston; Australia. (Mus. Cuming.) Gena vARIA, Adams. G. testd haliotided, ovato-oblongd, politd, dorso equaliter convexd, latere sinistro striatd ; luteo, rubro alboque variegatd ; spird prominuld, erectd, acuminata. Hab. Calapan, island of Mindoro, on small stones, 9 fathoms; H.C. Acapulco, on the sands, Co/. Moffat; Australia. A pretty little spe- cies usually confounded with G. auricula. (Mus. Cuming.) GeENA CONCINNA, Gould. Hab. Sandy Island. Gena minima, Dufo. Hab. Seychelles, dredged from 6 fathoms; Du/fo. Stomatella minima, Dufo, Ann. Sc. Nat. Oct. 1840, p. 202. Spe- cies unknown to me. Gena rraAsaTA, Dufo. Hab. Seychelles. Stomatella irasata, Dufo, dnn. Sc. Nat. Oct. 1840. Species un- known to me. GENA PULCHELLA, Adams. G. testd convewxo-depressd, ovali, albd, rufo maculatd, dorso convead, totd striatd; spird prominuld, anfractibus rotundatis ; aperturd magnd, ovali, intus margari- taced, iridescente. Hab. ? (Mus. Metcalf.) GENA LINTRICULA, Adams. G. testd haliotided, oblongd, dorso convexd, totd tenuissimé striatd, tenui, fragili, carneold, rubro maculatd ; spird subterminali, minima, ad latus decumbente ; aperturd apertd, valde elongatd. Hab. Calapan, island of Mindoro, on smooth stones, 9 fathoms ; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.) GENA ASPERULATA, Adams. G. testd haliotided, dorso convexd, rufo-fuscd cinguld albd lata longitudinali ornatd, lineis elevatis subconfertis, striisque longitudinalibus obliquis decussatd; spird posticd, subprominuld, albd ; aperturd elongatd, ovali. Hab. ? (Mus. Metcalf.) GENA NEBULOSA, Adams. G. testd halictided, ovato-oblongd, dorso totd striatd, albd rufo-fusco nebulosd ; spird prominuld, anfractibus angulatis; aperturd elongatd, ovali; columelld callo crasso rimam umbilicalem obtegente. Hab, Australia, (Mus. Cuming.) ~ Zoological Society. 225 Gena ornata, Adams. G. testd subturbinaced, ovali, levi, po- litd, dorso convexd, fusco-rubrd, lineis nigris albo-articulatis longitudinalibus ; spird prominuld, rosed ; aperturd ovali; co- lumelld curvatd, simplici ; labro reflexo, posticé subflexuoso. Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines, on the reefs, low water ; H. C. (Mus. Cuming.) GeNA LINEATA, Adams. G. testd subturbinaced, solidd, levi, politd, convexd, ovali, carneold lineis rubris longitudinalibus ornatd ; spird prominuld, anfractibus rotundatis ; aperturd sub- rotundatd ; columellé planulatd, callosd, labro simplice. Hab. ? (Mus. Cuming.) Broperipia, Gray. Animal unknown. Operculum? Shell ancyliform, nonspiral, ob- long-ovate, flattened, apex posterior, involute; aperture very large, ovate, pearlaceous internally. Scutella, Broderip (pars). BroprririA rr1wescens, Broderip, sp. Hab. Pacific Ocean, Grimwood’s Island. (Mus. Cuming.) Scutella iridescens, Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc. June 1834. BropEriria RosEA, Broderip, sp. Hab. Pacific Ocean, Grimwood’s Island. (Mus. Cuming.) Scutella rosea, Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc. June 1834. Broveripia Cuminen, A. Adams. B. testd ovatd, depresso- convexd, subpellucidd, pallidd, radiis rubris ptctd, concentrice corrugato-striatd, striis granulosis, vertice postico excentrico- submarginali ; aperturd patuld, intus margaritaced, margine albo limbo maculis rufis picto ; margine columellari acute angu- lato prominente, posticée subrecto. Hab. in insulis Philippinis (Capul). (Mus. Cuming.) Distinguished from B. iridescens by its prominent angulated colu- mellar margin and granulato-corrugose surface. ScrssuRELLA, D’Orbigny. Animal unknown. Operculum none. Shell very small or minute heliciform ; spire depressed ; aperture suborbicular, effuse ;_ outer lip with a narrow fissure or slit; umbilicus open. ? Anatomus, Montfort. SCISSURELLA ANGULATA, Lovén. Hab. Scandinavia. : Scissurella angulata, Loven, Index Moll. Scand. p. 20. ScissuRELLA piicata, Philippi. Hab. Shores of the Peninsula of Thapsi. Scissurella plicata, Phil. En. Moll. Sicil. vol. i. p. 187, vol. ii. tab. 25. fig. 18. Scissurella d’Orbignyi, Scacchi. ScissURELLLA STRIATULA, Philippi. Hab. Peninsula of Magnisi. Scissurella striatula, Phil. Hn. Moll. Sicil. vol. ii. p. 160. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 2. Vol. vii. 15 226 Zoological Society. ScissURELLA pEecussaTa, D’Orbigny. Scissurella decussata, D’ Orbigny, Mém. Soc. d’ Hist. Nat. de Par. i. p. 340. ScIsSURELLA CRISPATA, Fleming. Scissurella crispata, Fleming, Brit. An. p. 361-366. MonoGrapu OF THE Genus ANATINELLA. By Arruur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. etc. ANATINELLA, Sowerby. Shell ovate equivalve, nearly equilateral, anterior side rounded, posterior slightly beaked and subtruncated. Ligament internal, fixed to a spoonshaped process in each valve, on the anterior side of which are placed two rather elongated cardinal teeth. Muscular impres- sions two, lateral, distant, the anterior oblong and irregular, the poste- rior nearly circular. Palleal impression entire, without any sinus. No testaceous appendage within the hinge. ANATINELLA Sippaxpit, Sowerby. A. testd solidiori, subopacd, levi, valde concentricé corrugatd, longitudinaliter obsoleté sub- striatd; latere postico, acuminato, subtruncato ; margine dor- sali postice declivi ; processu cochleariformi crasso lato ; mar- gine ventrali valde arcuato. Hab. Ceylon, on the sands. (Mus. Cuming.) ANATINELLA DILATATA, Adams. A. testd tenui, fragili, concen- tricé corrugatd, longitudinaliter striatd, latere postico dilatato, oblique valde truncato, margine dorsali postice horizontali recto, processu cochleariformi parvo tenui, dentibus cardinalibus valde. divergentibus ; margine ventrali arcuato. Hab. Puteao, Philippines, on sand-banks, at low water; H. C. (Mus. Cuming.) ANATINELLA VENTRICOSA, Adams. A. testd tenui, ventricosd, semipellucidd, concentricé corrugatd, longitudinaliter conspicué striatd, striis elevatiusculis, latere postico rotundato ; margine dorsali posticé declivi ; processu cochleariformi tenui, angusto ; margine ventrali leviter arcuato. Hab. Puteao, Philippines, on sand-banks, at low water; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.) February 26.—W. Spence, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair. The following paper was read :— MonoGrapPus or CycLostTrREeMA, MARRYAT, AND SEPARATISTA,. GRAY; TWO GENERA OF GAsTEROPODOUS MoLuiusks. By ArtTuur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. etc. CycLostrema, Marryat. Animal ignotum. Operculum ? Testa depressa, perspectivo- umbilicata ; apertura circularis. CyCLOSTREMA CANCELLATA, Marryat. C. testd albd, lineis lon- gitudinalibus et transversis elevatis decussantibus inde cancel- Zoological Society. 227 lata; aperturd labiis cancellatis ; cancellis transversim stre- atis. Hab. Baszay, island of Samar, 6 fathoms, coral sand; H. C. (Mus. Cuming.) Cyclostrema cancellata, Marryat, Trans. Linn. Soc. 1818, vol. xii. p. 338. CycLosTREMA NiIvEA, Chemnitz. C. testd orbiculari, nived, pel- lucidd ; spird depressd, anfractibus transversim costellatis, cos- tellis regularibus, superis distantioribus ; interstitiis leviter con- cavis ; suturis profundis subcanaliculatis ; labro simplici ; um- bilico peramplo. Hab. Seas of India. (Mus. Cuming.) Turbo niveus, Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. vol. x. pl. 165. f. 1587 and 1588. Delphinula nivea, Reeve. Delphinula levis, Kzener. _ Cyciosrrema Reeviana, Hinds. C. testd orbiculari, subdis- coided, muticd ; spird depressiusculd, anfractibus convexis, lon- gitudinaliter carinulatis, carinulis numerosis, superis distantt- oribus ; interstitiis liris obliquis corrugato-clathratis ; labro simplici ; umbilico peramplo. Hab. Straits of Malacca, 17 fathoms. (Mus. Cuming.) _ Delphinula Reeviana, Hinds, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1843. Cyctostrema Cosisensis, Reeve. C. testd turbinatd, minutd, anfractibus convexis, carinulis transversis et longitudinalibus equidistantibus regulariter clathratis; umbilico mediocri; labro simplict. Hab. Port of Cobija, Peru, under stones in rocky places, low water ; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.) Delphinula Cobijensis, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1843. CycLosTREMA sprrRuLA, Adams. C. testd orbiculari, discoided, evolutd; spird depresso-concavd, anfractibus rotundatis, primis contiguis, ultimd distinctd, transversim costulatis, costellis sub- confertis, aquidistantibus ; interstitiis tenuissime longitudina- liter striatd ; aperturd circulari ; peritremate continuo. Hab. Philippine Islands. (Mus. Cuming.) CycLosTREMA CINGULIFERA, Adams. (C. testd orbiculari, ni- tidd ; spird depressd, anfractibus rotundatis, carinulis trans- versis, acutis, equidistantibus ; interstitiis (sub lente) tenuis- simé longitudinaliter striatis ; aperturd subcirculari, supra subangulatd ; umbilico mediocri. Hab. Dumaguete, island of Zebu, 4 fathoms; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.) CycLosTREMA NiTIpA, Adams. C. testd orbiculari, levi, tenui, nitidd ; spird elevatiusculd, anfractibus prope suturam suban- gulatis ; suturis profundis, subcanaliculatis ; apertura subcir- culari, supra angulatd ; umbilico magno, peromphalo angulato, acuto. Hab. Catanuan and Sual, island of Luzon, 10 fathoms, sandy mud ; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.) 15* 228 Zoological Society. CycLosrrema PLANoRBULA, Adams. C. iestd orbiculari, plan- orbuld; spird depressd, anfractibus levibus, rotundatis, suturis distinctis ; aperturd subcirculari, supra angulatd ; umbilico permagno, patulo. Hab. Sual, island of Luzon, 10 fathoms, sandy mud; H. Cc. (Mus. Cuming.) CycLosTREMA PLANA, Adams. C. testd orbiculari, dorso plano- convexd ; spird depressd, anfractibus planis, supra transversim striatis, infra levibus ; aperturd subcirculari, supra angulatd ; umbilico peramplo, anfractibus intus conspicuis. Hab. Dumaguete, island of Negros ; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.) CycLostrEeMA Micans, Adams. C. testa turbinatd, minutd, albd, nitida, anfractibus convexis, longitudinaliter oblique costellatis, transversim carinulatis, carinulis nodulosis; umbilico mediocrt ; aperturd circular? ; peristomate continuo, inerassato. Hab. Port Lincoln; Metcalf. (Mus. Cuming and Metcalf.) CycLOSTREMA ELEGANS, Adams. C. testd orbiculari, discoided, tenui, semipellucidd ; spird depressd, anfractibus rotundatis, transversim omnino striatis ; suturis distinctis ; aperturd sub- circulari, supra angulatd ; umbilico peramplo. Hab. Sibonga, island of Zebu, 10 fathoms, sandy mud ; H. C. (Mus. Cuming.) CycLosTREMA suLcaTa, Adams. C. testa orbiculari, discoided ; spird planiusculd, anfractibus convexis, costellis transversis confertis regularibus, interstitiis profundé sulcosis ; suturis profundis canaliculatis ; umbilico patulo ; peromphalo levi. Hab. Tambay, island of Negros, coarse sand, 6 fathoms; H. C. (Mus. Cuming.) CycLOSTREMA ANGULATA, Adams.. C. testd orbiculari, discoided ; spird depress, anfractibus transversim costellatis, costellis regularibus, e@quidistantibus, interstitiis tenuissimé striatis ; anfractu ultimo biangulato, supra costellato, in medid plano, infra costellato ; aperturd subangulatd ; peritremate inter- rupto ; umbilico permagno. Hab. Sibonga, island of Zebu, 10 fathoms, sandy mud ; TDC (Mus. Cuming.) Separatista, Gray. Animal ignotum. Operculum ? Testa orbicularis, subdiscor- dea, anfractibus primis contiguis, ultimo distincto ; apertura patuld, effusd, angulis subcanaliculatis ; umbilicus magnus, in- fundibuliformis, usque ad apicem. The Cornu of Schumacher and the Lippistes of Montfort, founded upon the Argonauta cornu of Fichtel, appear to belong to Carinaria of Lamarck. Steira of Eschscholtz would seem by the figure given in Oken’s ‘Isis’ to be an Atlanta badly drawn in an inverted position, and indeed is founded upon the “Corne a’ Ammon vivant of Le- sueur, dlanta Peronit. Separatista, Gray (not described). Zoological Society. 229 Seraratista Grayu, Adams, 3S. testd spird depressd, anfrac- tibus carinulis quinque transversis ; aperturd oblongo-trans- versd ; labio reflewo, antice rotundato. Hab. Cape of Good Hope. (Mus. Cuming.) Separatista CuEemnitzit, Adams. S. testd spird elevatd, an- Fractibus carinulis tribus transversis ; aperturd subcirculart ; labio subreflexo, antice producto, angutato. Hab. Island of Bureas, Philippines; H. C. (Mus. Cuming.) Turbo separatista, Chemnitz. Professer Owen communicated a Memoir *, in continuation of his previous papers published in the Zool. Trans. (vol. ii. pp. 243, 307, 345), on the Gigantic Wingless Birds of New Zealand. Having in the previous Memoirs determined and referred to their genera and species the different bones of the leg, he made those of the foot the subject of the present communication, which was illus- trated by the exhibition of an extensive series of remains from both the North and South (or Middle) islands of New Zealand; com- prising the entire series of phalanges of one and the same foot of the Palapteryx robustus, a gigantic species from Waikawaite ; a similarly complete series of the Dinornis rheides ; and series more or less in- complete of the phalanges of the Dinornis giganteus, Palapteryx in- gens, and other genera and species of the singular extinct wingless birds of New Zealand. The characteristics of the different phalanges were minutely detailed, and the different proportions of the toes cha- racteristie of different species, especially of the two most gigantic, viz. the Dinornis giganteus of the North island, and the Palapte- - ryx robustus of the turbary deposits of the Middle island. The adaptation of the elaw-bones for scratching up the soil was obvious from their shape and strength. The generic distinction of Palapteryx had previously been indicated by a slight depression on the metatar- sus, supposed by the author to be for the articulation of a small back- toe, as in the Apteryx; and he had since received a specimen of the principal bone of that toe, which was exhibited and described. A nearly entire sternum, a portion of a mmute humerus, and a cranium of one of the smaller species of Dinornis, were also exhibited and described. This magnificent series of remains of great New Zealand birds had been collected chiefly by the late Colonel Wakefield, and had been transmitted to the author through the kind interest of J. R. Gowen, Esq., a Director of the New Zealand Company. ’ March 12.—W. Spence, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair. The following paper was read :— First THoucuts on A PuysroLocican ARRANGEMENT OF Birps. By Epwarp Newman, F.L.S., F.Z.S. ere. The systematic arrangement of the Class Aves is more unsettled than that of any other portion of the animal kingdom, a circumstance * This paper will be printed in the Zool. Trans. vol. iv. Part 1. 230 Zoological Society. that may fairly be attributed to our attaching too high a value to characters purely structural or admensural, while we neglect others more intimately connected with reproduction ; in a word, to the sub- stitution of physical for physiological characters. In mammals, rep- tiles and fishes, we have a primary division based entirely on physio- logy: thus mammals are placental or marsupial ; reptiles are ovipa- rous or spawning ; fishes are viviparous or spawning ; and this primary division of these classes is admitted by all physiologists to be strietly natural. Notwithstanding, however, the purely physiological charac- ter, on which these primary divisions depend, it is found that physi- cal characters harmonise with physiological, and that intimate struec- ture in each instance bears out physiological difference. It were not wise altogether to discard structural differences even in the outset of an inquiry into system, but it is necessary to use them rather as cor- roborative than as indicative; and above all to draw a distinct and permanent line between such as are truly intimate and such as are purely adaptive. It has always appeared to me that one of the chief advantages of an extensive Vivarium like that possessed by our Society is the opportunity it affords for studying animated nature in an ani- mated state, for ascertaining physiological as well as physical charac- ters. If then we avail ourselves of the opportunities which are or ought to be thus afforded us, we shall find that in the very outset of life a physiological character of the most obvious kind will divide birds into groups as distinct as are the placental and marsupial mammals, or the cartilaginous and bony fishes. Prior to the extrusion of the egg, observed facts bearing on this subject are so few and so wncon- nected that they cannot be rendered available as affording evidence on the question to be considered ; it is therefore compulsory that our comparisons begin at that moment when the condition of the young becomes patent by the breaking of the shell. Commencing the inquiry at this point, which may safely be regarded as analogous to the birth of a placental animal, we have this obvious grand division of the class :— 1. Hesthogenous Birds.—In these, immediately the shell is broken the chick makes its appearance in a state of adolescence rather than infancy: it is completely clothed, not with such feathers as it after- wards wears, but still with a close, compact, and warm covering: it pos- sesses the senses of sight, hearing, smelling, &c. in perfection : it runs with ease and activity, moving from place to place at will: it perfectly understands the signals or sounds uttered by its parent, approaching her with alacrity when invited to partake of food she has discovered, or hiding itself under bushes, grass, or stones, when warned of danger; in either case exhibiting a perfect and immediate appreciation of its parent’s meaning: it feeds itself, pecking its food from the surface of the earth or water, and not receiving it from the beak of its parent : although entering on life in this advanced state, it grows very slowly, and is long in arriving at maturity. When full-grown it uses its feet rather than its wings : it trusts much to its legs for means of escape : when it flies, it moves through the air by a series of rapid, powerful, laboured strokes of the wing, and invariably takes the earliest oppor- pa Zoological Society. 231 tunity of settling on the land or water, not on trees; it never takes wing for recreation or food, but simply as a means of moving from place to place: it is polygamous in its habits ; the number of females predominating over the males ; the males are pugnacious, they accom- ‘pany the females only until incubation has commenced, and abandon the duties of incubation and the care of the young solely to the females : the females make little or no nest, a depression scratched on the surface of the soil generally sufficing : the eggs are large in com- parison to the size of the bird: neither sex sings, or attempts to imi- tate the voice of men or animals. Birds included in this division approach more nearly to mammals than do those which it excludes : for instance, the habitual use of land or water for progression, the swiftness of foot, the strength and muscular development of the legs, the polygamous habits, the want of the extraordinary instinct of nest- making, are characters which, while they seem to degrade these birds as birds, certainly raise them in the list of animals, because they are thus brought nearer those animals which suckle their young, and which are always placed at the head of the animal kingdom. In an econo- mical point of view, and considered in reference to man, the flesh of these birds is wholesome, nutritious, and is generally considered highly palatable. The division comprises the following orders, in each of which partial exceptions to one or other of these general characters occur :— . Galline, or the Poultry order. . Brevipennes (Cuvier), or the Ostriches. . Pressirostres (Cuvier), or the Plovers. . Longirostres (Cuvier), or the Snipes. . Macrodactyli (Cuvier), or the Rails. . Plongeurs (Cuvier), or the Divers. . Lamellirostres (Cuvier), or the Ducks. NO OB OOD 2. Gymnogenous Birds.—In these, when the shell is broken, the chick makes its appearance in a state of helpless infancy : it is naked, blind, and incapable of locomotion: it cannot distinguish its parent by means of its senses: it gapes for food, but does not distinguish between proper food offered by its parent, and a stick or a finger held over it: it cannot feed itself, and would die were not food placed in its mouth: it rapidly attains its full size, often before leaving the nest. When full-grown it uses its wings rather than its feet : it flies with a succession of deliberate and easy strokes: it takes wing for recreation and for food, and not merely for the purpose of moving from place to place: it is strictly monogamous; the sexes being equal in number: males share with females the cares of incubation and feeding the young until these are able to shift for themselves. Birds possessing these characters build elaborate nests in trees, and perch in trees rather than on the ground: many of them sing melo- diously ; others imitate, with wonderful facility, the voice of man or of animals. Asan economical character in connexion with man, their flesh is bitter and unpalatable, often offensive and disgusting ; hence man has never domesticated them for purposes of food. These are 232 Royal Institution. birds par excellence: they possess in perfection the essential charac- ters of birds: in the habitual use of air for progression and of trees for resting, in the want of abilities for terrestrial progression, in strength and bulk of pectoral muscle, in monogamous habits, in the fabrication of nests, in power of song, they are raised as birds, but degraded as animals, since in all these characters they recede from those animals which suckle their young. The division comprises the following groups, in each of which exceptions to one or other of the general characters occur :— 1. Totipalmes (Cuvier), or the Pelicans. 2. Longipennes (Cuvier), or the Gulls. 3. Accipitres, or the Birds of Prey. 4. Cultrirostres (Cuvier), or the Herons. 5. Passeres, or the Sparrow order. 6. Grimpeurs (Cuvier), or the Climbing birds; and 7. Columbe, or the Pigeons. . ROYAL INSTITUTION. Feb. 14, 1851.—‘‘ On Recent Researches into the Natural History of the British Seas.” By Professor Edward Forbes. The Natural History of the British Seas has for a long time been a favourite subject of investigation. Within the last fifteen years, however, fresh inquines have been set on foot, and the details of their zoology and botany worked out to an extent beyond that to which the examination of any other marine province has been carried. Nu- merous and beautifully illustrated monographs, treating of their fishes, cetacea, portions of the articulata, the mollusca, radiata, zoophytes, sponges, and algze, have been published, either at private cost, or by patriotic publishers, or by the Ray Society, such as the scientific literature of no other country can show. As these have all been the results of fresh and original research, they present a mass of valuable data sufficient to form a secure basis for important generalizations. From these materials, and from the results of the inquiries into the distribution of creatures in the depths of our seas, conducted by a committee of the British Association, a clear notion may be formed of the elements of which our submarine population is composed. Extensive tables exhibiting the sublittoral distribution of marine invertebrata, from the South of England along the western coasts of Great Britain to Zetland, mainly constructed from the jomt observa- tions of Professor E. Forbes and Mr. MacAndrew, are now preparing for publication as a first part of a general report from the committee referred to. The data embodied in these tables are the produce of ‘researches condueted during the last eleven years, and registered systematically at the time of observation. British marine animals and plants are distributed in depth (or bathymetrically) in a series of zones or regions which belt our shores from high-water mark down to the greatest depths explored. The uppermost of these is the tract between tide-marks ; this is the Lrr- TORAL ZONE: Whatever be the extent of rise and fall of the tide, . * a . Royal Institution. 233° this zone, wherever the ground is hard or rocky, thus affording secu- rity for the growth of marine plants and animals, presents similar features and can be subdivided into a series of corresponding sub- regions ; through all of which the common limpet (Patella vulgata) ranges, giving a character to the entire belt. Each of these sub- regions has its own characteristic animals and plants. Thus, the highest is constantly characterized by the presence of the periwinkle Littorina rudis (and on our western shores, Littorina neritoides) along with the sea-weed Fucus canaliculatus. The second subregion is marked by the sea-weed Lichina and the common mussel (Mytilus edulis). In common with the third subregion it almost always pre- sents rocks thickly encrusted with barnacles, so that where our shores are steep, a broad white band entirely composed of these shell-fish may be seen when the tide is out, marking the middle space so con- spicuously as to be visible from a great distance. In the third sub- region the commonest form of wrack or kelp (Fucus articulutus) prevails, and the large periwinkle (Littorina littorea) with Purpura Capillus are dominant and abundant. In the fourth and lowest sub- region the Fucus just mentioned gives way for another species, the Fucus serratus ; and in like manner the shells are replaced by a fresh Littorina (littoralis) and peculiar Trochi. Once below low-water mark the periwinkles become rare, or dis- appear, and the Fuci are replaced by the gigantic sea-weeds known popularly as tangles (species of Laminaria, Alaria, &c.), among which live myriads of peculiar forms of animals and lesser plants. The ge- nus Lacuna among shell-fish is especially characteristic of this zone. In sandy places the Zostera or grass-wrack replaces the Laminaria. The LaMInaRIAN Zone extends to a depth of about fifteen fathoms, but in its lowest part the greater sea-weeds are comparatively few, and more usually the prevailing plant is the curious coral-like vegetable called Nullipore. From 15 to 50 or more fathoms we find a zone prolific in peculiar forms of animal life, but from which conspicuous vegetables seem almost entirely banished. The majority of its inhabitants are pre- dacious. Many of our larger fishes belong to this region, to which, on account of the plant-like zoophytes abounding in it, the name of Corauutne Zone has been applied. The majority of the rarer shell- fish of our seas have been procured from this region. Below 50 fathoms is the ReGion or DrEp-SEa Gorbusais so styled because hard and strong true corals of considerable dimensions are found in its depths. In the British seas it is to be looked for around the Zetlands and Hebrides, where many of our most curious animals, forms of zoophytes and Echinoderms, have been drawn up from the abysses of the ocean. Its deepest recesses have not as yet been ex- amined. Into this region we find that not a few species extend their range from the higher zones. When they do so they often change their aspect, especially so far as colour is concerned, losing brightness of hue and becoming dull-coloured or even colourless. In the lower zones it is the association of species rather than the presence of pecu- liar forms which gives them a distinctive character. All recent re- 234 Royal Institution. searches, when scientifically conducted, have confirmed this classi- fication of provinces of depth. When we have an apparent exception, as in the ease of the submarine ravine off the Mull of Galloway, dredged by Captain Beechey and recorded by Mr. Thompson, in which, though it is 150 fathoms deep, the fauna is that of the coral- line zone, we must seek for an explanation of the anomaly by in- quiring into the geological history of the area in question. In this particular instance there is every reason to believe that the ravine mentioned is of a very late date compared with the epoch of diffusion of the British Fauna. When we trace the horizontal distribution of creatures in the British seas, we find that though our area must be mainly or almost entirely referred to one of the great European marine provinces, that to which the lecturer has given the name of Cexric, yet there are subdivisions within itself marked out by the presence or absence of peculiar species. The marine fauna and flora of the Channel Isles present certain dif- ferences, not numerous, but not the less important, from that of the south-western shores of England, which in its turn differs from that of the Irish Sea, and it again from that of the Hebrides. The Cor- nish and Devon sea fauna and that of the Hebrides are marked by redundancies of species ; that of the eastern coasts of England, on the contrary, by deficiencies. Along the whole of our western coasts, whether of Great Britain or Ireland, we find certain creatures pre- vailing, not present on our eastern shores. In the depths off the south coast of Ireland we find an assemblage of creatures which do not strictly belong to that province, but are identical with similar iso- lated assemblages on the west coast of Scotland. In the west of Ire- land we find a district of shore distinguished from all other parts of our coast by the presence of a peculiar sea-urchin, to find the con- tinuation of whose range we must cross the Atlantic to Spain. In such pheenomena the lecturer sees evidences of conformations of land, of outlines of coast, and connections of land with land under different climatal conditions than at present prevail within our area, for an ex- planation of which we must go back into the history of the geological past. If we do so, we can discover reasons for these anomalies, but not otherwise. The dredging researches about to be published go to show that among our sublittoral animals the northern element prevails over the southern,—a fact indicated by the number of peculiar northern species; at the same time the southern forms appear to be diffusing themselves northwards more rapidly than the northern do south- wards. This diffusion is mainly maintained along our western shores, and appears to be in action, not only in the British seas, but also along the shores of Norway. We must attribute it to the influence of warm currents flowing northwards, originating probably in exten- sions of the Gulf-stream. The body of colder water in the depths of our seas preserves the original inhabitants of this area, remnants of the fauna of the glacial epoch, overlain and surrounded by a fauna of later migration, and adapted to a higher temperature. A curious fact respecting the marine creatures of the Arctic seas of Furope, viz. Miscellaneous. 235. that the littoral and laminarian forms are peculiarly arctic, whilst the deeper species are boreal or celtic, may be explained also by the in- fluence of warm currents flowing northwards and diffusing the germs of species of more southern regions in the coralline and deep-sea-coral zones ; for in the arctic seas the temperature of the water is higher at some depth than near the surface. On the other hand, we find in a region farther to the south than Britain, an outlier of the Celtic fauna preserved in the bays of Asturias, where it was discovered in 1849 by Mr. MacAndrew; a very remarkable fact, and one appealed to by the lecturer as confirmatory of his theory of an ancient coast- extension between Ireland and Spain. There is still much to be done in the investigation of the natural history of our seas, and many districts remain for more minute explo- ration. It is chiefly among articulate animals, and especially among worms, that fresh discoveries may be looked for. Yet even now, new and remarkable forms of mollusca may occasionally be procured, and during the autumn of last year, in a cruise with Mr. MacAndrew, no fewer than twenty additional mollusca and radiata were discovered in the Hebrides, and have just been described by the lecturer in con- junction with Professor Goodsir. Among these is one of the largest, if not the largest, compound Ascidians ever discovered. In our southernmost province fresh and valuable researches have been con- ducted during the past year by Professor Acland and Dr. Carus, who, selecting the Scilly Isles as a field for exploration, have filled up a blank in our fauna. The lecturer concluded by an expression of gratification at the spread and progress of natural-history studies in Great Britain among all ranks, and at the love of science manifested in the systematic manner in which, our fauna and flora have been explored, and the beautiful works which have been produced in illustration of them. MISCELLANEOUS. LARUS TRIDACTYLUS. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, ’ The Willows, Swansea, Feb. 15, 1851. On the 28th ult. I picked up on the sand-hills in Swansea Bay, far above high-water mark, “ Larus tridactylus ; condition good ; no shot marks; position natural; dead, but not rigid.” Upwards of a dozen were found within two miles, some still living, and others a considerable distance inland. In addition to these, many were washed up by the tide. I believe that all these birds were of the same species ; certainly all that came under my own observation were; and I would therefore wish to ask, through the medium of your widely circulated Journal, whether a similar fact has been noticed at that time elsewhere? for it appears strange that death should have overtaken this one species 236 Miscellaneous. alone, and that suddenly, as shown by “condition good,” in the ex- tract from my note-book. I am, Sir, your obedient servant, Marruew Moceriper. Descriptions of new Entophyta growing within Animals. By Josrru Letpy, M.D. Eccrina. (Gen. noy.) Characters same as Enterobrus*, except that it divides into numerous cells at the free extremity. Eccrina longa. Filaments long and delicate, hyalme, or faintly brownish, at first forming a simple curve, or a single spiral turn, and then passing in a straight line to the free extremity. Peduncle very short. Frond cell usually filled with globules, and a few granules, except at free end, where it is usually filled with granules to the ex- clusion of the globules. End cells as many as thirty in number, at first consisting of elongated divisions of the frond cell contents, but becoming distinct elliptical cells, from two to three times longer than the breadth; contents usually granular, occasionally with a few glo- bules. End cells finally separating from the parent. Length from three to seven lines, breadth 1-2000th to the 1-517th in., not usually corresponding to the length. End cells 1-517th to the 1-357th in. in length. Hab. Grows in very great profusion from the mucous membrane of the posterior part of the intestine of Polydesmus virginiensis. (Dr. Leidy exhibited to the Academy a preserved fragment of mu- cous membrane, with filaments of this species six lines in length growing from it. | Ecerina moniliformis. Filaments hyaline or yellowish, forming a double or treble spiral. Peduncle short. Frond cell filled with glo- bules and granules, except towards its free extremity, where it is filled with granular matter divided into distinct and separate masses, usually a little shorter than broad, and containing each a globular nucleolated nucleus. Divisions progressively passing towards the end into globular cells with granular contents. Divisions and globular cells from twenty to fifty in number. Length from 1 to 14 line, breadth average 1-1500th in. Divisions of frond cell contents and globular cells from 1-1875th to 1-1500th in. Nucleus of cells 1-3750th in. ! Hab. Grows in moderate quantity from the mucous membrane of the intestine of 50 per cent. of Polydesmus granulatus. Arthromitus nitidus. Filaments very long, hyaline, grow usually in twos or fours, pointed at the origin, rounded at the termination. Articuli very distinct, length equal to the breadth of the filament. Sporuli formed within the articuli, solitary, usually oblique, oval, amorphous. Length 1 line by 1-5000th in. broad. Spores 1-7'111th in. long, by 1-12°500th in. broad. Hab. Grows in considerable quantity with a profusion of young of * Ann. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1850. ew eee. ee ee Miscellaneous. 237 -Enterobrus elegans, from the mucous membrane of the posterior portion of the rectum of Julus marginatus. Remarks.—Since I established the genus drthromitus* I have observed the formation of its sporuli. These originate in the amor- phous matter of the articuli, apparently by a very gradual aggregation and condensation of the contents. They are always single, and usually lie oblique, and frequently alternate with each other in this See in the different articuli. When they first appear they are arger than when fully formed, are frequently bent, or clavate in form, and very indistinct ; but as they ripen, they become more regu- lar, oval, distinct, and quite refractile of light. Usually they are observed at the extremity of the filaments only, but frequently they are found existing in the whole length of the latter. A species of Arthromitus, and also of Cladophytum, is found in the intestine of Polydesmus virginiensis. The Higrocrocis intestinalis found by Valentin in the Blatta ori- entalis, I could not find in our domestic cockroach, although I found numerous simple, phytoid, inarticulate filaments, growing from an Ozxyuris infesting this animal.—Proceedings of the Academy of Na- tural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. v. p. 39. ON FOSSIL RAIN DROPS, Mr. Desor communicated some observations made by Mr. Whitney and himself in reference to the probable origin of the so-called fossil rain drops, which in this country are found on slabs of new red sand- stone, as well as Potsdam sandstone. He said it had already been noticed by Mr. Teschemacher that these so-called rain drops, when closely examined, are found to differ in several respects from the impressions made by the rain on a beach, where each drop produces an impression surrounded by a rough crest, more or less elevated according to the force of the rain. The fossil impressions on sandstone, on the contrary, are generally flat and smooth. Besides, there is hardly a shower in which the rain drops are not numerous enough to cover the whole or nearly the whole ground, whereas the fossil impressions are generally scattered and so few in number that it seems almost impossible to ascribe them to rain. Mr. Desor said, that whilst encamped on the border of Lake Supe- rior, they had several opportunities of studying the action of the waves on the beach during a heavy surf, when they are driven beyond their usual range. It was noticed that when the waves retired from the higher part of the beach, where the slope was less steep, there could be seen several kinds of impressions in the act of forming, some large and flat, others small and deep, (like those which on the sea-shore are generally ascribed to worms or shrimps, ) and others likewise deep, but surrounded by a sort of annular, smooth rim. These different kinds of impressions are all produced by the same cause, operating in the same way, namely air-bubbles, which are formed in the waves of the surf, when rolling over the beach. If an air-bubble becomes * Ann. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1850. 238 M iscellaneous. buried in the sand, so that in order to escape it has to make its way through the new-formed stratum of sand, it forms a deep and narrow hole. If the air, instead of escaping at once, bubbles up several times, then it raises around the hole a small and smooth rim, which may be compared to a miniature crater of a voleano. If, on the contrary, the air-bubble remains at the surface and bursts, then it causes a flat and rather large impression. According to Messrs. Whitney and Desor, these different forms of impression arising from air-bubbles are sufficient to account for most impressions which have hitherto been considered as the effect of rain. Such impressions of air-bubbles are most perfect where the slope of the beach is very gentle. Where the slope is more or less steep, the sand becomes too much hardened under the pressure of the waves to allow these delicate impressions to be produced. , A sketch was exhibited, showing these different forms of impressions, and their strikimg contrast with impressions of rain drops from the same beach, mouth of Carp River, Lake Superior. Mr. Teschemacher said, that he had seen fossil rain drops, so-called, with an elevated ridge crossing them ; an appearance easily explained by Mr. Desor’s hypothesis, but incompatible with the supposition that they were caused by rain. Prof. Agassiz said, that on the mud flats at Cambridge, he had noticed impressions made in the way described by Mr. Desor at Lake Superior.—Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1850. p. 200. On the Occurrence of Crystalline Bodies in Animal Tissues. Dr. Leidy remarked that crystalline bodies had been detected in most of the tissues of many plants, but that their occurrence in animal tissues was much more rare. The deposit of earthy salts in many tissues, such as bone, enamel and shell, though analogous, was not homologous with crystallization. The earthy deposit in the shell of the egg of many animals is probably an instance of true crystalliza- tion within an animal tissue, for in those animals which have eggs with a semi-membranous shell, as many helices, &c., we can detect the car- bonate of lime deposited in the form of regular rhombohedrons. He stated that he lately met with a remarkable instance of crystallization within animal organic cells. In examining the stomach of the larva of Arctia Isabella, a Lepidopterous insect, he found that the nucleus of every epithelial cell contained an octohedral crystal, the axes of which measured about the 1-3750th of an inch. The cells were colourless, (not white,) containing some faintly granular matter, which in many instances was collected into distinct rounded masses. The nuclei were round, elliptical, or lenticular, transparent, and measured the 1-1666th of an inch when round. The following day, upon exami- ning some of the cells, which had been preserved between two slips of glass hermetically sealed, the crystals had disappeared, and the nuclei had become distinctly and opakely granular. Acetic acid rendered the granular matter more translucent, and brought into view the nucleolus, which, not being visible the preceding day, probably served as the nucleus of the crystalline body. The animal, when examined, was in a state of hybernation, at which period organic activity is Meteorological Observations. 239 reduced, which would predispose to the crystallization of any salt in solution in an organic cell; for it appears that the frequency of the existence of crystalline bodies in the organic kingdom, is, to a con- siderable extent, dependent upon an inverse ratio of activity of life.— Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. v. p. 32. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JAN. 1851. Chiswick.—January 1. Densely clouded : boisterous, with slight rain. 2. Over- cast: cloudy: densely overcast. 3. Hazy: heavy rain: overcast. 4. Hazy : clear. 5. Veryfine. 6. Dense fog. 7. Foggy: cloudy and fine. 8,9. Very fine. 10. Rain. 11. Fine: drizzly. 12. Densely overcast: drizzly. 13. Densely clouded. 14,15. Fine: cloudy. 16. Very fine. 17. Fine: heavy rain at night. 18. Clear: very fine. 19. Fine: cloudy: overcast. 20. Densely overcast: boisterous, with rain. 21. Overcast: very fine: heavy rain at 8r.m. 22, Clear: very fine. 23. Frosty: fine: clear and frosty. 24. Dense fog. 25, Cloudy : overcast. 96. Fine: overcast: rain. 27. Clear: very fine. 28. Very fine: rain. 29. Overcast : boisterous, with rain at night. 30. Rain: fine: rainat night. 31. Sleet : rain, Mean temperature of the month ....++...eesssssenssreeesenses, 40°40 Mean temperature of Jan. 1850 .......... Guetenes ent parencee OO) he Mean temperature of Jan. for the last twenty-five years . 36 ‘60 Average amount Of rain in Jan. .......sseeesesenesereneeesees 1°60 inch, Boston.—Jan. 1. Cloudy: stormy p.m. 2. Cloudy: rain a.m. andp.m, 3. Cloudy: rain r.m. 4. Cloudy. 5. Cloudy: rainearly a.m. 6,7. Foggy. 8. Fine: rainp.M. 9. Fine. 10. Rain: raina.m.and p.M. 11—15. Cloudy. 16—19. Fine. 20. Fine: rain p.m. 21,22. Fine. 23,24. Cloudy. 25, Cloudy: rain p.m. ~26. Fine. 27,28. Fine: rain p.m. 29, 30. Cloudy: rain P.m. $1. Fine. Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.—Jan. 1. Boisterous day of darkness, wind and rain. 2. Fearful night of wind and rain: calm a.m. 3, Frost hard: thick fog allday. 4. Thaw: rain; high windr.m. 5. Wet all day. 6. Frost preceding night : moist. 7. Frost: thaw: raine.m. 8. Snow-shower: rain again. 9, Frost: clear: fine. 10. Rain: fog: continued drizzle. 11. Rain all day. 12. Rain heavy during night: day fine. 13. Drizzle all day: wind high, 14. Rain heavy: drizzle: flood. 15. Rain a.m.: rain againP.m. 16. Rain and high wind. 17. Faira.m.:rain and wind e.m. 18. Frost slight a.m.: fineday. 19. Showers: dull and cloudy. 20. Rain heavy all day: flood. 21. Rain during night: fine a.m. 22. Frost slight : occasional showers. 23. Fair and mild all day. 24. Fair a.m.: rain again P.M. 25. Rain heavy night and morning. 26. Rain during night : fair noon: wet r.M. 27. Fair: calm: high wind p.m. 28. Fair a.m.: rain and wind p.m. 29. Rain nearly all day: flood. 30. Fair a.m. : heavy snow P.M. $1. Frost: fog: snow lying: calm. Mean temperature of the month .........es-sssesecersecereeeses 4004 Mean temperature of Jan. 1850 «.......ssesceseeseeeees eesesees SO ‘8 Mean temperature of Jan. for the last twenty-nine years ... $4 °7 Average rain in Jan. for twenty-four years — ss+...00. Neeteee ek 2°60 inches. Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Jan. 1. Showers, 2. Showers: sleet: showers, 3, Showers: clear. 4. Frost:cloudy. 5. Showers: clear. 6. Fine : clear :. showers, 7. Fine: frost: cloudy. 8. Bright: showers. 9. Showers: large halo. 10. Rain. 11. Cloudy. 12. Rain: clear, 13, Rain: cloudy: clear. 14. Cloudy: rain: cloudy. 15. Cloudy: drizzle. 16. Clear; rain. . 17. Clear: large halo. 18. Clear: sleet-showers. 19. Cloudy: clear: aurora. 20. Cloudy: showers. 21. Bright: cloudy: showers. 22. Sleet-showers : showers: aurora. 23. Bright : cloudy: aurora. 24. Rain: cloudy. 25. Rain: cloudy. 26. Rain: clear: cloudy. 27—29. Rain: clear: aurora, 30, Showers: clear: hoar-frost. 31, Clear : frost: sleet-showers. GO. | Go. |PS.1 attr Loe| | a 22190. LO.-| cam | "Aa <| cms '1S-1/PI- Q&- | ‘asa | “ms | sms “reee"| ZO. OG. | *m = |*MS—"S! "mss "5" 80. G+ | *ass |*as-"s| ‘ass “M “AAS *MS PZ 60. | “mss |*Ms—"s' *msM sreedeeeees OD, | ess ‘s .| s | Lo’ (ieey tet eee eeeeee *s "Ss "Ss Po. leaner eweres Che eee ‘Ss "MS | "M serees OD. | mss | ‘ms | “ASM sroee QZ, "9S ‘asa “5 seecee]* ‘a | ‘ass *as "as teeeee eeeree| aig ‘s "Ss veer 1g. | ms “MS *MS "1 GI- | 3O- | "MS "MS | “MSM seeeee LI. 1/18. "Ss *MS °s e160, | LO. "9 ony om One| Oirtee|ssseaaty secone’| Re Rte ee. Shek “as IeAEtS| SMS ail esenst eR hain seeeee “ud T “HOrMsiq) ‘ass | “MS ‘s ° Bo at | w]e Bo Le o Belsg 1 8 a ary | 33 2 45/5 ind 2 as am = gz\s2/3|2| 23 | $2) § we |" 8 4 me | RS e| * g L “Urey “pul “RANUNUQC) ‘asunpyy younpung 7D “uo sNo[D *— { SZ-68 | — VL-TP |8-98 |L-SP £-6€ 90-£€ |PL-LV 110-62 |LLE.62 68-62 i | 62 foe 1€ cP 1-62 | 0-63 98-82 61-63 6gz-6z, “1 S€| oF, 9€ OV 00-62 60-62 | S1-6% 11-62 282-62 029.62) “Of 6€| gP SP | aS L6-8% | 60-62. |02-6% LZ-6% €9P-6% Z2L-6%: ‘6% fge| of S.0P | 60 SP-6% |98-62 | 17-6% £-6% 169.6% 681.6% “8% bE| Sb S-2E | sh LS.6% |$S.6z | 6P-62 05-62% 998-60 626-621 “Lz 6€ ter | ce | oY 95-66 | €V-6Z | 19-6% 09-6% 069-4Z 628-6% 9% foe| ob) €&) oP 69-62 |£9-6% 39-6% 99-60 268.66 96-64 “S% op! fer! Ee: ve 26-68 |18-6% 16.6% 18.6% SPO-0F 612.08 “Pz D Se! SP) Ze Lv 96:6 |S0-0€ O0€ [6.6% O1£-0€ Bzf.0€ “fz £€\ 410 |. && oP 01-63 |€§:6% O0F-6% 9F-6% 908-62 PI-0€ *%% ; SE) 8lb, OV 0s 96:82 |0Z-6% 01-64 L0-6% $90.60 LZS-6%, “1G ter slp. 6€ 0S 81-6% 00-62 LE-60 €h.60 Zch-62 og8-6¢ “0% Iv gh 6€ 60 /8P-62 | £F-60 L9-6% 99-62 06-62 L90.0€ | “61 | SE)Eep SE, 8 19-62 |ZL:63 £9-66 9-62 26-62 189.08 “81 | ob) cb GzP 1g G8-8% 88-66 816% 91-64 119-62 179-62 *LIO | GO| £6P. SE os 13-63 \£8-8% 08-60 LE-6z |PLP-62 FhL-6z) “OL | OP | £9h S-2P 1S 01-6% | LR:8% Z6-86 G8:8S 111-60 6FP-62 “SI teh! gb SCP gv GZ-62 | 80:62 | 81-6G 02-60 \£90-6% 299.60 “PI 6€) 6! 9F 6 £1.63 Lz-62 9.62 Ob-6% L1L-6% 908.6%, “EI tr! oF| LV 1S 05:66 |89:6% 0S5:6% 8¥-6z \LE6.6% 696.6% ‘Zl Gv! sr! 8P 67 LG.6% | 19-6% | 1L:6% £1.64 \PE0-0€ 801-0£| “IT z€| gh| oP 0S 91-66 |0L-6% 85-60 09.6% |Ph6-6% PS0-0€} “01 i€€| tbh G-Le cv 29-66 | ZL-60°' 8-60 OP-6z |18L-6% 8£0-0£| °6 f1€| 6€| Ze) 69 GHG |G1-6% 83-6% 00-63 BLP.62 9IS-60| “8 f9o| ab! Se Lv GV-6% |S1-66 8.6% LZ-6% |LPP-.6% 099-62 | “2 {Oe | FOE | 6% cv 95-62 | 8P-62 | 876% 0€-6% |00S-6z 189-60} “9 1v| vP| bP LY PE-6G | 28-60 | 08:62 91-64 |G1S-62 | FSS.62| °S $Lz| PP \S-EP Li LL-6@ | OF-6% | £9.6% OF-62 |8F9-6% 9F8-62%| “P §gz| Le| bv or 78-62 | 18-63 | 88°6% | £9-6% 1£8-60 616.6% € ep) as7| rs €¢ 12-62 | L9-6% | 8£°6% | 02-62 LOL-6¢ |108:66 fe) fop| oS| &S bs 96-8% | 00-62 | 81-66 | 81-62 99-62 LOL-60| “I 2 S. Zz 2 ony ome “wie - s “uer B |e lee] 5 | foe | 68 | ee) TN | 2H | -regy = Be : : ——— |. 2 | Be es 28 “orMstyy is *aITYS"satIyWnGg Bs *yoOIMSTYyO zo Fae eel : ce *IIJIWOWIIY TL, *19j9WO1e > = Bip eh. say] ay) fq pup $ aUIHS-SarNsWACT ‘asunyyy ypunnajyddyy yp ‘“aequng ‘AA ‘Aaqy 247 Ag SNoLsog [RaQ AIA Ag SuopuorT «nau “MOIMSIHD Jv hjard0g posnynaysozy ayy fo uapavgy ay7 yo vosdwouy, “A 49 apou suorvasasge yonojo.1097ayy eae Se en ee ee & tee <> apeweeceiny —s iro a e 3 wo 0) M A P of tHe GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OVER THE SCLOBE of the BULIMIL, A CENUS OF TERRESTRIAL MOLLUSCA Tropie of | Equa tos Margucsus I! War ngpeor 1? Pritndle tf Sestety If Tropic of Capric Antarctic Circle Neste fecland » G Ln NORTH 4 aw Ae. OrATAM AEA fape de Vert Co Kiker 5W EHANADA Gape Patmns HINESE BMPR aur TUIRED Lee secoucmsnese es} pee i 1 Equator __bdingpeges EcrADon | EQUATOR PERXANTOCO Po Birsitiand wy, Sire det Fusge } | eT 2 AUSTRALE D Kerguelen Ie tek Fain y TYPICAL PROVINCES OF DISTRIBUTION VENEZUELAN ARAB TLIAY CHILIAN HOLINTAN Humboldt: Leothermal Lines (PRT CAN mesacellamenus South Vietorta THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SECOND SERIES. ] No. 40. APRIL 1851. XXII.—On the Geographical Distribution of the Bulimi, a genus of terrestrial Mollusca, and on the modification of their Shell to the local physical conditions in which the species occur. By Lovett Reeve, F.L.S. &e. [With a Map.} Tux Bulimi are distributed over the equatorial, tropical and warm ~ temperate regions of the globe in assemblages of species, limited in their range, and of very distinct typical character ; and being of sluggish habits with few means of transport, little migration occurs even where there are no such natural boundaries as seas, deserts, or mountain chains. Of the Bulimi known from all parts of the world, the localities of nearly 600 species are now well authenticated. They are all described and figured in the ‘ Con- chologia Iconica’ ; most of them with the particular circumstances of habitation. Their area of geographical distribution lies be- tween 40° S. and 35° N. in the new world, and between 42° S. and 52° to 55° N. in the old world ;—that is, between the south- ern borders of Chili and Texas in the former, and between Van Diemen’s Land and Germany, if not Sweden, in the latter. And there is no country within this area of which the genus of snails under consideration does not form part of the zoology. There is ove abnormal species, B. lubricus, removed from the genus by British authors, which obtains a more northerly range and a greater elevation in both hemispheres. Regarding the differences of form, composition and disposition of colour in the shell, the Budimi are distributed over this area _in seven provinces, comprising about forty typical assemblages of species. Of these three-fifths inhabit the western hemisphere, principally Central America, and two-fifths have a wider range and. greater local variety of character, in conformity with the more varied arrangement of the land, in the eastern. Taking the size and substance of the shell at different elevations and in Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. vii. 16 242 Mr. L. Reeve on the Geographical Distribution of the Bulimi. different degrees of temperature, it may be remarked that the calcifying energies of the Bulimi are most strongly exerted in thickly wooded districts, in the midst of plenty of decaying vegetable matter, close and humid, with a mean heat of from 80° to 85°, among shady thickets or in ravines. Near the sea- level in thin calcareous soil, and in sandy plains, where the vege- tation is scanty and parched, and in grassy savannahs, the shell is thin and often vividly coloured. In those species whose habit it is to burrow in the ground, the shell is mostly small, pattern- less, and of glassy tenuity, even in localities remote from each other and differing materially in physical character. I. Toe Western HemIsPHERE. The Western Hemisphere comprises four grand provinces of distribution, the Venezuelan, the Brazilian, the Chilian, and the Bolivian, and from these may be further distinguished the di- stricts of the Gelepagos Islands and of the Great Antilles. The first province includes the countries of New Granada and Ve- nezuela ; the second comprises the empire of Brazil and Buenos Ayres ; the third comprises Chili and West Peru; and the fourth province includes Bolivia and the Argentine Republic. About three hundred and fifty species are known. 1. The Venezuelan Province. The highest condition of the genus is in intertropical America, which yields about one half of the number of species known from: all parts of the world. In the luxuriant districts of New Gra- nada and Venezuela, watered by the tributaries of the Magdalena and Orinoco rivers, with a temperature varying from 70° to 100° in the shade, about sixty species have been collected at different altitudes. On the mountain sides near the sea, away from the land breezes, with little vegetation, where the thermometer never falls below 80°, are a few species, B. erectus, Cacticolus, &c., of which the shell is extremely thin and sombre from the want of moisture for the animal, which is curiously spotted and painted, and attaches in clusters to the parched Cacti, eatimg into their fleshy substance. The animals of the beautifully variegated shells of the Philippine Bulimi are of a uniform dull gray colour. These contrasts between animal and shell are worth noting. Higher up on the mountains of Venezuela for the space of about 2000 feet, the country being still of a sandy and stony nature, with little vegetation except Cacti and other dry prickly shrubs, and a few trees in the ravines, the Bulimi are still com- paratively small, but the shell is more brilliant in colour. B. Cu- rianensis, Knorri, and Studeri are beautiful examples of this type, cm © Mr. L. Reeve on the Geographical Distribution of the Bulimi. 243 © of which the darker varieties inhabit the higher and woodier situations. They are rarely found at a greater elevation or in a lower temperature than about 76° within doors. Proceeding up- wards on the mountains of Venezuela, the plants are now thicker, and give place to large trees with underwood of broad green leaves, enveloped in clouds and mists which occasion considerable humidity. In these situations at an elevation of from 4000 to 6000 feet are the richly-coloured B. fulminans and Blainvilleanus, and at a still greater altitude reaching to 8000 feet, with a pro- portionably lower temperature of from 65° to 70°, under decayed. leaves in thick moist woods, in ravines and in crevices of the mountains, are the large stout dark-painted B. Moritzianus, as- trapoides, pardalis, Funcki, &c., representing the most highly calcified condition of the genus hitherto discovered. 2. The Brazilian Province. Passing in a south-easterly direction into the great territory of Brazil, we have no information of the presence of any typical assemblages of Bulimi until reaching the countries of Bahia and Minas Geries. It can hardly be doubted, however, that in Guay- ana, Para, and all that country constituting the great basin of the Amazon, many fine species occur, in addition to B. Bensoni, which belongs to the widely spread B. zebra type, as well as in Piauhy, Goyaz, and the more sterile parts of Pernambuco. From Bahia southwards to Rio Janeiro, the genus is represented by about sixty species, in six characteristic typical groups, extremely local, and of which the shell differs remarkably in its plan of convolution. Inno part of the American continent is the theory of specific centres of creation, advocated by Professor E. Forbes, so distinctly recognized as in this area of ten degrees. On the Coreovado and other lofty mountains in the vicinity of Rio, in dense woods at an elevation of 1000 to 1500 feet, is a singular group, B. Pantagruelinus, exesus, odontostoma, Pupotdes, &c., of which the shell differs from all other types of the new world, in having a number of tooth-like processes developed within the aper- ture of the last whorl on arriving at maturity. The only country in which this character again appears is in the centre of the old world, among the smaller and more temperate species of Syria and Hindoostan. In this part of Brazil we have also another type, peculiar to the locality, in which the last whorl is produced in front into a longitudinally angled channel, as in B. gontostoma, egregius, angulatus, fusiformis, &e. Upon the leaves of damp underwood, at an elevation of about 2000 feet, is another distinct and brilliantly coloured group, B. multicolor, Mtersit, and the large B. ovatus, which inhabits also the neighbouring island of St. Ca- tharina. In the lower grounds upon orange-trees and in the 16* 244 Mr. L. Reeve on the Geographical Distribution of the Bulimi. coffee plantations about Tejuca at 1000 feet above the sea-level, the Bulimi, as in the lower parts of Venezuela, have their shells characteristic of less moisture and fewer opportunities of retire- ment. B. papyraceus may be quoted as an example. The more lofty and thickly wooded parts of Minas Gerdes produce a type with shells of solid growth and intertropical brilliancy of colour, represented by B. Milleri, bilabiatus, planidens, melanostoma, &e. In the vicinity of Bahia is a group with shells of totally different construction and of lighter substance, B. navicula, auris-leporis, &e., in which the last whorl is peculiarly convoluted at a right angle with the axis of the spire. Lastly, at Caravelhas, below Bahia, and at the little island of Coxaprego, at the mouth of the Iguaripe river, is a remarkable type, represented by B. calcareus, obeliscus, sylvaticus, &e., of which the shell, presenting a smgular contrast with the preceding group, is composed of a large number of whorls, drawn out into the elongated form of a Turritella. This partial grouping of opposite forms, within a comparatively limited area having few natural boundaries, will doubtless become broken up to a certain extent with the advancement of human progress. Already have the climate and natural vegetation of Rio been modified by the clearing away of the neighbouring forests of the Corcovado range of hills, which tends to reduce the humidity and other circumstances that combine to favour the growth and calcification of the terrestrial mollusca. Owing probably to the recent geological disturbances that are supposed by Lyell, Darwin and others to have taken place in the southern extremity of the American continent, there are no ty- pical provinces of Bulimi below Rio. The genus is represented by one or two scattered species in Buenos Ayres extending in the widely distributed B. sporadicus to the banks of the Rio Negro, but none are recorded from the sterile riverless plains of Pata- gonia. That the genus should be suddenly arrested at this point in a tropical condition, without any of the graduated states which abound in the north temperate countries of both hemispheres, is doubtless owing to the upraising of the land in this part of South America, which Mr. Darwin considers to have occurred within the period of the now-existing sea-shells. Mr. Cuming collected worn shells of Voluta Brasiliana (a species living on the shores of Buenos Ayres) in a bank of other dead shells fifty miles inland. The climate is many degrees warmer in Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego than in the same latitude of the northern hemisphere. “Evergreen trees,” says Mr. Darwin, “ flourish luxuriantly under it, humming-birds may be seen sucking the flowers, and parrots feeding on the seeds.” Snails being of less fugitive character than birds, and offering fewer means of transport than plants, appear not to have migrated thitber. The Mr. L. Reeve on the Geographical Distribution of the Bulimi. 245 sea which washes the shores of Patagonia is peopled with a fauna of more tropical character than the land, owing to the warmth of the great equatorial current, which flows southward along the eastern coast of South America, and causes a bend in the system of isothermal lines laid down by Humboldt of nearly ten degrees. A fine large richly painted Volute, V. Magellanica, in common use among the Patagonians as a drinking-cup, in- habits their shore abundantly. Yet the northern limit of this genus does not approach the Mediterranean nor any part of Europe. It is right however to add, that a species of Cymba, to which genus V. Magellanica is the nearest allied form of Volute, has been very recently dredged off Lisbon by Mr. M°Andrew. 3. The Chilian Province. Crossing to the west side of the American continent and re- turning northward, we are impressed with the marked difference between those on the west and those on the east side of the mountain chain of the Andes. In the sandy plains of Chili, where there is little moisture beyond that arising from the dews, the Bulim, about thirty-five in number, are mostly small, with thin, often transparent shells, having little of colour or marking. Towards the mountains at the roots of shrubs, on dead trunks of trees or under Cacti, are several species distributed somewhat miscellaneously in respect of form, as B. granulosus, erythrostoma, Pupiformis, &c. Near the sea-shore they assume a more distinct typical character, of which the shell, Succinea-like, is widely in- flated, and owing to the dry calcareous nature of the soil and absence of vegetation is extremely thin, brittle, and simply dark- speckled. The B. Broderipii, punctulifer, rupicolus, and reflexus are characteristic examples. Surrounded with few of the condi- tions which serve for the formation of shell, the calcifying func- tions of this group are but feebly exercised. They exist for many months together m the crevices of rocks in a state of torpidity, and are only roused during the excessive dews. “‘ Wait till the dews come,” said a Chilian to Mr. Cuming, “and they will all ~ come to life again.” In the warmer, but still comparatively rainless district of Peru, the Bulimi have more brightly-coloured shells, with more variety of pattern. They are about as numerous in species as those of Chili, under as many types. In the more arid parts of Peru, upon the mountains, the shell is thin, as in B. varians, tigris, lemniscatus, and tumidulus, compared with those inhabiting more woody districts on the eastern side of the Andes. They have, moreover, a colder aspect than those of the same latitude in Brazil, on account of the more scanty nature of the vegetation, the lesser 246 Mr. L. Reeve on the Geographical Distribution of the Bulimi. humidity of the atmosphere, and the cold precipitated from the cold antarctic drift current which flows in a northerly direction along the western shores of South America nearly to the equator. The effect of moisture and consequent amount of decaying vege- table matter in promoting the formation of shell is curiously illustrated by the presence of a stout richly-coloured species of large size, B. phasianellus, on the ramy border of Peru, where they crawl up the stripped trees in great abundance ; and by the B. Tupacii, dwelling on bushes and garden walls on the Bolivian side of the Andes at an elevation of 9000 feet, which has a ro- bust dark-painted shell similar to those of the lofty Venezuelan type. B. rosaceus, which inhabits a wide range of country, ex- tending from the environs of Valparaiso, near the sea, to Coca- pata in Bolivia, crouches under stones in the sand in the first- named locality, and has a pale smooth calcareous shell. But in the woods of Cocapata, where it lives in more humid situations among the trunks of trees, the shell is larger, stouter, more richly coloured, and with more of epidermis. Thus we have the change which characterizes different species, presented in the same spe- cies under different conditions. Another remarkable instance is presented in B. zebra. This species inhabits an area of Central America enclosing Honduras, Nicaragua, the West Indies, and Pernambuco, reaching to the shores of Peru, and produces a shell varying so much in character according to the physical conditions under which it is formed, that it has been described as several species. The same has occurred with B. regina, which in its range from New Granada and Guayana to Bolivia and the in- terior of Peru, affects a condition partaking in each instance of the local conchological character of the country. 4. The Bolivian Province. From Bolivia and the Argentine Republic about forty Bulimi are described, illustrative of six types. The large Brazilian B. ovatus, living near the coast, is here represented in the heart of the continent, at Santa Cruz, by the gigantic B. maximus and Valenciennesii, inhabiting the dense forests of the Cordilleras with B. lacunosus and a few other allied forms. Another type with shells of stout growth is represented by B. Tupacii, thamnoicus, and inca; and an extremely interesting form is presented in B. onca, found by M. D’Orbigny at the bottom of a deep ravine near Tutulima. A few species with delicately painted shells, constituting another group, inhabit the woods in the vicinity of Cochabamba, B. linostoma, xanthostoma, fusoides, &c. ; and a cha- racteristic group with shells of light structure, freely marked but not highly coloured, is typified by B. pecilus, hygrohyleus, mar- marinas, orcades, &e. The ground-burrowing species, with ex- Mr. L. Reeve on the Geographical Distribution of the Bulimi. 247 tremely thin shells devoid of colour or pattern, consist of B. bac- terionides, lichnorum, turritella, &c. Two or three species have been collected on the mountains surrounding the Lake of Titicaca, which is itself 14,000 feet above the level of the sea. Of these B. Pent- landi and Hamiltoni may be quoted as examples. In the high lands of the Cordillera range, commencing at the Lake of Titicaca, passing along the region of medicinal barks, as laid down by Wed- dell, to Cuzco, Chachapoyas, and the Andes of Caxamarca, and extending across the equator by Quito, Bogota, and Merida, nearly to Caraccas, many fine species have been collected, but of too miscellaneous a variety of form to show any typical assem- blages. From this extensive and little-explored region we have B. labeo, Adamsoni, Thompsoni, rhodolarynz, Hartwegi, Alto- Perwvianus, alutaceus, Taylorianus, murrinus, Lobbii, Clausili- oides, and columellaris, singularly different from each other, and differing altogether from the Bulimi of Bolivia and La Plata. There is, however, one well-defined group inhabiting the south- ern extremity of the Cordillera range at Merida and Bogota, of which B. Cathcartie, Veranyi, Succinoides and quadricolor are characteristic examples. They have peculiarly inflated richly coloured shells, and are covered with a delicate hydrophanous epidermis disposed in hieroglyphic patterns after the manner of the Philippine Bulimi. 5. Central America. Of the remaining Bulimi of the American continent, about ten species inhabit the central neck of land which comprises the pro- vinces Veragua, Panama, Costa Rica, Nicaragua, Honduras and Guatemala. Fourteen species have been collected in the hilly parts of Mexico; and two or three species scattered in California, Texas, and Alabama constitute the northern limit of the genus in the new world. The Bulimi of Central America are very distinct from those of which we have been speaking hitherto. B. Panamensis, vexillum, translucens and unicolor from Panama, B. corneus from Real Llejo, B. discrepans from Conchagua, and B. Hondurasanus and Dysoni from Honduras, are all characterized by a thin transparent horny shell of the same type. They have little pattern or variety of colour, and live upon the trunks of trees or under fallen leaves. None of the South American types have any representatives in Central America. There is, however, a single species in Honduras, B. Kieneri, belonging to a singular Cyclostoma-like type, which belongs evidently to Jamaica, where it is represented by B. Gosset, turricula, unicarinatus, cylindricus, and Guildingii. In Mexico the Bulimi are more varied. Five species, B. Mexicanus, serperastrus, livescens, Humboldtii and nite- linus, in which the shell, is of a light brittle structure, oblong 248 Mr. L. Reeve on the Geographical Distribution of the Bulimi. form and simply dark-banded, belong to a type quite peculiar to this locality, extending in B. Californicus to the opposite penin- sula. At Vera Cruz, on the eastern side of Mexico, a Bolivian type appears in B. Lattrei, Jonasi and fenestratus. A very remark- able type is presented in the Mexican B. Dombeyanus, which is at present unique. B. labiatus and Schiedianus, which are almost colourless, partake of the typical character of B. confinis and h- quabilis inhabiting Texas, and B. dealbatus inhabiting Alabama, which is the northern limit of the genus in the new world. 6. Islands of the Western Hemisphere. The terrestrial conchology of the islands of the western hemi- sphere is for the most part typically distinct from that of the con- tinent, and the more so in each particular group of islands in proportion to their distance from the main land. This receding gradation of types is distinctly shown in the Bulimi of the Great and Little Antilles. In the first group of islands this genus has but a meagre share in the conchology, which comprises more of Cyclostomata. In the latter group the Bulimi, passing south- ward, are gradually larger and more painted, and exhibit a rela- tionship with those of the neighbouring continent. Jamaica, Cuba, and Tortola yield a few species of the Cyclostoma type, B. Gosset, turricula, &c., just spoken of as appearing at Honduras in B. Kieneri; but there are more of the ground-burrowing Glandina type, such as B. subula, octonoides, Goodhalli, and pauperculus in- habiting the savannahs. B. immaculatus is arather large species, and B. mirabilis, remarkable for its squamate growth, is quite unique as a type. In Guadaloupe and Martinique, connecting the Leeward and Windward of the West India Islands, a few spe- cies occur with shells of darker and more solid growth, as B. Gua- daloupensis, Martinicensis and chrysalis. In the principal islands of the Little Antilles approximating to the South American con- tinent, the Bulimi imcrease in size and colouring, gliding most distinctly into the types of the Venezuelan province. The richly painted B. fulminans and Blainvilleanus of Merida are represented in the island of St. Vincent by B. auris-Sileni; the delicate B. roseatus and zanthostoma of Bogota by B. stramineus and Vincen- dinus in the same island ; and B. glaber, a robust species of Tri- nidad, is represented in the nearest main land of Venezuela by B. distortus and euryomphalus, and in New Granada by B. perdiz. The Gelepagos Islands contribute about ten species of Bulimus, small in size and of a dusky hue, agreeing in this respect with what has been observed by Mr. Darwin in reference to the dusky colour of the birds and insects. B. eschariferus and rugulosus from Chatham Island, B. ustulatus, nux, and unifasciatus from Charles Island, B. Jacobi and rugiferus from Jacob Island, B. ~ Mr. L. Reeve on the Geographical Distribution of the Bulimi. 249 calvus from James Island, and B. Darwinii and sculpturatus, of which the particular island has not been noted, are all typically distinct from the Bulimi of the neighbouring continent. A spe- cies has however been very recently discovered, B. achatellinus, partaking of the character of Achatinella, an allied genus of snails confined to some of the Polynesian Islands. The Bulimi of the Gelepagos Islands seem, nevertheless, to be purely aboriginal, living among dried tufts of grass, upon comparatively leafless bushes, or under detached pieces of lava, and presenting indica- tions of the volcanic nature of the soil and desert character of the vegetation. The Polynesian Islands have no Bulimi except one or two small transparent ground-burrowing species, B. Antoni and Oparanus from the island of Opara, B. Tuckeri from Hardy’s Island, and B. Sandwicensis from the Sandwich Islands. Their absence is, however, compensated by the presence of two other genera of land snails which are not found anywhere else. In the Society Islands the Bulimi are represented by the Partule, and in the Marquesas, Friendly, Sandwich, and Navigators’ Islands, by the Achatinelle. Il. Toe Eastern HEMISPHERE. The Bulimi of the eastern hemisphere are more partial in their character and distribution than those of the western, owing to there being less explored-land within the parallels of latitude in- closing the conditions most favourable to their existence. In West Africa they are replaced by a tribe of large Achatine. But in the localities which they inhabit within this intertropical area, comprising chiefly the islands of the Indian Archipelago, they are more numerous in species in proportion to the extent of land. The Bulimi of the old world have a wider range in the warm temperate regions, and the geographical position of the genus is more insular than continental. As many species have been collected in the Philippine Islands alone as in the whole extent of continent between Sweden and Cochin China. The eastern Bulimi, comprising about two hundred and fifty spe- cies, present three grand typical provinces of distribution, which may be termed the Caucasian, the Malayan, and the African. The limits of these provinces are well-marked, and they possess no species in common. The species are all distinct from those of the western hemisphere. 1. The Caucasian Province. The Caucasian province has its centre in Asia Minor, and oc- cupies an area extending west and east over the southern coun- tries of Europe and Asia to the opposite shores of North Africa. 250 Mr. L. Reeve on the Geographical Distribution of the Bulimi. At the eastern limit of this province in the British Isles and at the western limit in the Meia-co-shimah Isles, the shell is of the same form, substance and colour. The shell of the Caucasian Bulimus is small, mostly white or dusky brown, sometimes con- voluted sinistrally, and partakes very much of the character of Pupa, which is the predominant genus of this district. At the north-western extremity of the Caucasian province the genus is represented in the British Isles, Germany, France, Spain, and Portugal by the small B. obscurus, montanus and acutus. The first of these extends to South Sweden, fifteen to twenty degrees nearer the Arctic Circle than in the new world, agreeably with the curve of Humboldt’s isothermal lines in that direction, and confirms the warmer comparative temperature of this portion of the eastern hemisphere. In B. ventrosus and decollatus the genus obtains a more southern range, extending into Sicily and the Canary Islands. The Bulimi of the Canary Islands are, however, for the most part indigenous. Of the following species inhabiting this group, B. variatus, Moquinianus, obesatus, beticatus, Bertheloti, subdiapha- nus, only the last is found in any other locality, the Cape de Verd Islands. No Canary Island Bulimus has been collected in Por- tugal, Spain or Sicily, but a species has been found to range along with B. barbarus, rupestris, and Bergeri over Greece and the eastern islands of the Mediterranean to Algeria and the borders of Egypt. B. detritus, subtilis, and quinquedentatus may be noted as belonging more especially to Austria and Central Europe, and B. Varnensis, Frivaldskyi, and Chersonesicus to Turkey and the Crimea. Towards the vicinity of the Caucasus the Bulimi are more numerous, of larger and more solid growth and more divided into groups. Owing to the dry juiceless thorny character of the vegetation, their habits differ from those of the humid and woody countries of intertropical America. Their shells are comparatively small with little colouring matter or epidermis, and they live under stones or blocks of wood, or suspended for a long season in a state of torpidity from the shrubs. The difference between the shell of the Caucasian and that of the Malayan or Venezuelan Bulimi is very characteristic of the physical conditions with which the animal is surrounded in each instance. B. labrosus, labiosus, Alepi, Syriacus, and Ehrenbergi ave true Caucasian types. In B. Spratti and Lycicus the shell has a light and ventricose growth, but in B. spoliatus, zebriolus, and Tournefortianus it has an elongated Pupa-like form. Passing the south-western countries of Asia we find no species of Bulimus recorded from any locality between Syria and Afghan- istan. Of the terrestrial conchology of Persia, Tartary and Beloochistan, nothing is at present known, and very little of that Mr. L. Reeve on the Geographical Distribution of the Bulimi. 251 of China. South of Syria a natural boundary is imposed to the range of the genus in that direction by the rainless and riverless deserts of Arabia. A few species make their appearance in the more fertile parts near the Gulf of Bab-el-mandeb and the Indian Ocean. JB. latireflexus, a fine species inhabiting the vicinity of Muskat on the Gulf of Oman, has a polished shell of solid stony composition, without colour or marking, of precisely the same type as B. labiosus and labrosus of Asia Minor. B. fragosus and Forskali inhabiting Yemen, also patternless, assimilate to the tumid tribe of Pupe of Asia Minor. Abyssinia and the neigh- bouring island of Socotra, marking the eastern boundary of the Caucasian province, contribute two species from each locality, one of which species in both instances belongs to an Indian type, the other bemg remote from it. B. Olivieri of Abyssinia has an inflated shell with a dark fibrous epidermis very distinct in character from any Asiatic or European species, while B. Abys- sinicus from the same locality has been collected also in Central India, north of the river Nerbudda. It is allied in form with B. Jerdoni from the hilly districts of the Deccan peninsula, and both species agree in typical character with B. fragosus of Arabia. B. Socotrensis, nhabitmg the island of Socotra, off Cape Gua- dafui, has a peculiar little solid pea-shaped shell unique as a type ; but associated with it in the same locality is an oblong cy- lindrical form, B. contiguus, belonging to a type of Hindoostan, represented by B. pullus inhabiting the environs of Delhi and Bundelkhund and extending into the Gangetic plains. In the south-western countries of Asia the genus is very mea- grely represented, but the species are peculiar in their cireum- stances of habitation. Two of comparatively large size occur on the hills of Afghanistan, B. Griffithsii and eremita, with opake colourless shells partaking of the Syrian type. From the whole of Hindoostan, including the Himalaya range, the Punjab, Scinde, Nepaul, Bhotan, Assam, the Deccan and Carnatic, only five-and- twenty species have been collected, limited apparently in number of individuals. In the plains watered by the numerous branches of the Ganges, with a temperature varying in the season of the hot winds from 85° to 90° at night, to 180° or 140° in the sun, the Bulimi are scattered and of miscellaneous character. On the wooded hills rising into a moist and cooler atmosphere they are ‘more abundant. B. rufistrigatus at an elevation of 4000 feet has a fulvous horny oblong shell. B. cenopictus and tutulus mhabit- ing a lower level are minute delicate brown species, the latter being convoluted in the form of a rounded Cyelostoma. B. pul- lus is a light cylindrical form, B. cereus and gracilis are thin horny species, and B. punctatus, Bontie, and Bengalensis have light inflated shells of a type altogether different. The most 252 Mr. L. Reeve on the Geographical Distribution of the Bulimi. characteristic Bulimi inhabiting this part of Asia are those of the Himalaya range, B. Kunawurensis, pretiosus, vibex, nivicola, ca- lebs, and arcuatus. Their shells are of a fulvous brown colour, mostly streaked with opake white marks, all of one type, distinct from the Syrian, but sufficiently allied to come into the same province of distribution. Occupying a loftier situation than the species before mentioned, they have, as in Venezuela, stouter shells, but are still comparatively small and sombre. On the mountain slopes, where the flora, represented by the rhododen- dron and juniper, is of a subarctic character, the genus inhabits a much colder temperature in elevation than it reaches in either hemisphere in latitude. Two species, B. arcuatus and nivicola, are found in the Liti Pass at an elevation of 14,000 feet on ju- niper bushes among patches of snow at the hottest period of the year. This is the only locality in which the genus approaches the snow-line. The physical conditions of India below the Emodie or Alpine region of vegetation are not calculated to favour the growth of Bulimi. In the plains there is a scarcity of wood and forest, such as we have noticed to serve so materially for the production of these snails in South America ; and the burn- ing of the thickets in the hill countries for the pasturage of cattle, offers the same obstacles to their growth and increase as the clearing away of the virgin forests in Brazil. 2. The Malayan Province. The Malayan province of the genus, which comprises the islands of the Indian Archipelago, commences on the south- western corner of the Asiatic continent, where it is represented at Burmah by B. Sylheticus and in Siam by B. atricallosus. These species are of a totally different type from any of the Bu- limi of Hindoostan, and agree precisely with that characteristic Malayan type which appears at Java, Timor, Celebes and Am- boyna in B. citrinus, levus, contusus, chloris and sinistralis, at Borneo in B. Adamsii, at Ceylon in B. Ceylanicus, and at Min- danao, the most southern of the Philippine Islands, in B. ma- culiferus. B. fulguratus and malleatus, having an inflated shell with a winding plait upon the columella, represent a type pecu- liar to the Feejee Islands. B. miltocheilus, with a wax-like fusi- form shell and brilliant vermilion lip, from Christoval Island, one of the Solomon’s Group, is unique as a type. B. fibratus and Caledonicus with large robust shells of dark chestnut-brown colour, red internally, represent another very distinct type in the island of New Caledonia, but this appears again twelve degrees further south at Auckland, North Island of New Zealand, in the only species inhabiting that group, B. Shongii. It is worthy of notice, that this large stout tropical-looking Bulimus is under the same Mr. L. Reeve on the Geographical Distribution of the Bulimi. 253 latitude of the eastern hemisphere which is characterized in the western hemisphere by the delicate species of the dry sandy countries of Chili and Buenos Ayres. The Bulimi of the Philippine Islands, which are very numerous and of large size, belong chiefly to one type, represented by B. pythogaster, bicoloratus, hgnarius, fulgetrum, nimbosus, and others. The shell of this type is not so much distinguished by colour, as by the presence of a double membranous epidermis, to which the different species are indebted for their characteristic patterns. B. Cumingii, Leati, and a few others belong to another type of which the shell is inflated, and mostly shining white with only a very slight single epidermis. About eighty species of Bulimus have been collected in the twenty-two islands of the Philippine group, all extremely local in their range of habitation. With the exception of about half a dozen out of eighty, each species is confined to its particular island. The equable climate of these islands, the excessive rains, and woody character of the vegetation combine materially to favour the growth of snails. They live some on the branches of the trees and in shady recesses, and others among light thickets on the outskirts of the woods. The large species are strictly arboreal, and deposit their eggs standing on end in parallel rows upon a leaf. The transparent horny ground-burrowing type which appears at Hindoostan in B. cereus and gracilis, and at Java in B. Achatinaceus, is here represented by B. elongatulus and Panayensis. The only species collected in China are B. decorticatus belonging to the ground type, which is universal, and B. Cantori, from the environs of Nanking. They belong to the Caucasian type, which reaches the islands of Ty-pim-san and Koo-Kien-san of the Meia- co-shimah group of the Yellow Sea in B. Anglicoides found under decayed leaves among the loose stones which surround the tombs. ; Of the Bulimi of Australia little is at present known. One species, B. atomatus, with a large dark-coloured inflated shell, has been collected at Port Macquarrie, one small species, B. ¢rili- neatus, at Port King George, and two, B. -Kingii and inflatus, of which the precise locality is unknown. Two species with thin dusky shells, B. melo and Dufresnii, inhabiting Van Diemen’s Land, constitute the southern limit of the genus in the eastern hemisphere. , 8. The African Province. The African province includes all that explored portion of the continent below Senegal on the west side, and Zanzibar, including the islands of Mauritius and Madagascar, on the east. In the intertropical area along the west coast of Africa, extending from latitude 15° S. to 15° N., the Bulimi are replaced in great mea- 254 Mr. L. Reeve on the Geographical Distribution of the Bulimi. sure by a group of large Achatine, which inhabit principally the hot and swampy districts on the banks of the Gambia, Nun, Gaboon and Niger rivers, and reach in a modified form to the sandy plains of Loanda. The shells are large, inflated, and richly dark-painted, and the shells of the few Budimi that are associated with them belong to the same characteristic type. The two ge- nera meet at this point. Bulimus torridus of Liberia and Acha- tina Saulcydi belong to the same natural type, notwithstanding that they are referred to different genera. B. Adansoni, Afri- canus, tenebricus, turbinatus, flammeus, Numidicus, and inter- stinctus, belong also to the Achatina type. B. neuricus, Gui- neensis, and vivipara are three fragile species of different habits from the same country, and another type is presented in B. tumefactus and pemphigodes with peculiarly globose inflated shells. As an instance of the mingling of types on the confines of the great provinces of distribution which meet in North Africa, it may be remarked that B. Ruppellianus inhabiting the eastern confines belongs to this Achatina type, and B. reticulatus inhabiting the western belongs to the Syrian Bulimus type, which is exactly the reverse of the general typical character of the Bulima in these localities. B. Downsii, found abundantly at Princes Island off the coast of Guinea, inhabits also the nearest main land. At St. Helena a small brown species is found, B. He- lena; and in the more elevated parts of the island, in an appa- rently semifossil state, the remains of an extinct type, B. auris- vulpine, are found. Mr. Darwin, who observed this well-known species at St. Helena imbedded in the soil, attributes the extine- tion of it to some recent geological disturbances, which caused the entire destruction of the woods and consequent loss of food and shelter to the snails. Nothing is known of the Bulimi of Africa, south of the tropics, excepting those described by Dr. Krauss from the neighbourhood of Natal. Eight species collected in this part are of very miscel- laneous character, but typically distinct from those of the west coast. B. Natalensis, conulus, and spadiceus are thin and glo- bosely convoluted, B. Burchellii and meridionalis are of light ovate form, and B. linearis and turreformis are elongated. They are all small. A very remarkable species has, however, been dis- covered in this locality, B. Kraussii, nearly equal in size to the largest Bulimus of tropical America and as brilliant m_ colour. From Mozambique we have but one small light species, B. Mozam- bicensis. In Madagascar are two species of large size and elon- gated form, B. clavator and obtusatus, differmg essentially from any of the continental types; and in the Seychelle Islands are two, B. fulvicans and velutinus, partaking in some measure of the smaller Natal species. In Mauritius there is only one small ground species, B. clavulinus. Mr. L. Reeve on the Geographical Distribution of the Bulimi. 255 Western Hemisphere. = 3 rs] General Localities. AS Oia pe Se ed ae = 2 nl eee 36 3] 2s AS Ay [